PMC PM5357-BI

PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
SATURN
USER NETWORK INTERFACE
(622- POS)
S/
UNI622-POS
R
DATASHEET
ISSUE 5: JUNE 2000
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
REVISION HISTORY
ISSUE
DATE
DETAIL
5
June 2000
Repositioned Path Trace Buffer block to connect to Tx and Rx
path overhead processor.
Revised Receive FIFO. Section 10.7 Receive POS Frame
Processor (RXFP)
Moved Overhead Byte Receive section from Section 10.15
SONET/SDH Section Trade Buffer (SSTB) to 10.14
SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer (SPTB).
Corrected function name errors in Register 0x03: S/UNI-622
POS Clock Monitors. Changed PTCLKI to PTCLK, REFCLKI
to REFCLK, RFCLKI to RFCLK, RCLKI to RCLK and TCLKI to
TCLK.
Added line loopback operation information to RXDINV and
TXDINV in Register 0x07: S/UNI-622-POS Miscellaneous
Configuration.
Rewrote IINVCNT bit functionality for clarity. Register 0x30
(EXTD=1): RPOP Status/Control.
Rewrote DOOLI bit functionality to indicate change to DOOLV
bit and CRU out of lock conditions in Register 0.5C: CRSI
Configuration.
Rewrote DOOLE bit funcitonality to indicate change to DOOLV
register events in Register 0x5D: CRSI Status.
Corrected bit 1 function name in Register 0xD1: WANS
Interrupt and Status. Was PHWVALID. Now RPHALGN.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
ISSUE
DATE
DETAIL
4
Dec, 1999
#1. Modified section 9.5 (UTOPIA and POS-PHY pin
description) and section 14.4 (Functional timing) to reflect
operation of the RPA signal (Receive POS-PHY L2 operation
requires data be qualified by RVAL).
#2 DC characteristics update (Section 16)
#3 Registers updated with correct defaults and descriptions:
Register 0X01, Bit 4 (TFPEN), Defaults To 1, Not 0
Register 0X08, Description Incorrect
Register 0X09 Description Incorrect
Register 0XC1, Bit 1 (DSCR), Defaults To 1, Not 0
Register 0XC4, Bit 3 (TPAHWM), Defaults To 0, Not 1
New Register 0XFC: Concatenation Status And Enable
New Register 0XFD: Concatenation Interrupt Status
New Register Bit Required For OC-3 Operation (Register 0X07)
Register 0X5E Bit 5 (RTYPE) To Enable LAN Or WAN
Performance
Register 0X00 Type Bits Incorrect
Loss Of Multi-frame Tributary AIS (LOMTUAIS) Bit 2 Incorrectly
Stated In Register 0X0D
#4 APS pin description modified
#5 Documented overflowing Transmit FIFO
#6 Updated TFCLK timing specifications, RFCLK timing
specifications
#7 Diagnostic Loop-back Clarification
#8
Bit Error Rate Monitor Table Update
#9
Receive Data Requires 3 RFCLK Cycles Before
Becoming Valid (Utopia Level 3 Only)
#10
TPAHWM Upper Limit
#11 Receive Line AIS Insertion Is Not Gated By ALLONES
#12 Large Power Supply Glitch (Beyond Specification) Can
Cause Clock Synthesis Unit To Lose Lock To Reference.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
ISSUE
DATE
DETAIL
3
Jan 13,
1999
Corrected wrong pin number assignments in pin description.
2
Dec 12,
1998
General update in preparation for Issue 2 S/UNI-622-POS
1
Mar 30,
1998
Updated datasheet
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
CONTENTS
1
FEATURES ..................................................................................................................................... 9
1.1
GENERAL ........................................................................................................................ 9
1.2
THE SONET RECEIVER ................................................................................................ 10
1.3
THE RECEIVE ATM PROCESSOR.................................................................................11
1.4
THE RECEIVE POS PROCESSOR ................................................................................11
1.5
THE SONET TRANSMITTER......................................................................................... 12
1.6
THE TRANSMIT ATM PROCESSOR ............................................................................. 13
1.7
THE TRANSMIT POS PROCESSOR............................................................................. 13
2
APPLICATIONS ............................................................................................................................ 14
3
REFERENCES ............................................................................................................................. 15
4
DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................... 17
5
APPLICATION EXAMPLES .......................................................................................................... 20
6
BLOCK DIAGRAM ........................................................................................................................ 25
7
DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................................. 26
8
PIN DIAGRAM .............................................................................................................................. 29
9
PIN DESCRIPTION ...................................................................................................................... 30
10
9.1
SERIAL LINE SIDE INTERFACE SIGNALS ................................................................... 30
9.2
PARALLEL LINE SIDE INTERFACE SIGNALS - CRU AND CSU BYPASS ................... 32
9.3
CLOCKS AND ALARMS SIGNALS................................................................................. 35
9.4
SECTION AND LINE STATUS DCC PINS...................................................................... 37
9.5
ATM (UTOPIA) AND PACKET OVER SONET/SDH (POS) SYSTEM INTERFACE........ 38
9.6
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE SIGNALS ............................................................... 53
9.7
JTAG TEST ACCESS PORT (TAP) SIGNALS................................................................ 55
9.8
ANALOG SIGNALS ........................................................................................................ 56
9.9
POWER AND GROUND................................................................................................. 57
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION...................................................................................................... 63
10.1
RECEIVE LINE INTERFACE (CRSI-622)....................................................................... 63
10.2
RECEIVE SECTION OVERHEAD PROCESSOR (RSOP)............................................. 65
10.3
RECEIVE LINE OVERHEAD PROCESSOR (RLOP) ..................................................... 67
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
1
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
10.4
THE RECEIVE APS, SYNCHRONIZATION EXTRACTOR AND BIT ERROR MONITOR
(RASE) ........................................................................................................................... 69
10.5
RECEIVE PATH OVERHEAD PROCESSOR (RPOP).................................................... 70
10.6
RECEIVE ATM CELL PROCESSOR (RXCP)................................................................. 75
10.7
RECEIVE POS FRAME PROCESSOR (RXFP) ............................................................. 79
10.8
TRANSMIT LINE INTERFACE (CSPI-622) .................................................................... 82
10.9
TRANSMIT SECTION OVERHEAD PROCESSOR (TSOP)........................................... 83
10.10
TRANSMIT LINE OVERHEAD PROCESSOR (TLOP)................................................... 84
10.11
TRANSMIT PATH OVERHEAD PROCESSOR (TPOP) ................................................. 85
10.12
TRANSMIT ATM CELL PROCESSOR (TXCP)............................................................... 86
10.13
TRANSMIT POS FRAME PROCESSOR (TXFP) ........................................................... 87
10.14
SONET/SDH PATH TRACE BUFFER (SPTB)................................................................ 90
10.15
SONET/SDH SECTION TRACE BUFFER (SSTB)......................................................... 92
10.16
ATM UTOPIA AND PACKET OVER SONET/SDH POS-PHY SYSTEM INTERFACES.. 94
10.17
WAN SYNCHRONIZATION CONTROLLER (WANS)..................................................... 98
10.18
JTAG TEST ACCESS PORT ........................................................................................ 101
10.19
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE.............................................................................. 101
11
NORMAL MODE REGISTER DESCRIPTION ............................................................................ 109
12
TEST FEATURES DESCRIPTION.............................................................................................. 336
13
12.1
MASTER TEST AND TEST CONFIGURATION REGISTERS ...................................... 336
12.2
JTAG TEST PORT........................................................................................................ 339
OPERATION ............................................................................................................................... 346
13.1
SONET/SDH FRAME MAPPINGS AND OVERHEAD BYTE USAGE .......................... 346
13.2
ATM CELL DATA STRUCTURE.................................................................................... 352
13.3
PACKET OVER SONET/SDH DATA STRUCTURE...................................................... 353
13.4
SETTING ATM MODE OF OPERATION....................................................................... 355
13.5
SETTING PACKET-OVER-SONET/SDH MODE OF OPERATION .............................. 356
13.6
SETTING SONET OR SDH MODE OF OPERATION................................................... 357
13.7
BIT ERROR RATE MONITOR ...................................................................................... 358
13.8
AUTO ALARM CONTROL CONFIGURATION.............................................................. 359
13.9
CLOCKING OPTIONS.................................................................................................. 360
13.10
WAN SYNCHRONIZATION (WANS BLOCK) ............................................................... 361
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
2
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
14
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
13.11
LOOPBACK OPERATION............................................................................................ 361
13.12
1+1 APS SUPPORT ..................................................................................................... 365
13.13
JTAG SUPPORT .......................................................................................................... 367
13.14
BOARD DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS .................................................................... 372
13.15
POWER SUPPLIES ..................................................................................................... 373
13.16
INTERFACING TO ECL OR PECL DEVICES............................................................... 376
13.17
CLOCK SYNTHESIS AND RECOVERY....................................................................... 378
13.18
SYSTEM INTERFACE DLL OPERATION..................................................................... 379
FUNCTIONAL TIMING................................................................................................................ 381
14.1
PARALLEL LINE INTERFACE...................................................................................... 381
14.2
ATM UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE............................................................. 382
14.3
ATM UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE............................................................. 383
14.4
PACKET OVER SONET/SDH (POS) LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE ........................ 385
14.5
PACKET OVER SONET/SDH (POS) LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE ........................ 387
14.6
SECTION AND LINE DATA COMMUNICATION CHANNELS ...................................... 389
15
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS .............................................................................................. 392
16
D.C. CHARACTERISTICS .......................................................................................................... 393
17
MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE TIMING CHARACTERISTICS ............................................ 396
18
A.C. TIMING CHARACTERISTICS............................................................................................. 400
18.1
SYSTEM RESET TIMING............................................................................................. 400
18.2
PARALLEL LINE INTERFACE TIMING ........................................................................ 401
18.3
SERIAL LINE INTERFACE TIMING.............................................................................. 403
18.4
UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ....................................................... 404
18.5
UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ....................................................... 408
18.6
POS LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING..............................................................411
18.7
POS LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING............................................................. 415
18.8
TRANSMIT DCC INTERFACE TIMING ........................................................................ 419
18.9
RECEIVE DCC INTERFACE TIMING........................................................................... 420
18.10
CLOCK AND FRAME PULSE INTERFACE TIMING .................................................... 421
18.11
JTAG TEST PORT TIMING .......................................................................................... 422
19
ORDERING AND THERMAL INFORMATION............................................................................. 424
20
MECHANICAL INFORMATION................................................................................................... 425
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
3
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE 1: TYPICAL STS-12C/STM-4-4C ATM (UTOPIA LEVEL 2) SWITCH PORT APPLICATION ....... 21
FIGURE 2: TYPICAL STS-12C/STM-4-4C ATM (UTOPIA LEVEL 3) SWITCH PORT APPLICATION ....... 22
FIGURE 3: TYPICAL STS-12C/STM-4-4C PACKET OVER SONET/SDH (POS-PHY LEVEL 2)
APPLICATION ................................................................................................................ 23
FIGURE 4: TYPICAL STS-12C/STM-4-4C PACKET OVER SONET/SDH (POS-PHY LEVEL 3)
APPLICATION ................................................................................................................ 24
FIGURE 5: TYPICAL STS-12C/STM-4-4C S/UNI-622-POS JITTER TOLERANCE................................... 64
FIGURE 6: POINTER INTERPRETATION STATE DIAGRAM.................................................................... 71
FIGURE 7: CELL DELINEATION STATE DIAGRAM.................................................................................. 76
FIGURE 8: HCS VERIFICATION STATE DIAGRAM.................................................................................. 78
FIGURE 9: PACKET OVER SONET/SDH FRAME FORMAT .................................................................... 80
FIGURE 10: CRC DECODER .................................................................................................................... 81
FIGURE 11: PACKET OVER SONET/SDH FRAME FORMAT................................................................... 88
FIGURE 12: CRC GENERATOR................................................................................................................ 89
FIGURE 13. WANS PLL BLOCK DIAGRAM .............................................................................................. 99
FIGURE 14: INPUT OBSERVATION CELL (IN_CELL) ............................................................................ 344
FIGURE 15: OUTPUT CELL (OUT_CELL) .............................................................................................. 344
FIGURE 16: BIDIRECTIONAL CELL (IO_CELL) ..................................................................................... 345
FIGURE 17: LAYOUT OF OUTPUT ENABLE AND BIDIRECTIONAL CELLS ......................................... 345
FIGURE 18: ATM MAPPING INTO THE STS-12C/STM-4-4C SPE ......................................................... 346
FIGURE 19: POS MAPPING INTO THE STS-12C/STM-4-4C SPE......................................................... 347
FIGURE 20: STS-12C/STM-4-4C OVERHEAD ....................................................................................... 347
FIGURE 21: 16-BIT WIDE, 27 WORD ATM CELL STRUCTURE............................................................. 352
FIGURE 22: 8-BIT WIDE, 54 BYTE ATM CELL STRUCTURE................................................................. 353
FIGURE 23: A 63 BYTE PACKET DATA STRUCTURE............................................................................ 354
FIGURE 24: A 63 BYTE PACKET DATA STRUCTURE............................................................................ 355
FIGURE 25: CLOCKING STRUCTURE ................................................................................................... 360
FIGURE 26: LINE LOOPBACK MODE .................................................................................................... 363
FIGURE 27: SERIAL DIAGNOSTIC LOOPBACK MODE......................................................................... 363
FIGURE 28: PARALLEL DIAGNOSTIC LOOPBACK MODE ................................................................... 364
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
4
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FIGURE 29: PATH DIAGNOSTIC LOOPBACK MODE ............................................................................ 364
FIGURE 30: DATA DIAGNOSTIC LOOPBACK MODE ............................................................................ 365
FIGURE 31: 1+1 APS ARCHITECTURE .................................................................................................. 366
FIGURE 32: BOUNDARY SCAN ARCHITECTURE................................................................................. 368
FIGURE 33: TAP CONTROLLER FINITE STATE MACHINE ................................................................... 369
FIGURE 34: POWER SUPPLY FILTERING AND DECOUPLING ............................................................ 375
FIGURE 35: POWER SUPPLY COMPONENT LAYOUT ......................................................................... 376
FIGURE 36: INTERFACING S/UNI-622-POS PECL PINS TO 3.3V DEVICES........................................ 377
FIGURE 37: INTERFACING S/UNI-622-POS PECL PINS TO 5.0V DEVICES........................................ 378
FIGURE 38: IN FRAME DECLARATION TIMING .................................................................................... 381
FIGURE 39: OUT OF FRAME DECLARATION TIMING .......................................................................... 382
FIGURE 40: PARALLEL TRANSMIT INTERFACE TIMING ..................................................................... 382
FIGURE 41: TRANSMIT UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ............................................ 383
FIGURE 42: RECEIVE UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING............................................... 383
FIGURE 43: TRANSMIT UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ............................................ 384
FIGURE 44: RECEIVE UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING............................................... 385
FIGURE 45: TRANSMIT POS LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ................................................. 386
FIGURE 46: RECEIVE POS LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING .................................................... 387
FIGURE 47: TRANSMIT POS LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING .................................................. 388
FIGURE 48: RECEIVE POS LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING .................................................... 389
FIGURE 49: TRANSPORT OVERHEAD DATA LINK CLOCK AND DATA EXTRACTION........................ 390
FIGURE 50: TRANSPORT OVERHEAD DATA LINK CLOCK AND DATA INSERTION ........................... 391
FIGURE 51: MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE READ TIMING............................................................. 396
FIGURE 52: MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE WRITE TIMING ........................................................... 398
FIGURE 53: RSTB TIMING DIAGRAM .................................................................................................... 400
FIGURE 54: TRANSMIT PARALLEL LINE INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM........................................... 401
FIGURE 55: RECEIVE PARALLEL LINE INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM ............................................. 402
FIGURE 56: RECEIVE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM .................................................. 403
FIGURE 57: TRANSMIT UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM.......................... 405
FIGURE 58: RECEIVE UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM ............................ 407
FIGURE 59: TRANSMIT UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM.......................... 409
FIGURE 60: RECEIVE UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING DIAGRAM ............................ 410
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
5
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FIGURE 61: TRANSMIT POS-PHY LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ........................................ 412
FIGURE 62: RECEIVE POS-PHY LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING........................................... 414
FIGURE 63: TRANSMIT POS-PHY LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING ........................................ 416
FIGURE 64: RECEIVE POS-PHY LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING........................................... 418
FIGURE 65: TRANSMIT DCC INTERFACE TIMING ............................................................................... 419
FIGURE 66: RECEIVE DCC INTERFACE TIMING.................................................................................. 420
FIGURE 67: CLOCK AND FRAME PULSE INTERFACE TIMING ........................................................... 421
FIGURE 68: JTAG PORT INTERFACE TIMING....................................................................................... 422
FIGURE 69: MECHANICAL DRAWING 304 PIN SUPER BALL GRID ARRAY (SBGA) .......................... 425
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
6
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1: POINTER INTERPRETER EVENT (INDICATIONS) DESCRIPTION......................................... 71
TABLE 2: POINTER INTERPRETER TRANSITION DESCRIPTION ......................................................... 73
TABLE 3: HDLC BYTE SEQUENCES........................................................................................................ 80
TABLE 4: HDLC BYTE SEQUENCES........................................................................................................ 90
TABLE 5: OBR MISMATCH MECHANISM................................................................................................. 92
TABLE 6: REGISTER MEMORY MAP ..................................................................................................... 101
TABLE 7: RECEIVE INITIATION LEVEL VALUES ................................................................................... 275
TABLE 8: TRANSMIT INITIATION LEVEL VALUES................................................................................. 294
TABLE 9: INTER PACKET GAPING VALUES.......................................................................................... 295
TABLE 10: TEST MODE REGISTER MEMORY MAP ............................................................................. 336
TABLE 11: INSTRUCTION REGISTER (LENGTH - 3 BITS).................................................................... 339
TABLE 12: S/UNI-622-POS IDENTIFICATION REGISTER ..................................................................... 339
TABLE 13: S/UNI-622-POS BOUNDARY SCAN REGISTER .................................................................. 339
TABLE 14: SETTINGS FOR SONET OR SDH OPERATION................................................................... 357
TABLE 15: RECOMMENDED BERM SETTINGS .................................................................................... 359
TABLE 16: PATH RDI AND EXTENDED RDI REGISTER SETTINGS ..................................................... 359
TABLE 17: 1+1 APS REGISTER 0X06 SETTINGS.................................................................................. 367
TABLE 18: ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS ......................................................................................... 392
TABLE 19: D.C CHARACTERISTICS ...................................................................................................... 393
TABLE 20: MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE READ ACCESS (FIGURE 51) ....................................... 396
TABLE 21: MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE WRITE ACCESS (FIGURE 52) ..................................... 398
TABLE 22: RSTB TIMING (FIGURE 53) .................................................................................................. 400
TABLE 23: TRANSMIT PARALLEL LINE INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 54) ......................................... 401
TABLE 24: RECEIVE PARALLEL LINE INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 55) ........................................... 402
TABLE 25: RECEIVE SERIAL LINE INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 56)................................................. 403
TABLE 26: TRANSMIT UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 57) ........................ 404
TABLE 27: RECEIVE UTOPIA LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 58) .......................... 406
TABLE 28: TRANSMIT UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 59) ........................ 408
TABLE 29: RECEIVE UTOPIA LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 60) .......................... 410
TABLE 30: TRANSMIT POS-PHY LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 61) ......................411
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
7
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TABLE 31: RECEIVE POS-PHY LEVEL 2 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 62) ....................... 413
TABLE 32: TRANSMIT POS-PHY LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 63) ..................... 415
TABLE 33: RECEIVE POS-PHY LEVEL 3 SYSTEM INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 64) ....................... 417
TABLE 34: TRANSMIT DCC INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 65) ............................................................ 419
TABLE 35: RECEIVE DCC INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 66) .............................................................. 420
TABLE 36: CLOCK AND FRAME PULSE INTERFACE TIMING (FIGURE 67) ........................................ 421
TABLE 37: JTAG PORT INTERFACE (FIGURE 68)................................................................................. 422
TABLE 38: ORDERING INFORMATION .................................................................................................. 424
TABLE 39: THERMAL INFORMATION..................................................................................................... 424
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
8
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
1
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FEATURES
1.1
General
•
Single chip ATM and Packet over SONET/SDH Physical Layer Device operating
at 622.08 Mbit/s.
•
Implements the ATM Forum User Network Interface Specification and the ATM
physical layer for Broadband ISDN according to CCITT Recommendation I.432.
•
Implements the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) over SONET/SDH specification
according to RFC 2615.
•
Processes duplex bit-serial 622.08 Mbit/s STS-12c/STM-4-4c data streams with
on-chip clock and data recovery and clock synthesis.
•
Supports a duplex byte-serial 77.76 Mbyte/s STS-12c/STM-4-4c line side
interface for use in applications where by-passing clock recovery, clock
synthesis, and serializer-deserializer functionality is desired.
•
Supports a byte-serial 19.44 Mbyte/s STS-3c/STM-1 line side interface on the
transmit and/or receive interface for use in applications where a 155.52 Mbit/s
data rate is desired.
•
Supports clock recovery by-pass for use in applications where external clock
recovery is desired.
•
Complies with Bellcore GR-253-CORE (1995 Issues) jitter tolerance, jitter
transfer and intrinsic jitter criteria.
•
Provides control circuitry required to comply with Bellcore GR-253-CORE WAN
clocking requirements related to wander transfer, holdover and long term stability
when using an external VCXO.
•
Provides UTOPIA Level 2 16-bit wide System Interface (clocked up to 50 MHz)
with parity support for ATM applications.
•
Provides UTOPIA Level 3 compatible 8-bit wide System Interface (clocked up to
100 MHz) with parity support for ATM applications.
•
Provides SATURN POS-PHY Level 2 16-bit System Interface (clocked up to 50
MHz) for Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) applications. This system interface is
similar to UTOPIA Level 2, but adapted to packet transfer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
9
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
•
Provides SATURN POS-PHY Level 3 8-bit System Interface (clocked up to 100
MHz) for Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) applications.
•
Provides support functions for a two chip solution for 1+1 APS operation.
•
Provides a standard 5 signal IEEE 1149.1 JTAG test port for boundary scan
board test purposes.
•
Provides a generic 8-bit microprocessor bus interface for configuration, control,
and status monitoring.
•
Low power 3.3V CMOS with TTL compatible digital inputs and CMOS/TTL digital
outputs. PECL inputs and outputs are 3.3V and 5V compatible.
•
Industrial temperature range (-40°C to +85°C).
•
304 pin Super BGA package.
1.2
The SONET Receiver
•
Provides a serial interface at 622.08 Mbit/s with clock and data recovery.
•
Frames to and de-scrambles the received STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream.
•
Optionally frames to and de-scrambles a received STS-3c/STM-1 stream.
•
Interprets the received payload pointer (H1, H2) and extracts the STS-12c/STM4-4c or STS-3c/STM-1 synchronous payload envelope and path overhead.
•
Extracts the data communication channels (D1-D3, D4-D12) and serializes them
at 192 kbit/s (D1-D3) and 576 kbit/s (D4-D12) for optional external processing.
•
Filters and captures the automatic protection switch channel (APS) bytes in
readable registers and detects APS byte failure.
•
Captures and de-bounces the synchronization status (S1) nibble in a readable
register.
•
Detects signal degrade (SD) and signal fail (SF) threshold crossing alarms based
on received B2 errors.
•
Extracts the 16-byte or 64-byte section trace (J0/Z0) sequence and the 16-byte
or 64-byte path trace (J1) sequence into internal register banks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
10
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
•
Detects loss of signal (LOS), out of frame (OOF), loss of frame (LOF), line alarm
indication signal (AIS-L), line remote defect indication (RDI-L), loss of pointer
(LOP), path alarm indication signal (AIS-P), path remote defect indication (RDIP), path extended remote defect indicator (extended RDI-P).
•
Counts received section BIP-8 (B1) errors, received line BIP-96 (B2) errors, line
remote error indicates (REI-L), received path BIP-8 (B3) errors and path remote
error indications (REI-P) for performance monitoring purposes.
1.3
The Receive ATM Processor
•
Extracts ATM cells from the received STS-12c/STM-4-4c or STS-3c/STM-1
payload using ATM cell delineation.
•
Provides ATM cell payload de-scrambling.
•
Performs header check sequence (HCS) error detection and correction, and
idle/unassigned cell filtering.
•
Detects out of cell Delineation (OCD) and loss of cell delineation (LCD) alarms.
•
Counts number of received cells, idle cells, errored cells and dropped cells.
•
Provides a UTOPIA Level 2 compliant 16-bit wide datapath interface (clocked up
to 50 MHz) with parity support to read extracted cells from an internal four-cell
FIFO buffer.
•
Provides a UTOPIA Level 3 compatible 8-bit wide datapath interface (clocked up
to 100 MHz) with parity support to read extracted cells from an internal four-cell
FIFO buffer.
1.4
The Receive POS Processor
•
Supports packet based link layer protocols using byte synchronous HDLC
framing like PPP, HDLC and Frame Relay.
•
Performs self-synchronous POS data de-scrambling on the received STS12c/STM-4-4c or STS-3c/STM-1 payload using the x43+1 polynomial.
•
Performs flag sequence detection and terminates the received POS frames.
•
Performs frame check sequence (FCS) validation for CRC-CCITT and CRC-32
polynomials.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
11
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
•
Performs control escape de-stuffing of the HDLC stream.
•
Detects for packet abort sequence.
•
Checks for minimum and maximum packet lengths. Optionally deletes short
packets and marks those exceeding the maximum length as errored.
•
Provides a SATURN POS-PHY Level 2 compliant 16-bit datapath interface
(clocked up to 50 MHz) with parity support to read packet data from an internal
256 byte FIFO buffer.
•
Provides a SATURN POS-PHY Level 3 compliant 8-bit datapath interface
(clocked up to 100 MHz) with parity support to read packet data from an internal
256 byte FIFO buffer.
1.5
The SONET Transmitter
•
Synthesizes the 622.08 MHz transmit clock from a 77.76 MHz reference.
•
Provides a differential PECL bit-serial interface at 622.08 Mbit/s.
•
Inserts a register programmable path signal label (C2).
•
Generates the transmit payload pointer (H1, H2) and inserts the path overhead.
•
Optionally inserts the 16-byte or 64-byte section trace (J0/Z0) sequence and the
16-byte or 64-byte path trace (J1) sequence from internal register banks.
•
Optionally inserts externally generated data communication channels (D1-D3,
D4-D12) via a 192 kbit/s (D1-D3) serial stream and a 576 kbit/s (D4-D12) serial
stream.
•
Scrambles the transmitted STS-12c/STM-4-4c or STS-3c/STM-1 stream and
inserts the framing bytes (A1, A2).
•
Optionally inserts register programmable APS bytes.
•
Provides a byte-serial transmit path data stream allowing two devices to
implement 1+1 APS.
•
Inserts path BIP-8 codes (B3), path remote error indications (REI-P), line BIP-96
codes (B2), line remote error indications (REI-L), and section BIP-8 codes (B1) to
allow performance monitoring at the far end.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
12
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
•
Allows forced insertion of all-zeros data (after scrambling) and the corruption of
the section, line, or path BIP-8 codes for diagnostic purposes.
•
Inserts ATM cells or POS frames into the transmitted STS-12c/STM-4-4c or STS3c/STM-1 payload.
1.6
The Transmit ATM Processor
•
Provides idle/unassigned cell insertion.
•
Provides HCS generation/insertion, and ATM cell payload scrambling.
•
Counts number of transmitted and idle cells.
•
Provides a UTOPIA Level 2 compliant 16-bit wide datapath interface (clocked up
to 50 MHz) with parity support for writing cells into an internal four-cell FIFO.
•
Provides a UTOPIA Level 3 compatible 8-bit wide datapath interface (clocked up
to 100 MHz) with parity support for writing cells into an internal four-cell FIFO.
1.7
The Transmit POS Processor
•
Supports any packet based link layer protocol using byte synchronous HDLC
framing like PPP, HDLC and Frame Relay.
•
Performs self-synchronous POS data scrambling using the 1+X43 polynomial.
•
Encapsulates packets within a POS frame.
•
Performs flag sequence insertion.
•
Performs byte stuffing for transparency processing.
•
Performs frame check sequence generation using the CRC-CCITT and CRC-32
polynomials.
•
Aborts packets under the direction of the host or when the FIFO underflows.
•
Provides a SATURN POS-PHY Level 2 compliant 16-bit wide datapath (clocked
up to 50 MHz) with parity support to an internal 256 byte FIFO buffer.
•
Provides a SATURN POS-PHY Level 3 compliant 8-bit wide datapath (clocked up
to 100 MHz) with parity support to an internal 256 byte FIFO buffer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
13
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
2
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
APPLICATIONS
•
WAN and Edge ATM switches.
•
LAN switches and hubs.
•
Packet switches and hubs.
•
Routers and Layer 3 Switches
•
Network Interface Cards and Uplinks
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
14
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
3
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
REFERENCES
•
ATM Forum - ATM User-Network Interface Specification, V3.1, October, 1995.
•
ATM Forum - “UTOPIA, An ATM PHY Interface Specification, Level 2, Version 1”,
June, 1995.
•
Bell Communications Research - GR-253-CORE “SONET Transport Systems:
Common Generic Criteria”, Issue 2, December 1995.
•
Bell Communications Research - GR-436-CORE “Digital Network
Synchronization Plan”, Issue 1 Revision 1, June 1996..
•
ETS 300 417-1-1, "Generic Functional Requirements for Synchronous Digital
Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment", January, 1996.
•
IETF Network Working Group - RFC-2615 “Point to Point Protocol (PPP) over
SONET/SDH Specification”, May 1994.
•
IETF Network Working Group - RFC-1661 “The Point to Point Protocol (PPP)”,
July 1994.
•
IETF Network Working Group - RFC-1662 “PPP in HDLC like framing”, July
1994.
•
ITU-T Recommendation G.703 - "Physical/Electrical Characteristics of
Hierarchical Digital Interfaces", 1991.
•
ITU-T Recommendation G.704 - "General Aspects of Digital Transmission
Systems; Terminal Equipment - Synchronous Frame Structures Used At 1544,
6312, 2048, 8488 and 44 736 kbit/s Hierarchical Levels", July, 1995.
•
ITU, Recommendation G.707 - "Network Node Interface For The Synchronous
Digital Hierarchy", 1996.
•
ITU Recommendation G781, “Structure of Recommendations on Equipment for
the Synchronous Design Hierarchy (SDH)”, January 1994.
•
ITU, Recommendation G.783 - "Characteristics of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
(SDH) Equipment Functional Blocks", 1996.
•
ITU Recommendation I.432, “ISDN User Network Interfaces”, March 93.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
15
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
•
PMC-971147 “Saturn Compliant Interface for Packet over SONET Physical Layer
and Link Layer Devices, Level 2”, January 1998.
•
PMC-980495 “Saturn Compliant Interface for Packet over SONET Physical Layer
and Link Layer Devices, Level 3”, December 1998.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
16
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
4
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
DEFINITIONS
The following table defines the abbreviations for the S/UNI-622-POS.
AIS
Alarm Indication Signal
APS
Automatic Protection Switching
ASSP
Application Specific Standard Product
ATM
Asynchronous Transfer Mode
BER
Bit Error Rate
BIP
Byte Interleaved Parity
CBI
Common Bus Interface
CMOS
Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRSI
CRU and Serial-In Parallel-Out
CRU
Clock Recovery Unit
CSPI
CSU and Parallel-In Serial-Out
CSU
Clock Synthesis Unit
DCC
Data Communication Channel
ECL
Emitter Controlled Logic
ERDI
Enhanced Remote Defect Indication
ESD
Electrostatic Discharge
FCS
Frame Check Sequence
FEBE
Far-End Block Error
FIFO
First-In First-Out
GFC
Generic Flow Control
HCS
Header Check Sequence
HDLC
High-level Data Link Layer
LAN
Local Area Network
LCD
Loss of Cell Delineation
LOF
Loss of Frame
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
17
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOH
Line Overhead
LOP
Loss of Pointer
LOS
Loss of Signal
LOT
Loss of Transition
NC
No Connect, indicates an unused pin
NDF
New Data Flag
NNI
Network-Network Interface
ODL
Optical Data Link
OOF
Out of Frame
PECL
Pseudo-ECL
PLL
Phase-Locked Loop
POS
Packet Over SONET
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol
PSL
Path Signal Label
PSLM
Path Signal Label Mismatch
RASE
Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit
Error Monitor
RDI
Remote Defect Indication
RLOP
Receive Line Overhead Processor
RPOP
Receive Path Overhead Processor
RSOP
Receive Section Overhead Processor
RXCP
Receive ATM Cell Processor
RXFP
Receive POS Frame Processor
SBGA
Super Ball Grid Array
SD
Signal Degrade (alarm), Signal Detect (pin)
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SF
Signal Fail
SOH
Section Overhead
SONET
Synchronous Optical Network
SPE
Synchronous Payload Envelope
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
18
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
SPTB
SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer
SSTB
SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer
TIM
Trace Identifier Mismatch
TIU
Trace Identifier Unstable
TLOP
Transmit Line Overhead Processor
TOH
Transport Overhead
TPOP
Transmit Path Overhead Processor
TSOP
Transmit Section Overhead Processor
TXCP
Transmit ATM Cell Processor
TXFP
Transmit POS Frame Processor
UI
Unit Interval
UNI
User-Network Interface
VCI
Virtual Connection Indicator
VCXO
Voltage Controlled Oscillator
VPI
Virtual Path Indicator
WAN
Wide Area Network
XOR
Exclusive OR logic operator
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
19
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
5
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
APPLICATION EXAMPLES
The PM5357 S/UNI-622-POS is applicable to equipment implementing
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) User-Network Interfaces (UNI), ATM
Network-Network Interfaces (NNI), as well as Packet over SONET/SDH (POS)
interfaces. The POS interface can support several packet based protocols,
including the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP).
The S/UNI-622-POS may find application at either end of switch-to-switch links or
switch-to-terminal links, both in public network (WAN) and private network (LAN)
situations. The S/UNI-622-POS provides a comprehensive feature set as well as
full compliance to WAN synchronization requirements. The S/UNI-622-POS
performs the mapping of either ATM cells or POS frames into the SONET/SDH
STS-12c/STM-4-4c synchronous payload envelope (SPE) and processes
applicable SONET/SDH section, line and path overheads.
In a typical STS-12c/STM-4-4c ATM application, the S/UNI-622-POS performs
clock and data recovery in the receive direction and clock synthesis in the
transmit direction of the line interface. The S/UNI-622-POS can also be
configured to by-pass the clock recovery, clock synthesis, and serializer/deserializer functions. In this mode, an external clock and data recovery/serial-toparallel converter device is required in the receive direction, and an external
serial-to-parallel converter/clock synthesis device is required in the transmit
direction.
On the system side, the S/UNI-622-POS interfaces directly with ATM layer
processors and switching or adaptation functions using a UTOPIA Level 2
compliant 16-bit (clocked up to 50 MHz) or an UTOPIA Level 3 8-bit (clocked up
to 100 MHz) synchronous FIFO style interface.
An application with a UTOPIA Level 2 system side interface is shown in Figure 1.
An application with a UTOPIA Level 3 system side is shown in Figure 2. The
initial configuration and ongoing control and monitoring of the S/UNI-622-POS
are normally provided via a generic microprocessor interface.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
20
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 1: Typical STS-12c/STM-4-4c ATM (UTOPIA Level 2) Switch Port
Application
UTOPIA Level 2
Interface
ATM Layer Device
TxClk
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
TFCLK
TxEnb
TENB
TxClav
TCA
TxSOC
TSOC
TxPrty
TxData[15:0]
LIFSEL
0
TPRTY
TDAT[15:0]
RXD+/Optical
Transceiver
SD
RxClk
RxEnb
RENB
RxClav
RCA
RxSOC
RSOC
RxPrty
RxData[15:0]
TXD+/-
RFCLK
POS_ATMB
RPRTY
SYSSEL
0
0
RDAT[15:0]
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
21
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 2: Typical STS-12c/STM-4-4c ATM (UTOPIA Level 3) Switch Port
Application
UTOPIA Level 3
Interface
ATM Layer Device
TxClk
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
TFCLK
TxEnb
TENB
TxClav
TCA
TxSOC
TSOC
TxPrty
TxData[7:0]
LIFSEL
0
TPRTY
TDAT[7:0]
RXD+/Optical
Transceiver
SD
RxClk
RxEnb
RENB
RxVal
RVAL
RxSOC
RSOC
RxPrty
RxData[7:0]
TXD+/-
RFCLK
POS_ATMB
RPRTY
SYSSEL
0
1
RDAT[7:0]
In a typical Packet over SONET/SDH application (i.e. using the PPP protocol) the
S/UNI-622-POS performs clock and data recovery in the receive direction and
clock synthesis in the transmit direction of the line interface. On the system side,
the S/UNI-622-POS interfaces directly with a data link layer processor using a
SATURN POS-PHY Level 2 16-bit (clocked up to 50 MHz) or a SATURN POSPHY Level 3 8-bit (clocked up to 100 MHz) synchronous FIFO interface over
which packets are transferred.
An application with a POS-PHY Level 2 interface is shown in Figure 3. An
application with a POS-PHY Level 2 interface is shown in Figure 4. The initial
configuration and ongoing control and monitoring of the S/UNI-622-POS are
normally provided via a generic microprocessor interface.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
22
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 3: Typical STS-12c/STM-4-4c Packet over SONET/SDH (POS-PHY
Level 2) Application
POS-PHY Level 2
Interface
Link Layer Device
TFCLK
TENB
TPA
TSOP
TPRTY
TDAT[15:0]
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
TFCLK
TENB
TPA
TSOP
TPRTY
TDAT[15:0]
TMOD
TMOD
TEOP
TEOP
TERR
TERR
LIFSEL
0
RXD+/Optical
Transceiver
SD
RFCLK
RENB
RPA
RSOP
RPRTY
RDAT[15:0]
RFCLK
TXD+/-
RENB
RPA
RSOP
POS_ATMB
RPRTY
SYSSEL
1
0
RDAT[15:0]
RMOD
RMOD
REOP
REOP
RERR
RERR
RVAL
RVAL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
23
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 4: Typical STS-12c/STM-4-4c Packet over SONET/SDH (POS-PHY
Level 3) Application
POS-PHY Level 3
Interface
Link Layer Device
TFCLK
TENB
TPA
TSOP
TPRTY
TDAT[7:0]
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
TFCLK
TENB
TPA
TSOP
TPRTY
TDAT[7:0]
TMOD
TMOD
TEOP
TEOP
TERR
TERR
LIFSEL
0
RXD+/Optical
Transceiver
SD
RFCLK
RFCLK
RENB
RENB
RVAL
RVAL
RSOP
RSOP
RPRTY
RDAT[7:0]
TXD+/-
POS_ATMB
SYSSEL
1
1
RPRTY
RDAT[7:0]
REOP
REOP
RERR
RERR
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
24
a
a
RBYP
PECLV
Rx
ATM Cell
Processor
REFCLK+/RXD+/RRCLK+/-
C1, C0
Rx Line
I/F
Rx
Section O/H
Processor
Rx
Line O/H
Processor
Rx
Path O/H
Processor
25
Section/
Line DCC
Extract
FPIN
TERR
RFCLK
RENB
RCA/RPA
RSOC/RSOP
RPRTY
RDAT[15:0
]
RMOD
RERR
RVAL
PICLK
PIN[7:0]
TEOP
REOP
Rx
POS Frame
Processor
ATP[1]
TMOD
Rx APS,
Sync Status,
BERM
Microprocessor
Interface
OOF
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
INTB
RSTB
RDB
WRB
CSB
ALE
A[8:0]
D[7:0]
APSP[4:0]
RLD
RLDCLK
RSD
RSDCLK
RCLK
RFPO
RALRM
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
SD
TDAT[15:0]
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
Path
Trace Buffer
TPRTY
ISSUE 5
TSOC/TSOP
Tx
Path O/H
Processor
WAN
Synch.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
TCA/TPA
Tx
ATM Cell
Processor
Section
Trace Buffer
DATASHEET
Tx
Line O/H
Processor
BLOCK DIAGRAM
TENB
Tx
POS Frame
Processor
Tx
Section O/H
Processor
PMC-1980911
6
FPOUT
POS_ATMB
POUT[7:0]
TFCLK
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 2
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 3
System Interface
PTCLK
SYSSEL
JTAG Test
Access Port
ATP[0]
Tx Line
I/F
TDO
TDI
TCK
TMS
TDREF1, TDREF0
TRSTB
TLD
TLDCLK
TSD
TSDCLK
TCLK
TFPI
TFPO
LIFSEL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Section/
Line DCC
Insert
TXD+/-
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
7
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
DESCRIPTION
The PM5357 S/UNI-622-POS SATURN User Network Interface is a monolithic
integrated circuit that implements SONET/SDH processing, ATM mapping and
Packet over SONET/SDH mapping functions at the STS-12c/STM-4-4c 622.08
Mbit/s rate.
The S/UNI-622-POS receives SONET/SDH streams using a bit serial interface,
recovers the clock and data and processes section, line, and path overhead. The
S/UNI-622-POS can also be configured for clock and data recovery and clock
synthesis by-pass where it receives SONET/SDH frames via a byte-serial
interface. The S/UNI-622-POS performs framing (A1, A2), de-scrambling,
detects alarm conditions, and monitors section, line, and path bit interleaved
parity (B1, B2, B3), accumulating error counts at each level for performance
monitoring purposes. Line and path remote error indications (M1, G1) are also
accumulated. The S/UNI-622-POS interprets the received payload pointers (H1,
H2) and extracts the synchronous payload envelope which carries the received
ATM cell payload.
When used to implement an ATM UNI or NNI, the S/UNI-622-POS frames to the
ATM payload using cell delineation. HCS error correction is provided.
Idle/unassigned cells may be optionally dropped. Cells are also dropped upon
detection of an uncorrectable header check sequence error. The ATM cell
payloads are descrambled and are written to a four-cell FIFO buffer. The
received cells are read from the FIFO using a 16-bit wide UTOPIA Level 2
(clocked up to 50 MHz) or an 8-bit wide UTOPIA Level 3 (clocked up to 100 MHz)
datapath interface. Counts of received ATM cell headers that are errored and
uncorrectable and those that are errored and correctable are accumulated
independently for performance monitoring purposes.
When used to implement packet transmission over a SONET/SDH link, the
S/UNI-622-POS extracts Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) frames from the
SONET/SDH synchronous payload envelope. Frames are verified for correct
construction and size. The control escape characters are removed. The frame
check sequence is optionally verified for correctness and the extracted packets
are placed in a receive FIFO. The received packets are read from the FIFO
through a 16-bit POS-PHY Level 2 (clocked up to 50 MHz) or an 8-bit POS-PHY
Level 3 (clocked up to 100 MHz) system side interface. Valid and FCS errored
packet counts are provided for performance monitoring. The S/UNI-622-POS
Packet over SONET/SDH implementation is flexible enough to support several
link layer protocols, including HDLC, PPP and Frame Relay.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
26
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The S/UNI-622-POS transmits SONET/SDH streams using a bit serial interface.
The S/UNI-622-POS can also be configured for clock and data recovery and
clock synthesis by-pass where it transmits the SONET/SDH frames via a byteserial interface. The S/UNI-622-POS synthesizes the transmit clock from a
77.76MHz frequency reference and performs framing pattern insertion (A1, A2),
scrambling, alarm signal insertion, and creates section, line, and path bit
interleaved parity codes (B1, B2, B3) as required to allow performance
monitoring at the far end. Line and path remote error indications (M1, G1) are
also inserted. The S/UNI-622-POS generates the payload pointer (H1, H2) and
inserts the synchronous payload envelope that carries the POS frame payload.
The S/UNI-622-POS also supports the insertion of a large variety of errors into
the transmit stream, such as framing pattern errors, bit interleaved parity errors,
and illegal pointers, which are useful for system diagnostics and tester
applications.
When used to implement an ATM UNI or NNI, ATM cells are written to an internal
four cell FIFO using a 16-bit wide UTOPIA Level 2 (clocked up to 50 MHz) or an
8-bit wide UTOPIA Level 3 (clocked up to 100 MHz) datapath interface.
Idle/unassigned cells are automatically inserted when the internal FIFO contains
less than one complete cell. The S/UNI-622-POS provides generation of the
header check sequence and scrambles the payload of the ATM cells. Each of
these transmit ATM cell processing functions can be enabled or bypassed.
When used to implement a Packet over SONET/SDH link, the S/UNI-622-POS
inserts POS frames into the SONET/SDH synchronous payload envelope.
Packets to be transmitted are written into a 256-byte FIFO through a 16-bit
SATURN POS-PHY Level 2 (clocked up to 50 MHz) or an 8-bit SATURN POSPHY Level 3 (clocked up to 100 MHz) system side interface. POS frames are
built by inserting the flags, control escape characters and the FCS fields. Either
the CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 can be computed and added to the frame. Several
counters are provided for performance monitoring.
No line rate clocks are required directly by the S/UNI-622-POS as it synthesizes
the transmit clock and recovers the receive clock using a 77.76 MHz reference
clock. The S/UNI-622-POS outputs a differential PECL line data (TXD+/-). The
S/UNI-622-POS also provides a WAN Synchronization controller that can be
used to control an external VCXO in order to fully meet Bellcore GR-253-CORE
jitter, wander, holdover and stability requirements.
The S/UNI-622-POS is configured, controlled and monitored via a generic 8-bit
microprocessor bus interface. The S/UNI-622-POS also provides a standard 5
signal IEEE 1149.1 JTAG test port for boundary scan board test purposes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
27
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The S/UNI-622-POS is implemented in low power, +3.3 Volt, CMOS technology.
It has TTL compatible digital inputs and TTL/CMOS compatible digital outputs.
High speed inputs and outputs support 3.3V and 5.0V compatible pseudo-ECL
(PECL). The S/UNI-622-POS is packaged in a 304 pin SBGA package.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
28
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
8
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PIN DIAGRAM
The S/UNI-622-POS is available in a 304 pin SBGA package having a body size
of 31 mm by 31 mm and a ball pitch of 1.27 mm.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
29
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9
9.1
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PIN DESCRIPTION
Serial Line Side Interface Signals
Pin Name
Type
RBYP
Input
Pin
No.
E21
Function
The receive bypass (RBYP) input disables clock
recovery. If RBYP is high, RXD+/- is sampled on the
rising edge of RRCLK+/-. If RBYP is low, the receive
clock is recovered from the RXD+/- bit stream.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of the operating modes.
PECLV
Input
D22
The PECL signal voltage select (PELCV) selects
between 3.3V PECL signaling and 5V PECL signaling
for the PECL inputs. When PECLV is low, the PECL
inputs expect a 5V PECL signal. When PECLV is
high, the PECL inputs expect a 3.3V PECL signal.
The PECL biasing pins PBIAS should be set to the
appropriate voltage to prevent latchup.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of PECL interfacing issues.
REFCLK+
REFCLK-
Differential Y2
PECL
AA1
Input
The differential reference clock inputs (REFCLK+/-)
provides a jitter-free 77.76 MHz reference clock for
both the clock recovery and the clock synthesis
circuits. REFCLK+/- is not required if the clock
recovery and clock synthesis features are not used.
When the WAN Synchronization controller is used,
REFCLK+/- is supplied using a VCXO. In that
application, the transmit direction can be externally
looped timed to the line receiver in order to meet
wander transfer and holdover requirements.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of PECL interfacing issues and reference clocks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
30
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
RXD+
RXD-
ISSUE 5
Type
Pin
No.
Differential W1
PECL
V2
Input
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The receive differential data PECL inputs (RXD+/-)
contain the NRZ bit serial receive stream. The
receive clock is recovered from the RXD+/- bit stream
when RBYP is set low. RXD+/- is sampled on the
rising edge of RRCLK+/- when RBYP is set high.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of PECL interfacing issues.
RRCLK+
RRCLK-
Differential U1
PECL
U2
Input
When clock recovery is bypassed (RBYP set high),
RRCLK+/- is nominally a 622.08 MHz 50% duty cycle
clock and provides timing for the S/UNI-622-POS
receive functions. In this case, RXD+/- is sampled on
the rising edge of RRCLK+/-. RRCLK+/- is ignored
when RBYP is set low.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of PECL interfacing issues.
SD
PECL
Input
R2
The receive signal detect PECL input (SD) indicates
the presence of valid receive signal power from the
Optical Physical Medium Dependent Device. A PECL
logic high indicates the presence of valid data. A
PECL logic low indicates a loss of signal.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of PECL interfacing issues
TXD+
TXD-
Differential L2
PECL
L1
Output
The transmit differential data PECL outputs (TXD+/-)
contain the 622.08 Mbit/s transmit stream. The
TXD+/- outputs are driven using the synthesized
clock from the CSU-622.
Please refer to the Operation section for a discussion
of PECL interfacing issues.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
31
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.2
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Parallel Line Side Interface Signals - CRU and CSU Bypass
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
LIFSEL
Input
C23
Function
The line interface select (LIFSEL) selects between
serial and parallel line interface modes of operation.
When tied high, the parallel mode is selected bypassing the clock and data recovery, clock synthesis
and the serializer/de-serializer functions.
When tied low, serial mode is selected, enabling clock
and data recovery, clock synthesis and the
serializer/de-serializer functions. During this
operation, the parallel interface may be used for 1+1
APS operation. See the Operation section for more
discussion of 1+1 APS support.
PICLK
Input
AC19 The parallel input clock (PICLK) provides timing for
S/UNI-622-POS receive function operation when the
device is configured for the parallel interface mode of
operation.
When the RSOC3 bit is set high, PICLK is a 19.44
MHz nominally 50% duty cycle clock. When the
RSOC3 bit is set low, PICLK is a 77.76 MHz
nominally 50% duty cycle clock.
When parallel operation is not used, PICLK may be
used for 1+1 APS operation. See the Operation
section for more discussion of 1+1 APS.
OOF
Output
AA18
The out of frame (OOF) signal is high while the
S/UNI-622-POS is out of frame. OOF is set low while
the S/UNI-622-POS is in-frame. An out of frame
declaration occurs when four consecutive errored
framing patterns (A1 and A2 bytes) have been
received.
OOF is intended to enable an upstream framing
pattern detector to search for the framing pattern.
This alarm indication is also available via register
access. OOF is an asynchronous output with a
minimum period of one PICLK clock.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
32
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
FPIN
Input
AB17
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The active-high framing position input (FPIN) signal
indicates the SONET/SDH frame position on the
PIN[7:0] bus. In parallel interface operation, the byte
on the PIN[7:0] bus indicated by FPIN is the third A2
of the SONET/SDH framing pattern. FPIN is sampled
on the rising edge of PICLK.
When parallel interface operation is not used, FPIN
may be used for 1+1 APS operation. In this mode,
FPIN marks the first synchronous payload envelope
byte after the J0/Z0 bytes on PIN[7:0]. See the
Operation section for more discussion of 1+1 APS.
PIN[0]
PIN[1]
PIN[2]
PIN[3]
PIN[4]
PIN[5]
PIN[6]
PIN[7]
Input
AB18
AA17
AB16
AA16
Y16
AC15
AB15
AA15
In parallel interface operation, the data input
(PIN[7:0]) bus carries the byte-serial STS-12c/STM-44c or STS-3c/STM-1 stream. PIN[7] is the most
significant bit (corresponding to bit 1 of each serial
byte, the first bit received). PIN[0] is the least
significant bit (corresponding to bit 8 of each serial
byte, the last bit received). PIN[7:0] is sampled on
the rising edge of PICLK.
When parallel interface operation is not used,
PIN[7:0] may be used for 1+1 APS operation. In this
mode, PIN[7:0] carries the byte-serial STS-12c/STM4-4c transmit path. See the Operation section for
more discussion of 1+1 APS.
PTCLK
Input
Y14
The parallel transmit clock (PTCLK) provides timing
for S/UNI-622-POS transmit function operation when
the device is configured for the parallel interface
mode of operation.
When TOC3 is low, PTCLK should be a 77.76 MHz
nominally 50% duty cycle clock free-running (non
gapped) clock. When TOC3 is high, PTCLK should
be a 19.44 MHz nominally 50% duty cycle clock.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
33
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
FPOUT
ISSUE 5
Type
Output
Pin
No.
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
AC14 In parallel interface operation, the parallel outgoing
stream frame pulse (FPOUT) marks the frame
alignment on the POUT[7:0] bus. FPOUT marks the
first synchronous payload envelope byte after the
J0/Z0 bytes. FPOUT is updated on the rising edge of
PTCLK.
When parallel interface operation is not used, FPOUT
may be used for 1+1 APS operation. In this mode,
FPOUT marks the first synchronous payload
envelope byte after the J0/Z0 bytes. FPOUT is
updated on the rising edge of TCLK. See the
Operation section for more discussion of 1+1 APS.
POUT[0]
POUT[1]
POUT[2]
POUT[3]
POUT[4]
POUT[5]
POUT[6]
POUT[7]
Output
AA14
AB14
AC13
AB13
AA13
Y13
AB12
AA12
In parallel interface operation, the parallel outgoing
stream, (POUT[7:0]) carries the scrambled STS12c/STM-4-4c or STS-3c/STM-1 stream in byte-serial
format. POUT[7] is the most significant bit
(corresponding to bit 1 of each serial word, the first bit
transmitted). POUT[0] is the least significant bit
(corresponding to bit 8 of each serial word, the last bit
transmitted). POUT[7:0] is updated on the rising
edge of PTCLK.
When parallel interface operation is not used,
POUT[7:0] may be used for 1+1 APS operation. In
this mode, POUT[7:0] carries the byte-serial STS12c/STM-4-4c transmit path and updates on the rising
edge of TCLK. See the Operation section for more
discussion of 1+1 APS.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
34
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.3
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Clocks and Alarms Signals
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
RCLK
Output
AC20 The receive clock (RCLK) provides a timing reference
for the S/UNI-622-POS receive function outputs.
RCLK is a 77.76 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock.
RFPO
Output
AB19
The receive frame pulse output (RFPO), when the
framing alignment has been found (the OOF register
bit is low), is an 8 kHz signal derived from the receive
clock RCLK. RFPO pulses high for one RCLK cycle
every 9720 RCLK cycles (STS-12c / STM-4-4c).
RFPO is updated on the rising edge of RCLK.
RALRM
Output
AA19
The receive alarm (RALRM) output indicates the state
of the receive framing. RALRM is low if no receive
alarms are active. RALRM is optionally high if line
AIS (LAIS), path AIS (PAIS), line RDI (LRDI), path
RDI (PRDI), enhanced path RDI (PERDI), loss of
signal (LOS), loss of frame (LOF), out of frame
(OOF), loss of pointer (LOP), loss of pointer
concatenation (LOPC/AISC), loss of cell delineation
(LCD), signal fail BER (SFBER), signal degrade BER
(SDBER), path trace identification mismatch (TIM) or
path signal label mismatch (PSLM) is detected .
RALRM is an asynchronous output with a minimum
period of one RCLK clock.
TCLK
Output
B19
The transmit clock (TCLK) provides timing for the
S/UNI-622-POS transmit function operation. TCLK is
a 77.76 MHz, 50% duty cycle clock.
TFPO
Output
A20
The active-high framing position output (TFPO) signal
is an 8 kHz signal derived from the transmit clock
TCLK. TFPO pulses high for one TCLK cycle every
9720 TCLK cycles (STS-12c / STM-4-4c).
TFPO is updated on the rising edge of TCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
35
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TFPI
Input
Pin
No.
A21
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The active high framing position (TFPI) signal is an 8
kHz timing marker for the transmitter. TFPI is used to
align the SONET/SDH transport frame generated by
the S/UNI-622-POS device to a system reference.
TFPI should be brought high for a single TCLK period
every 9720 TCLK cycles or a multiple thereof. TFPI
must be tied low if such synchronization is not
required.
TFPI is sampled on the rising edge of TCLK.
APS[0]
APS[1]
APS[2]
APS[3]
APS[4]
I/O
A19
C18
B18
D17
C17
The APS Port bus (APS[4:0]) is a bi-directional
control bus that can be used to implement a 1+1 APS
system. When the APSPOE register bit is set low, the
APS[4:0] bus is an input. Data on this bus is used by
TPOP to generate the path RDI and path FEBE.
When the APSPOE register bit is set high, the
APS[4:0] bus is an output with data generated by
RPOP.
APS[0]
APS[1]
APS[2]
APS[3]
APS[4]
FEBE Clock (576 kHz)
FEBE Data
RDI[0] (G1 bit 5)
RDI[1] (G1 bit 6)
RDI[2] (G1 bit 7)
See the Operation section for more discussion of 1+1
APS.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
36
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.4
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Section and Line Status DCC Pins
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
RSDCLK
Output
AB20
RSD
Output
AC21 The receive section DCC (RSD) signal contains the
serial section data communications channel (D1, D2
D3) extracted from the incoming stream.
The receive section DCC clock (RSDCLK) is a
192 kHz clock used to update the RSD input.
RSDCLK is generated by gapping a 216 kHz clock.
RSD is updated on the falling edge of RSDCLK.
RLDCLK
Output
Y19
The receive line DCC clock (RLDCLK) is a 576 kHz
clock used to update the RLD output. RLDCLK is
generated by gapping a 2.16 MHz clock.
RLD
Output
AA20
The receive line DCC (RLD) signal contains the serial
line data communications channel (D4 - D12)
extracted from the incoming stream.
RLD is updated on the falling edge of RLDCLK.
TSDCLK
TSD
Output
B20
The transmit section DCC clock (TSDCLK) is a
192 kHz clock used to sample the TSD input.
TSDCLK is generated by gapping a 216 kHz clock.
Input
C20
The transmit section DCC (TSD) signal contains the
serial section data communications channel (D1, D2
D3). When not used, this input should be connected
to logic zero.
TSD is sampled on the rising edge of TSDCLK.
TLDCLK
TLD
Output
C19
The transmit line DCC clock (TLDCLK) is a 576 kHz
clock used to sample the TLD input. TLDCLK is
generated by gapping a 2.16 MHz clock.
Input
D19
The transmit line DCC (TLD) signal contains the
serial line data communications channel (D4 - D12).
When not used, this input should be connected to
logic zero.
TLD is sampled on the rising edge of TLDCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
37
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.5
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
ATM (UTOPIA) and Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) System Interface
Pin Name
Type
POS_
ATMB
Input
Pin
No.
Y21
Function
The physical layer select (POS_ATMB) pin selects
between the ATM and Packet over SONET/SDH
modes of operation.
When tied low, the device implements the ATM
physical layer. When tied high, the device
implements the Packet over SONET/SDH physical
layer.
This pin affects SONET/SDH mapping as well as the
pin definitions of the system interface bus and may be
overridden by software in the RUL3 and TUL3
registers.
SYSSEL
Input
AA23
The system interface select (SYSSEL) pin selects
between the 16-bit UTOPIA/POS-PHY Level 2 mode
and the 8-bit UTOPIA/POS-PHY Level 3 mode of the
system side interfaces for both ATM and Packet over
SONET/SDH operation.
When tied low, the 16-bit Level 2 mode is enabled.
When tied high, the 8-bit Level 3 mode is enabled.
This pin setting affects the pin definitions of the
system interface bus and may be overridden by
software in the RUL3 and TUL3 registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
38
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TFCLK
Input
Pin
No.
M22
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
UTOPIA transmit FIFO write clock (TFCLK) is used to
write ATM cells to the four cell transmit FIFO.
When in 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, TFCLK must cycle
at a 50 MHz to 40 MHz instantaneous rate, and must
be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
When in 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, TFCLK must cycle
at a 100 MHz to 60 MHz instantaneous rate, and
must be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
POS-PHY transmit FIFO write clock (TFCLK) is used
to write packet data into the 256 byte packet FIFO.
When in 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, TFCLK must cycle
at a 50 MHz to 40 MHz instantaneous rate, and must
be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
When in 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, TFCLK must cycle
at a 100 MHz to 60 MHz instantaneous rate, and
must be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
TEOP
Input
E22
The POS-PHY transmit end of packet (TEOP) marks
the end of packet on the TDAT bus when configured
for packet data.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, the TEOP signal marks
the last word of a packet on the TDAT[15:0] bus. The
TMOD signal indicates how many bytes are in the last
word. It is legal to set TSOP high at the same time as
TEOP high in order to support one or two byte
packets.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, the TEOP signal marks
the last byte of a packet on the TDAT[7:0] bus. The
TMOD signal is ignored in this mode.
TEOP is only valid when TENB is simultaneously
asserted. TEOP is only used for POS operation and
is sampled on the rising edge of TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
39
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TDAT[0]
TDAT[1]
TDAT[2]
TDAT[3]
TDAT[4]
TDAT[5]
TDAT[6]
TDAT[7]
TDAT[8]
TDAT[9]
TDAT[10]
TDAT[11]
TDAT[12]
TDAT[13]
TDAT[14]
TDAT[15]
Input
Pin
No.
K22
K21
K20
J23
J22
J21
H22
H21
H20
G23
G22
G21
G20
F22
F21
E23
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA transmit cell data (TDAT[15:0]) bus
carries the ATM cell octets that are written to the
transmit FIFO.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, the TDAT[15:0] is
considered valid only when TENB is simultaneously
asserted.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, the TDAT[7:0] bus is
considered valid only when TENB is simultaneously
asserted. TDAT[15:8] are ignored.
TDAT[15:0] is sampled on the rising edge of TFCLK.
The POS-PHY transmit packet data (TDAT[15:0]) bus
carries the POS packet octets that are written to the
transmit FIFO.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, the TDAT[15:0] bus is
considered valid only when TENB is simultaneously
asserted.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, the TDAT[7:0] signals is
considered valid only when TENB is simultaneously
asserted. TDAT[15:8] are ignored.
TDAT[15:0] is sampled on the rising edge of TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
40
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TSOC
Input
Pin
No.
L21
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA transmit start of cell (TSOC) signal
marks the start of a cell structure on the TDAT bus.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, the first word of the cell
structure is present on the TDAT[15:0] bus when
TSOC is high. It is not necessary for TSOC to be
present for each cell.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, the first byte of the cell
structure is present on the TDAT[7:0] bus when
TSOC is high. TSOC must be present for each cell.
TSOC is considered valid only when TENB is
simultaneously asserted. TSOC is sampled on the
rising edge of TFCLK.
TSOP
POS-PHY transmit start of packet (TSOP) signal
indicates the start of a packet on the TDAT bus.
TSOP is required to be present at all instances for
proper operation.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, TSOP must be set high
for the first word of a packet on TDAT[15:0].
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, TSOP must be set high
during the first byte of the packet on TDAT[7:0].
TSOP is considered valid only when TENB is
simultaneously asserted. TSOP is sampled on the
rising edge of TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
41
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TPRTY
Input
Pin
No.
L20
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA transmit bus parity (TPRTY) signal
indicates the parity on the TDAT bus. A parity error is
indicated by a status bit and a maskable interrupt.
Cells with parity errors are inserted in the transmit
stream, so the TPRTY input may be unused.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, the TPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the TDAT[15:0] bus. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the TXCP registers.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, the TPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the TDAT[7:0] bus. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the TUL3 registers.
TPRTY is considered valid only when TENB is
simultaneously asserted. TPRTY is sampled on the
rising edge of TFCLK.
The POS-PHY transmit bus parity (TPRTY) signal
indicates the parity on the TDAT bus. A parity error is
indicated by a status bit and a maskable interrupt.
Packets with parity errors are inserted in the transmit
stream, so the TPRTY input may be unused.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, the TPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the TDAT[15:0] bus. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the TXFP registers.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, the TPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the TDAT[7:0] bus. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the TUL3 registers.
TPRTY is considered valid only when TENB is
simultaneously asserted. TPRTY is sampled on the
rising edge of TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
42
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TENB
Input
Pin
No.
L22
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA transmit write enable (TENB) signal is
an active low input which is used to initiate writes to
the transmit FIFO’s.
When TENB is sampled high, the information
sampled on the TDAT, TPRTY and TSOC signals are
invalid. When TENB is sampled low, the information
sampled on the TDAT, TPRTY and TSOC signals are
valid and are written into the transmit FIFO.
TENB is sampled on the rising edge of TFCLK.
The POS-PHY transmit write enable (TENB) signal is
an active low input which is used to initiate writes to
the transmit FIFO’s.
When TENB is sampled high, the information
sampled on the TDAT, TPRTY, TSOP, TEOP, TMOD
and TERR signals are invalid. When TENB is
sampled low, the information sampled on the TDAT,
TPRTY, TSOP, TEOP, TMOD and TERR signals are
valid and are written into the transmit FIFO.
TENB is sampled on the rising edge of TFCLK.
TERR
Input
D23
The POS-PHY transmit error (TERR) is used to
indicate that the current packet must be aborted.
Packets marked with TERR will be appended with the
abort sequence (0x7D-0x7E) when transmitted.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, TERR should only be
asserted during the last word of the packet being
transferred on TDAT[15:0].
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, TERR should only be
asserted during the last byte of the packet being
transferred on TDAT[7:0].
TERR is only considered valid when TENB and
TEOP are simultaneously asserted. TERR is ignored
for ATM modes of operation and is sampled on the
rising edge of TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
43
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
TCA
ISSUE 5
Type
Output
Pin
No.
L23
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA transmit cell available (TCA) signal
provides direct status indication of when cell space is
available in the transmit FIFO.
When set high, TCA indicates that the corresponding
transmit FIFO is not full and a complete cell may be
written. TCA is set low to either indicate that the
transmit FIFO is near full or that the transmit FIFO is
full. To reduce FIFO latency, the FIFO depth at which
TCA indicates "full" can be set to one, two, three or
four cells. Note that regardless of what fill level TCA
is set to indicate "full" at, the transmit cell processor
can store 4 complete cells.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, TCA will transition low
one TFCLK cycle after the payload word 19 or 23
(depending of the configuration in TXCP) is sampled
on the TDAT[15:0] bus.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, TCA will transition low on
the rising edge of TFCLK before the payload byte 45
is sampled on the TDAT[7:0] bus.
TCA is updated on the rising edge of TFCLK.
TPA
The POS-PHY transmit packet available (TPA) signal
provides direct status indication the fill status of the
transmit FIFO. Note that regardless of what fill level
TPA is set to indicate "full" at, the transmit packet
processor can store 256 bytes of data.
When TPA transitions high, it indicates that the
transmit FIFO has enough room to store a
configurable number of data bytes. This transition
level is selected in the TXFP registers.
When TPA transitions low, it indicates that the
transmit FIFO is either full or near full as specified by
the TXFP registers.
TPA is updated on the rising edge of TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
44
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
TMOD
Input
Pin
No.
K23
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The POS-PHY transmit word modulo (TMOD) signal
indicates the size of the current word when
configured for packet data in 16-bit Level 2 mode.
TMOD is ignored when the system interface is
configured for ATM cell data or Level 3 modes.
During a packet transfer, every word on TDAT[15:0]
must contain two valid bytes of packet data except at
the end of the packet where the word is composed of
1 or 2 valid bytes. TMOD is set high to indicate a
word with 1 valid byte present on TDAT[15:8]. TMOD
must be set low during all other times.
TMOD is considered valid only when TENB is
simultaneously asserted. TMOD is only used for
POS operation and is sampled on the rising edge of
TFCLK.
RFCLK
Input
M21
The UTOPIA receive FIFO read clock (RFCLK).
RFCLK is used to read ATM cells from the four cell
receive FIFO.
When in 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, RFCLK must cycle
at a 50 MHz to 40 MHz instantaneous rate, and must
be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
When in 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, RFCLK must cycle
at a 100 MHz to 60 MHz instantaneous rate, and
must be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
POS-PHY receive FIFO read clock (RFCLK). This
signal is used to read packet data from the 256 byte
packet FIFO.
When in 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, RFCLK must
cycle at a 50 MHz to 40 MHz instantaneous rate, and
must be a free running clock (cannot be gapped).
When in 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, RFCLK must cycle
at a 100 MHz to 60 MHz instantaneous rate, and
must be a free runnning clock (cannot be gapped).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
45
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
RDAT[0]
RDAT[1]
RDAT[2]
RDAT[3]
RDAT[4]
RDAT[5]
RDAT[6]
RDAT[7]
RDAT[8]
RDAT[9]
RDAT[10]
RDAT[11]
RDAT[12]
RDAT[13]
RDAT[14]
RDAT[15]
Output
W21
W22
W23
V21
V22
U20
U21
U22
U23
T20
T21
T22
R21
R22
R23
P20
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
UTOPIA receive cell data (RDAT[15:0]) bus carries
the ATM cell octets that are read from the receive
FIFO.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, RDAT[15:0] is consider
valid only when RENB is asserted. RDAT[15:0] is tristated when RENB is sampled high.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, only the RDAT[7:0]
signals are valid when RVAL is asserted. RDAT[15:8]
contain invalid data.
RDAT[15:0] is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
POS-PHY receive packet data (RDAT[15:0]) bus
carries the POS packet octets that are read from the
receive FIFO.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, RDAT[15:0] is
considered valid only when RVAL is asserted.
RDAT[15:0] is tri-stated when RENB is sampled high.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, only the RDAT[7:0]
signals are valid when RVAL is asserted. RDAT[15:8]
contain invalid data.
RDAT[15:0] is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
RMOD
Output
Y23
The POS-PHY receive modulo (RMOD) indicates the
number of bytes carried by the RDAT[15:0] bus
during the last word of a packet transfer. During a
packet transfer every word must be complete except
the last word which can be composed of 1 or 2 bytes.
RMOD set high indicate a single valid byte in the
word present on RDAT[15:8] while RMOD set low
indicates two valid bytes in the word. RMOD is tristated when RENB is sampled high.
RMOD is only used in 16-bit Level 2 POS operation
and is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
46
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
RVAL
Output
Pin
No.
N21
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA Level 3 receive data valid (RVAL) signal
indicates the validity of the receive data signals.
When RVAL is high, the receive signals RDAT, RSOC
and RPRTY are valid. When RVAL is low, all receive
signals are invalid and must be disregarded.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, RVAL is invalid and must
be ignored.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, RVAL will be high when
valid data is on the RDAT bus. The RVAL will
transition low when the FIFO is empty. Once
deasserted, RVAL will remain deasserted until a
complete ATM cell is written into the receive FIFO.
RVAL is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
The POS-PHY receive data valid (RVAL) signal
indicates the validity of the receive data signals.
When RVAL is high, the receive signals RDAT, RSOP,
REOP, RMOD, RPRTY and RERR are valid. When
RVAL is low, all receive signals are invalid and must
be disregarded.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, RVAL will transition low
on a FIFO empty condition or on an end of packet.
Once deasserted, RVAL will remain low until RENB is
deasserted. No data will be removed from the
receive FIFO while RVAL is held low. RVAL is tristated when RENB is deasserted. See Functional
Timing section for more details on using RVAL with
RPA.
In 8-bit Level 3 mode, RVAL will be high when valid
data is on the RDAT bus. RVAL will transition low
when the FIFO is empty. RVAL will remain low until a
programmable minimum number of bytes exist in the
receive FIFO. The threshold is configured using the
TXFP registers. RVAL will not assert until RENB is
asserted.
RVAL is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
47
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
RSOC
Output
Pin
No.
P23
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA receive start of cell (RSOC) signal
marks the start of a cell structure on the RDAT bus.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, the first word of the cell
structure is present on the RDAT[15:0] bus when
RSOC is high. RSOC is tri-stated when RENB is
sampled high.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, the first byte of the cell
structure is present on the RDAT[7:0] bus when
RSOC is high. RDAT[15:8] are invalid and must be
ignored.
RSOC is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
RSOP
The POS-PHY receive start of packet (RSOP)
indicates the start of a packet on the RDAT bus.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, RSOP is set high for the
first word of a packet on RDAT[15:0]. RSOP is tristated when RENB is sampled high.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, RSOP is set high for the
first byte of a packet on RDAT[7:0]. RDAT[15:8] are
invalid and must be ignored.
RSOP is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK
RERR
Output
N22
The POS-PHY receive error (RERR) indicates that
the current packet is invalid due to an error such as
invalid FCS, excessive length or received abort.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, RERR may only assert
when REOP is asserted marking the last word of the
packet. RERR is tri-stated when RENB is sampled
high.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, RERR may only assert
when REOP is asserted marking the last byte of the
packet.
RERR is only used in POS mode and is updated on
the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
48
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
RPRTY
Output
Pin
No.
P21
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA receive parity (RPRTY) signal indicates
the parity of the RDAT bus.
When in 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, the RPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the RDAT[15:0] bus. RPRTY
is tri-stated when RENB is sampled high. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the RXCP registers.
When in 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, the RPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the RDAT[7:0] bus. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the RUL3 registers.
RPRTY is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
The POS-PHY receive parity (RPRTY indicates the
parity of the RDAT bus.
When in 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, the RPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the RDAT[15:0] bus. RPRTY
is tri-stated when RENB is sampled high. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the RXFP registers.
When in 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, the RPRTY signal
indicates the parity on the RDAT[7:0] bus. Odd or
even parity selection is made in the RUL3 registers.
RPRTY is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
REOP
Output
P22
The POS-PHY receive end of packet (REOP) marks
the end of packet on the RDAT[15:0] bus. It is legal
for RSOP to be high at the same time REOP is high.
In 16-bit Level 2 mode, REOP is set high to mark the
last word of the packet presented on the RDAT[15:0]
bus. When REOP is high, RMOD specifies if the last
word has one or two valid bytes of data. REOP is tristated when RENB is deasserted.
In 8-bit Level 3 mode, REOP is set high to mark the
last byte of the packet presented on the RDAT[7:0]
bus. The RMOD signal is not used in this mode.
REOP is only used for POS operation and is updated
on the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
49
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
RENB
Input
Pin
No.
N23
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The UTOPIA receive read enable (RENB) is used to
initiate reads from the receive FIFO. The system may
de-assert RENB if it is unable to accept more data.
In 16-bit Level 2 ATM mode, a read is not performed
and RDAT[15:0], RPRTY and RSOC will tristate when
RENB is sampled high. When RENB is sampled low,
the word on the RDAT[15:0] bus is read from the
receive FIFO and changes to the next value on the
next clock cycle.
In 8-bit Level 3 ATM mode, a read is not performed
and RDAT[7:0] does not change when RENB is
sampled high. When RENB is sampled low, the word
on the RDAT[7:0] bus is read from the receive FIFO
and changes to the next value on the next clock
cycle.
RENB is sampled on the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
50
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
ISSUE 5
Type
Pin
No.
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The POS-PHY receive read enable (RENB) is used to
initiate reads from the receive FIFO. During a data
transfer, RVAL must be monitored since it will indicate
if the data is valid. The system may deassert RENB
at any time if it is unable to accept more data.
In 16-bit Level 2 POS mode, a read is not performed
and RDAT[15:0], RPRTY, RSOP, REOP, RMOD,
RVAL and RERR will tristate when RENB is sampled
high. When RENB is sampled low, the word on the
RDAT[15:0] bus is read from the receive FIFO and
changes to the next value in the FIFO on the next
clock cycle. During a data transfer, RVAL must be
monitored since it will indicate if RDAT[15:0] is valid.
Once RVAL deasserts, RENB must eventually be
deasserted to reset RVAL.
In 8-bit Level 3 POS mode, a read is not performed
and RDAT[7:0] does not change when RENB is
sampled high. When RENB is sampled low, the word
on the RDAT[7:0] bus is read from the receive FIFO
and changes to the next value on the next clock
cycle.
RENB is sampled on the rising edge of RFCLK.
RCA
Output
N20
The UTOPIA receive cell available (RCA) provides
direct status indication of when a cell is available in
the receive FIFO.
In 16-bit Level 2 mode, RCA can be configured to deassert when either zero or four bytes remain in the
FIFO. RCA will thus transition low on the rising edge
of RFCLK after payload word 24 or 19 is output on
the RDAT[15:0] bus depending on the RXCP
registers.
In 8-bit Level 3 mode, RCA is ignored as the RVAL
signal identifies valid data on the RDAT[7:0] bus.
RCA is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
51
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
RPA
ISSUE 5
Type
Pin
No.
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The POS-PHY receive packet available (RPA)
provides a direct status indication of when a
programmable number of bytes of data is available in
the receive FIFO.
In 16-bit Level 2 mode, the receive FIFO has at least
one end of packet or a programmable minimum
number of bytes to be read when RPA is high, RPA is
otherwise low. The threshold is configured in the
RXFP registers.
In 16-bit Level 2 mode, the RPA may incorrectly
indicate the FIFO fill level is above the high water
mark after an end of packet is transferred over
RDAT[15:0]. See the Functional Timing section for
more details of using RVAL with RPA to prevent data
corruption.
In 8-bit Level 3 mode, RPA is ignored as the RVAL
signal identifies valid data on the RDAT[7:0] bus.
RPA is updated on the rising edge of RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
52
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.6
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Microprocessor Interface Signals
Pin Name
Type
CSB
Input
Pin
No.
C11
Function
The active-low chip select (CSB) signal is low during
S/UNI-622-POS register accesses.
When CSB is high, the RDB and WRB inputs are
ignored. When CSB is low, the RDB and WRB are
valid. CSB must be high when RSTB is low to
properly reset the chip.
If CSB is not required (i.e., registers accesses are
controlled using the RDB and WRB signals only),
CSB must be connected to an inverted version of the
RSTB input.
RDB
Input
B11
The active-low read enable (RDB) signal is low during
S/UNI-622-POS register read accesses. The S/UNI622-POS drives the D[7:0] bus with the contents of
the addressed register while RDB and CSB are low.
WRB
Input
A11
The active-low write strobe (WRB) signal is low
during a S/UNI-622-POS register write accesses.
The D[7:0] bus contents are clocked into the
addressed register on the rising WRB edge while
CSB is low.
D[0]
D[1]
D[2]
D[3]
D[4]
D[5]
D[6]
D[7]
I/O
B17
A17
C16
B16
C15
B15
A15
D14
The bi-directional data bus D[7:0] is used during
S/UNI-622-POS register read and write accesses.
A[0]
A[1]
A[2]
A[3]
A[4]
A[5]
A[6]
A[7]
Input
B14
A14
D13
C13
B13
A13
C12
B12
The address bus A[7:0] selects specific registers
during S/UNI-622-POS register accesses.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
53
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin
No.
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Pin Name
Type
Function
A[8]
Input
D11
The test register select (A[8]) signal selects between
normal and test mode register accesses. A[8] is high
during test mode register accesses, and is low during
normal mode register accesses. A[8] may be tied
low.
RSTB
Input
B10
The active-low reset (RSTB) signal provides an
asynchronous S/UNI-622-POS reset. RSTB is a
Schmitt triggered input with an integral pull-up
resistor.
CSB must be held high when RSTB is low in order to
properly reset this chip.
ALE
Input
A10
The address latch enable (ALE) is active-high and
latches the address bus A[8:0] when low. When ALE
is high, the internal address latches are transparent.
It allows the S/UNI-622-POS to interface to a
multiplexed address/data bus. ALE has an integral
pull-up resistor.
INTB
Output
C14
The active-low interrupt (INTB) signal is set low when
a S/UNI-622-POS interrupt source is active and that
source is unmasked. The S/UNI-622-POS may be
enabled to report many alarms or events via
interrupts.
Examples of interrupt sources are loss of signal
(LOS), loss of frame (LOF), line AIS, line remote
defect indication (LRDI) detect, loss of pointer (LOP),
path AIS, path remote defect indication and others.
INTB is tri-stated when the all enabled interrupt
sources are acknowledged via an appropriate register
access. INTB is an open drain output.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
54
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.7
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) Signals
Pin Name
Type
TCK
Input
A9
The test clock (TCK) signal provides clock timing for
test operations that are carried out using the IEEE
P1149.1 test access port.
TMS
Input
D10
The test mode select (TMS) signal controls the test
operations that are carried out using the IEEE
P1149.1 test access port. TMS is sampled on the
rising edge of TCK. TMS has an integral pull-up
resistor.
TDI
Input
C10
The test data input (TDI) signal carries test data into
the S/UNI-622-POS via the IEEE P1149.1 test access
port. TDI is sampled on the rising edge of TCK. TDI
has an integral pull-up resistor.
TDO
Output
C9
The test data output (TDO) signal carries test data
out of the S/UNI-622-POS via the IEEE P1149.1 test
access port. TDO is updated on the falling edge of
TCK. TDO is a tristate output which is inactive except
when shifting boundary scan data is in progress.
Input
B9
The active-low test reset (TRSTB) signal provides an
asynchronous S/UNI-622-POS test access port reset
via the IEEE P1149.1 test access port. TRSTB is a
Schmitt triggered input with an integral pull-up
resistor.
TRSTB
Pin
No.
Function
Note that when not being used, TRSTB may be tied
low or connected to the RSTB input.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
55
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.8
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Analog Signals
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
Function
TDREF0
TDREF1
Analog
K1
K2
The transmit data reference (TDREF0 and TDREF1)
analog pins are provided to create calibrated currents
for the PECL output transceivers TXD+/-. A 2.00K
ohm resistor is connected across the TDREF0 and
TDREF1 pins.
C0
C1
Analog
P3
P2
The analog C1 and C0 pins are provided for
applications that must meet SONET/SDH jitter
transfer specifications. A 47nF non-polarized
capacitor (ceramic ± 5% X7R or equivalent) is
attached across C1 and C0 for these applications.
When the capacitor is used, the RTYPE bit in the
CRSI must be set to logic one for proper operation.
When the capacitor is not used, these pins are left
floating and the RTYPE register bit in the CRSI must
be set to logic zero for proper operation.
ATP[0]
ATP[1]
Analog
E2
F3
The receive and transmit analog test ports (ATP[1:0]).
These pins are used for manufacturing testing only
and should be tied to analog ground (AVS).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
56
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
9.9
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Power and Ground
Pin Name
Type
Pin
No.
VBIAS[0]
VBIAS[1]
Bias
Voltage
W20
E20
Function
Digital input biases (VBIAS). When tied to +5V, the
VBIAS inputs are used to bias the wells of the digital
inputs so that the pads can tolerate up to 5V on their
inputs without forward biasing internal ESD protection
devices. When VBIAS are tied to +3.3V, the digital
inputs will only tolerate 3.3V level voltages.
The system interface inputs (RFCLK, RENB, TFCLK,
TENB, TDAT[15:0], TMOD, TERR, TSOC/TSOP,
TEOP and TPRTY) do not use the bias voltages and
are 3.3V tolerant only.
PBIAS[0]
PBIAS[1]
PBIAS[2]
PBIAS[3]
Bias
Voltage
W2
V3
R3
M2
PECL input biases (PBIAS). When tied to +5V, the
PBIAS inputs are used to bias the wells in the PECL
inputs and output so that the pads can tolerate up to
5V without forward biasing internal ESD protection
devices. When the PBIAS inputs are tied to +3.3V,
the pads will only tolerate 3.3V level voltages.
PBIAS[0]
PBIAS[1]
PBIAS[2]
PBIAS[3]
REFCLK+/- Input
RXD+/- Input
RRCLK+/- Input
TXD+/- Output
Please see the Operation section for detailed
information on PECL interfacing issues.
QAVD[0]
QAVD[1]
Analog
Power
E3
R1
The quiet power (QAVD) pins for the analog core.
QAVD should be connected to well-decoupled analog
+3.3V supply.
Please see the Operation section for detailed
information.
QAVS[0]
QAVS[1]
Analog
Ground
D1
P4
The quiet ground (QAVS) pins for the analog core.
QAVS should be connected to analog ground of the
QAVD supply.
Please see the Operation section for detailed
information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
57
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin Name
Type
VDD
Digital
Power
Pin
No.
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The digital power (VDD) pins should be connected to
A1
a well-decoupled +3.3 V digital power supply.
A23
AA3
AA21
AB2
AB22
AC1
AC23
B2
B22
C3
C21
D4
D6
D9
D12
D15
D18
D20
F4
F20
J4
J20
M4
M20
R4
R20
V4
V20
Y4
Y6
Y9
Y12
Y15
Y18
Y20
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
58
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
VSS
ISSUE 5
Type
Digital
Ground
Pin
No.
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The digital ground (VSS) pins should be connected to
A2
the digital ground of the digital power supply.
A6
A8
A12
A16
A18
A22
AA2
AA22
AB1
AB3
AB21
AB23
AC2
AC6
AC8
AC12
AC16
AC18
AC22
B1
B3
B21
B23
C2
C22
D21
F1
F23
H1
H23
M1
M23
T1
T23
V1
V23
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
59
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
AVD[0]
AVD[1]
AVD[2]
AVD[3]
AVD[4]
AVD[5]
AVD[6]
AVD[7]
AVD[8]
AVD[9]
AVD[10]
AVD[11]
AVD[12]
AVD[13]
AVD[14]
AVD[15]
AVD[16]
AVD[17]
AVD[18]
AVD[19]
AVD[20]
AVD[21]
AVD[22]
AVD[23]
AVD[24]
AVD[25]
AVD[26]
AVD[27]
AVD[28]
AVD[29]
AVD[30]
AVD[31]
ISSUE 5
Type
Pin
No.
Analog
Power
D3
D2
F2
H3
J2
K4
K3
L3
P1
T4
U3
Y1
W3
AA4
AC3
AA5
AB5
AC5
AA7
AB7
AA8
AA9
Y10
AC9
AB10
D8
C7
B6
B5
A4
A3
C4
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The analog power (AVD) pins for the analog core.
The AVD pins should be connected through passive
filtering networks to a well-decoupled +3.3V analog
power supply.
Please see the Operation section for detailed
information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
60
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin Name
AVS[0]
AVS[1]
AVS[2]
AVS[3]
AVS[4]
AVS[5]
AVS[6]
AVS[7]
AVS[8]
AVS[9]
AVS[10]
AVS[11]
AVS[12]
AVS[13]
AVS[14]
AVS[15]
AVS[16]
AVS[17]
AVS[18]
AVS[19]
AVS[20]
AVS[21]
AVS[22]
AVS[23]
AVS[24]
AVS[25]
AVS[26]
AVS[27]
AVS[28]
AVS[29]
AVS[30]
AVS[31]
AVS[32]
AVS[33]
AVS[34]
AVS[35]
AVS[36]
AVS[37]
AVS[38]
AVS[39]
ISSUE 5
Type
Pin
No.
Analog
Ground
E4
C1
G3
H4
G2
G1
H2
J3
J1
L4
M3
N1
N2
N3
N4
T2
T3
U4
W4
Y3
Y5
AB4
AC4
AA6
Y7
AB6
Y8
AC7
AB8
AB9
AA10
AC10
A7
B7
A5
D7
C6
C5
B4
D5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Function
The analog ground (AVS) pins for the analog core.
The AVS pins should be connected to the analog
ground of the analog power supply.
Please see the Operation section for detailed
information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
61
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Notes on Pin Description:
1. All S/UNI-622-POS inputs and bi-directional signals present minimum
capacitive loading and operate at TTL logic levels except the inputs marked
as Analog or differential pseudo-ECL (PECL).
2. The RDAT[15:0], RPRTY, RSOC/RSOP, REOP, RMOD, RERR, RCA/RPA,
RVAL, RCLK, RFPO, TCA/TPA, TCLK, TFPO, POUT[7:0], FPOUT and OOF
outputs have a 8mA drive capability. The TDO and INTB outputs have a
2mA drive capability. All other digital outputs and bi-directional signals have
4mA drive capability.
3. The system interface inputs RFCLK, RENB, TFCLK, TENB, TDAT[15:0],
TMOD, TERR, TSOC/TSOP, TEOP and TPRTY do not use the ESD bias
voltages (VBIAS and PBIAS pins) and are 3.3V tolerate only. All other digital
inputs (excluding inputs marked Analog), may operate with 5V signalling with
appropriate ESD biasing.
4. The differential pseudo-ECL inputs and outputs should be terminated in a
passive network and interface at PECL levels as described in the Operation
section.
5. It is mandatory that every digital ground pin (VSS) be connected to the
printed circuit board ground plane to ensure reliable device operation.
6. It is mandatory that every digital power pin (VDD) be connected to the printed
circuit board power plane to ensure reliable device operation.
7. All analog power and ground pins can be sensitive to noise. They must be
isolated from the digital power and ground. Care must be taken to correctly
decouple these pins. Please refer to the Operation section and the S/UNI622-POS reference design (PMC-981070) for more information.
8. Due to ESD protection structures in the pads it is necessary to exercise
caution when powering a device up or down. ESD protection devices behave
as diodes between power supply pins and from I/O pins to power supply pins.
Under extreme conditions it is possible to damage these ESD protection
devices or trigger latch up. Please adhere to the recommended power supply
sequencing as described in the Operation section of this document.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
62
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
10 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
10.1 Receive Line Interface (CRSI-622)
The Receive Line Interface allows direct interface of the S/UNI-622-POS to
optical modules (ODLs) or other medium interfaces. This block performs clock
and data recovery on the incoming 622.08 Mbit/s data stream and SONET/SDH
A1/A2 pattern framing.
Clock Recovery
The clock recovery unit recovers the clock from the incoming bit serial data
stream and is compliant with SONET and SDH jitter tolerance requirements. The
clock recovery unit utilizes a low frequency reference clock to train and monitor
its clock recovery PLL. Under loss of transition conditions, the clock recovery
unit continues to output a line rate clock that is locked to this reference for keep
alive purposes. The clock recovery unit utilizes a 77.76 MHz reference clock.
The clock recovery unit provides status bits that indicate whether it is locked to
data or the reference and also supports diagnostic loopback and a loss of signal
input that squelches normal input data.
Initially upon start-up, the PLL locks to the reference clock, REFCLK. When the
frequency of the recovered clock is within 488 ppm of the reference clock, the
PLL attempts to lock to the data. Once in data lock, the PLL reverts to the
reference clock if no data transitions occur in 96 bit periods or if the recovered
clock drifts beyond 488 ppm of the reference clock.
When the transmit clock is derived from the recovered clock (loop timing), the
accuracy of the transmit clock is directly related to the REFCLK reference
accuracy in the case of a loss of transition condition. To meet the Bellcore GR253-CORE SONET Network Element free-run accuracy specification, the
reference must be within +/-20 ppm. For LAN applications, the REFCLK
accuracy may be relaxed to +/-50 ppm.
The loop filter transfer function is optimized to enable the PLL to track the jitter,
yet tolerate the minimum transition density expected in a received SONET/SDH
data signal. The total loop dynamics of the clock recovery PLL yield a jitter
tolerance that exceeds the minimum tolerance specified for SONET/SDH
equipment by GR-253-CORE.
The typical jitter tolerance performance of the S/UNI-622-POS is shown in Figure
5 with the GR-253-CORE jitter tolerance specification limits. The jitter tolerance
setup used a Hewlett Packard HFCT-5208M single-mode fiber optic transceiver
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
63
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
with approximately -10 dBm input power. A 47 nF capacitor was connected
between the C0 and C1 pins on the device and the RTYPE register bit in CRSI622 was set to logic one.
Note that for frequencies below 300Hz, the jitter tolerance is greater than 22
UIpp; 22UIpp is the maximum jitter tolerance of the test equipment. The dip in
the jitter tolerance curve between 10 kHz and 30 kHz is due to the clock
difference detector.
Figure 5: Typical STS-12c/STM-4-4c S/UNI-622-POS Jitter Tolerance
100
Jitter Tolerenace [UIpp]
10
1
0.1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
1000000
10000000
Jitter Frequency [Hz]
Serial to Parallel Converter
The Serial to Parallel Converter (SIPO) converts the received bit serial stream to
a byte serial stream. The SIPO searches for the initial SONET/SDH framing
pattern in the receive stream, and performs serial to parallel conversion on octet
boundaries.
While out of frame, the CRSI-622 block monitors the bit-serial STS-12c/STM-44c data stream for an occurrence of a A1 byte. The CRSI-622 adjusts its byte
alignment of the serial-to-parallel converter when three consecutive A1 bytes
followed by three consecutive A2 bytes occur in the data stream. The CRSI
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
64
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
informs the RSOP Framer block when this framing pattern has been detected to
reinitializes the RSOP to the new frame alignment.
While in frame, the CRSI-622 maintains the byte alignment of the serial-toparallel converter until RSOP declares out of frame.
10.2 Receive Section Overhead Processor (RSOP)
The Receive Section Overhead Processor (RSOP) provides frame
synchronization, descrambling, section level alarm and performance monitoring.
In addition, it extracts the section data communication channel from the section
overhead and provides it serially on output RSD.
Framer
The Framer Block determines the in-frame/out-of-frame status of the receive
stream. While in-frame, the framing bytes (A1, A2) in each frame are compared
against the expected pattern. Out-of-frame is declared when four consecutive
frames containing one or more framing pattern errors have been received.
While out of frame, the CRSI-622 block monitors the bit-serial STS-12c/STM-44c data stream for an occurrence of the framing pattern (A1, A2). The CRSI-622
informs the RSOP Framer block when three A1 bytes followed by three A2 bytes
has been detected to reinitializes the frame byte counter to the new alignment.
The Framer block declares frame alignment on the next SONET/SDH frame
when either all A1 and A2 bytes are seen error-free or when only the first A1 byte
and the first four bits of the last A2 byte are seen error-free depending upon the
selected framing algorithm.
Once in frame, the Framer block monitors the framing pattern sequence and
declares out of frame (OOF) when one or more bit errors in each framing pattern
are detected for four consecutive frames. Again, depending upon the algorithm
either 24 framing bytes are examined for bit errors each frame, or only the first
A1 byte and the first four bits of the last A2 byte are examined for bit errors each
frame.
When the parallel line interface PIN[7:0] is used, upstream circuitry monitors the
receive stream for an occurrence of the three A1 bytes followed by three A2
bytes framing pattern while out-of-frame. The upstream circuitry is expected to
pulse input FPIN when the third A2 byte has been detected. RSOP monitors the
receive data stream on PIN[7:0] for the framing pattern as before. Once in frame,
RSOP monitors the framing pattern sequence and sets the OOF pin when one or
more bit errors in each framing pattern are detected for four consecutive frames.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
65
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Descramble
The Descramble Block utilizes a frame synchronous descrambler to process the
receive stream. The generating polynomial is x7 + x6 + 1 and the sequence
length is 127. Details of the descrambling operation are provided in the
references. Note that the framing bytes (A1 and A2) and the trace/growth bytes
(J0/Z0) are not descrambled. A register bit is provided to disable the
descrambling operation.
Data Link Extract
The Data Link Extract Block extracts the section data communication channel
(bytes D1, D2, and D3) from the STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. The extracted
bytes are serialized and output on signal RSD at a nominal 192 kbit/s rate.
Timing for downstream processing of the data communication channel is
provided by the RSDCLK signal that is also output by the Data Link Extract
Block. RSDCLK is derived from a 216 kHz clock that is gapped to yield an
average frequency of 192 kHz. RSD is updated with timing aligned to RSDCLK.
Error Monitor
The Error Monitor Block calculates the received section BIP-8 error detection
code (B1) based on the scrambled data of the complete STS-12c/STM-4-4c
frame. The section BIP-8 code is based on a bit interleaved parity calculation
using even parity. The calculated BIP-8 code is compared with the BIP-8 code
extracted from the B1 byte of the following frame. Differences indicate that a
section level bit error has occurred. Up to 64000 (8 x 8000) bit errors can be
detected per second. The Error Monitor Block accumulates these section level
bit errors in a 16-bit saturating counter that can be read via the microprocessor
interface. Circuitry is provided to latch this counter so that its value can be read
while simultaneously resetting the internal counter to 0 or 1, if appropriate, so
that a new period of accumulation can begin without loss of any events. It is
intended that this counter be polled at least once per second so as not to miss bit
error events.
Loss of Signal
The Loss of Signal Block monitors the scrambled data of the receive stream for
the absence of 1's or 0’s. When 20 ± 3 µs of all zeros patterns or all ones
patterns are detected, a loss of signal (LOS) is declared. Loss of signal is
cleared when two valid framing words are detected and during the intervening
time, no loss of signal condition is detected. The LOS signal is optionally
reported on the RALRM output pin when enabled by the LOSEN Receive Alarm
Control Register bit.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
66
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Loss of Frame
The Loss of Frame Block monitors the in-frame / out-of-frame status of the
Framer Block. A loss of frame (LOF) is declared when an out-of-frame (OOF)
condition persists for 3 ms. The LOF is cleared when an in-frame condition
persists for a period of 3 ms. To provide for intermittent out-of-frame (or in-frame)
conditions, the 3 ms timer is not reset to zero until an in-frame (or out-of-frame)
condition persists for 3 ms. The LOF and OOF signals are optionally reported on
the RALRM output pin when enabled by the LOFEB and OOFEN Receive Alarm
Control Register bits.
10.3 Receive Line Overhead Processor (RLOP)
The Receive Line Overhead Processor (RLOP) provides line level alarm and
performance monitoring. In addition, it extracts the line data communication
channel from the line overhead and provides it serially on output RLD.
Line RDI Detect
The Line RDI Detect Block detects the presence of Line Remote Defect
Indication (LRDI) in the receive stream. Line RDI is declared when a 110 binary
pattern is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte, for three or five consecutive
frames. Line RDI is removed when any pattern other than 110 is detected in bits
6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte for three or five consecutive frames. The LRDI signal
is optionally reported on the RALRM output pin when enabled by the LRDIEN
Receive Alarm Control Register bit.
Line AIS Detect
The Line AIS Block detects the presence of a Line Alarm Indication Signal (LAIS)
in the receive stream. Line AIS is declared when a 111 binary pattern is detected
in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte, for three or five consecutive frames. Line AIS is
removed when any pattern other than 111 is detected in bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2
byte for three or five consecutive frames. The LAIS signal is optionally reported
on the RALRM output pin when enabled by the LAISEN Receive Alarm Control
Register bit.
Data Link Extract Block
The Data Link Extract Block extracts the line data communication channel (bytes
D4 to D12) from the STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. The extracted bytes are
serialized and output on the RLD output at a nominal 576 kbit/s rate. Timing for
downstream processing of the data communication channel is provided by the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
67
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
RLDCLK output. RLDLCLK is derived from a 2.16 MHz clock that is gapped to
yield an average frequency of 576 kHz.
Error Monitor Block
The Error Monitor Block calculates the received line BIP-8 error detection codes
based on the Line Overhead bytes and synchronous payload envelopes of the
STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. The line BIP-8 code is a bit interleaved parity
calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The
calculated BIP-8 codes are compared with the BIP-8 codes extracted from the
following frame. Any differences indicate that a line layer bit error has occurred.
Optionally the RLOP can be configured to count a maximum of only one BIP
error per frame.
This block also extracts the line FEBE code from the M1 byte. The FEBE code is
contained in bits 2 to 8 of the M1 byte, and represents the number of line BIP-8
errors that were detected in the last frame by the far end. The FEBE code value
has 97 legal values (0 to 96) for an STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. Illegal values
are interpreted as zero errors.
The Error Monitor Block accumulates B2 error events and FEBE events in two
20-bit saturating counters that can be read via the CBI. The contents of these
counters may be transferred to internal holding registers by writing to any one of
the counter addresses, or by using the TIP register bit feature. During a transfer,
the counter value is latched and the counter is reset to 0 (or 1, if there is an
outstanding event). Note, these counters should be polled at least once per
second to avoid saturation.
The B2 error event counters optionally can be configured to accumulate only
"word" errors. A B2 word error is defined as the occurrence of one or more B2 bit
error events during a frame. The B2 error counter is incremented by one for
each frame in which a B2 word error occurs.
In addition the FEBE events counters optionally can be configured to accumulate
only "word" events. A FEBE word event is defined as the occurrence of one or
more FEBE bit events during a frame. The FEBE event counter is incremented
by one for each frame in which a FEBE event occurs. If the extracted FEBE
value is in the range 1 to 4 the FEBE event counter will be incremented for each
and every FEBE bit. If the extracted FEBE value is greater than 4 the FEBE
event counter will be incremented by 4.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
68
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
10.4 The Receive APS, Synchronization Extractor and Bit Error Monitor (RASE)
Automatic Protection Switch Control
The Automatic Protection Switch (APS) control block filters and captures the
receive automatic protection switch channel bytes (K1 and K2) allowing them to
be read via the RASE APS K1 Register and the RASE APS K2 Register. The
bytes are filtered for three frames before being written to these registers. A
protection switching byte failure alarm is declared when twelve successive
frames have been received, where no three consecutive frames contain identical
K1 bytes. The protection switching byte failure alarm is removed upon detection
of three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes. The detection of
invalid APS codes is done in software by polling the RASE APS K1 Register and
the RASE APS K2 Register.
Bit Error Rate Monitor
The Bit Error Monitor Block (BERM) calculates the received line BIP-96 error
detection code (B2) based on the line overhead and synchronous payload
envelope of the receive data stream. The line BIP-96 code is a bit interleaved
parity calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The
calculated BIP code is compared with the BIP-96 code extracted from the B2
bytes of the following frame. Any differences indicate that a line layer bit error
has occurred. Up to 768,000 (96 BIP/frame x 8000 frames/second) bit errors can
be detected per second for STS-12c/STM-4-4c rate.
The BERM accumulates these line layer bit errors in a 20 bit saturating counter
that can be read via the microprocessor interface. During a read, the counter
value is latched and the counter is reset to 0 (or 1, if there is an outstanding
event). Note, this counter should be polled at least once per second to avoid
saturation that in turn may result in missed bit error events.
The BERM block is able to simultaneously monitor for signal fail (SF) or signal
degrade (SD) threshold crossing and provide alarms through software interrupts.
The bit error rates associated with the SF or SD alarms are programmable over a
range of 10-3 to 10-9. Details are provided in the Operation section.
Synchronization Status Extraction
The Synchronization Status Extraction (SSE) Block extracts the synchronization
status (S1) byte from the line overhead. The SSE block can be configured to
capture the S1 nibble after three or after eight frames with the same value
(filtering turned on) or after any change in the value (filtering turned off). The S1
nibble can be read via the CBI interface.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
69
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
10.5 Receive Path Overhead Processor (RPOP)
The Receive Path Overhead Processor (RPOP) provides pointer interpretation,
extraction of path overhead, extraction of the synchronous payload envelope,
and path level alarm indication and performance monitoring.
Pointer Interpreter
The Pointer Interpreter interprets the incoming pointer (H1, H2) as specified in
the references. The pointer value is used to determine the location of the path
overhead (the J1 byte) in the incoming STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. The
algorithm can be modeled by a finite state machine. Within the pointer
interpretation algorithm three states are defined as shown below:
NORM_state (NORM)
AIS_state (AIS)
LOP_state (LOP)
The transition between states will be consecutive events (indications), e.g., three
consecutive AIS indications to go from the NORM_state to the AIS_state. The
kind and number of consecutive indications activating a transition is chosen such
that the behavior is stable and insensitive to low BER. The only transition on a
single event is the one from the AIS_state to the NORM_state after receiving a
NDF enabled with a valid pointer value. It should be noted that, since the
algorithm only contains transitions based on consecutive indications, this implies
that, for example, non-consecutively received invalid indications do not activate
the transitions to the LOP_state.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
70
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 6: Pointer Interpretation State Diagram
3 x eq_new_point
inc_ind /
dec_ind
NDF_enable
NORM
3x
eq_new_point
8x
inv_point
8x
NDF_enable
3x
eq_new_point
3x
AIS_ind
NDF_enable
3 x AIS_ind
LOP
AIS
8 x inv_point
The following table defines the events (indications) shown in the state diagram.
Table 1: Pointer Interpreter Event (Indications) Description
Event (Indication) Description
norm_point
disabled NDF + ss + offset value equal to active offset
NDF_enable
enabled NDF + ss + offset value in range of 0 to 782 or
enabled NDF + ss, if NDFPOR bit is set (Note that the
current pointer is not updated by an enabled NDF if the
pointer is out of range).
AIS_ind
H1 = 'hFF, H2 = 'hFF
inc_ind
disabled NDF + ss + majority of I bits inverted + no
majority of D bits inverted + previous NDF_enable, inc_ind
or dec_ind more than 3 frames ago
dec_ind
disabled NDF + ss + majority of D bits inverted + no
majority of I bits inverted + previous NDF_enable, inc_ind
or dec_ind more than 3 frames ago
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
71
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
inv_point
not any of above (i.e., not norm_point, and not
NDF_enable, and not AIS_ind, and not inc_ind and not
dec_ind)
new_point
disabled_NDF + ss + offset value in range of 0 to 782 but
not equal to active offset
inc_req
majority of I bits inverted + no majority of D bits inverted
dec_req
majority of D bits inverted + no majority of I bits inverted
Note 1-
active offset is defined as the accepted current phase of the SPE
(VC) in the NORM_state and is undefined in the other states.
Note 2 -
enabled NDF is defined as the following bit patterns: 1001, 0001,
1101, 1011, 1000.
Note 3 -
disabled NDF is defined as the following bit patterns: 0110, 1110,
0010, 0100, 0111.
Note 4 -
the remaining six NDF codes (0000, 0011, 0101, 1010, 1100, 1111)
result in an inv_ndf indication.
Note 5 -
ss bits are unspecified in SONET and has bit pattern 10 in SDH
Note 6 -
the use of ss bits in definition of indications may be optionally
disabled.
Note 7 -
the requirement that previous NDF_enable, inc_ind or dec_ind be
more than 3 frames ago may be optionally disabled.
Note 8 -
new_point is also an inv_point.
Note 9 -
LOP is not declared if all the following conditions exist:
• the received pointer is out of range (>782),
• the received pointer is static,
• the received pointer can be interpreted, according
to majority voting on the I and D bits, as a
positive or negative justification indication,
• after making the requested justification, the received
pointer continues to be interpretable as a
pointer justification.
When the received pointer returns to an in-range value, the S/UNI622-POS will interpret it correctly.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
72
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Note 10 -
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOP will exit at the third frame of a three frame sequence consisting
of one frame with NDF enabled followed by two frames with NDF
disabled, if all three pointers have the same legal value.
The transitions indicated in the state diagram are defined in the following table.
Table 2: Pointer Interpreter Transition Description
Transition
Description
inc_ind/dec_ind
offset adjustment (increment or decrement indication)
3 x eq_new_point
three consecutive equal new_point indications
NDF_enable
single NDF_enable indication
3 x AIS_ind
three consecutive AIS indications
8 x inv_point
eight consecutive inv_point indications
8 x NDF_enable
eight consecutive NDF_enable indications
Note 1 -
the transitions from NORM_state to NORM_state do not represent
state changes but imply offset changes.
Note 2 -
3 x new_point takes precedence over other events and if the
IINVCNT bit is set resets the inv_point count.
Note 3 -
all three offset values received in 3 x eq_new_point must be
identical.
Note 4 -
"consecutive event counters" are reset to zero on a change of state
except for consecutive NDF count.
The Pointer Interpreter detects loss of pointer (LOP) in the incoming STS12c/STM-4-4c stream. LOP is declared on entry to the LOP_state as a result of
eight consecutive invalid pointers or eight consecutive NDF enabled indications.
The alarm condition is reported in the receive alarm port and is optionally
returned to the source node by signaling the corresponding Transmit Path
Overhead Processor in the local S/UNI-622-POS to insert a path RDI indication.
The Pointer Interpreter detects path AIS in the incoming STS-12c/STM-4-4c
stream. PAIS is declared on entry to the AIS_state after three consecutive AIS
indications. The alarm condition reported in the receive alarm port and is
optionally returned to the source node by signaling the corresponding Transmit
Path Overhead Processor in the local SONET/SDH equipment to insert a path
RDI indication.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
73
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Invalid pointer indications (inv_point), invalid NDF codes, new pointer indications
(new_point), discontinuous change of pointer alignment, and illegal pointer
changes are also detected and reported by the Pointer Interpreter block via
register bits. An invalid NDF code is any NDF code that does not match the NDF
enabled or NDF disabled definitions. The third occurrence of equal new_point
indications (3 x eq_new_point) is reported as a discontinuous change of pointer
alignment event (DISCOPA) instead of a new pointer event and the active offset
is updated with the receive pointer value. An illegal pointer change is defined as
a inc_ind or dec_ind indication that occurs within three frames of the previous
inc_ind, dec_ind or NDF_enable indications. Illegal pointer changes may be
optionally disabled via register bits.
The active offset value is used to extract the path overhead from the incoming
stream and can be read from an internal register.
SPE Timing
The SPE Timing Block provides SPE timing information to the Error Monitor and
the Extract blocks. The block contains a free running timeslot counter that is
initialized by a J1 byte identifier (which identifies the first byte of the SPE).
Control signals are provided to the Error Monitor and the Extract blocks to
identify the Path Overhead bytes and to downstream circuitry to extract the ATM
cell or POS payload.
Error Monitor
The Error Monitor Block contains two 16-bit counters that are used to accumulate
path BIP-8 errors (B3), and far end block errors (FEBEs). The contents of the
two counters may be transferred to holding registers, and the counters reset
under microprocessor control.
Path BIP-8 errors are detected by comparing the path BIP-8 byte (B3) extracted
from the current frame, to the path BIP-8 computed for the previous frame.
FEBEs are detected by extracting the 4-bit FEBE field from the path status byte
(G1). The legal range for the 4-bit field is between 0000 and 1000, representing
zero to eight errors. Any other value is interpreted as zero errors.
Path RDI alarm is detected by extracting bit 5 of the path status byte. The PRDI
signal is set high when bit 5 is set high for five/ten consecutive frames. PRDI is
set low when bit 5 is low for five/ten consecutive frames. Auxiliary RDI alarm is
detected by extracting bit 6 of the path status byte. The Auxiliary RDI alarm is
indicated when bit 6 is set high for five/ten consecutive frames. The Auxiliary RDI
alarm is removed when bit 6 is low for five/ten consecutive frames. The
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
74
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Enhanced RDI alarm is detected when the enhanced RDI code in bits 5,6,7 of
the path status byte indicates the same error codepoint for five/ten consecutive
frames. The Enhanced RDI alarm is removed when the enhanced RDI code in
bits 5,6,7 of the path status byte indicates the same non error codepoint for
five/ten consecutive frames. The ERDII maskable interrupt is set high when bits
5, 6 & 7 of the path status byte (G1) byte are set to a new codepoint for five or
ten consecutive frames. The ERDIV[2:0] signal reflects the state of the filtered
ERDI value (G1 byte bits 5, 6, & 7).
10.6 Receive ATM Cell Processor (RXCP)
The Receive ATM Cell Processor (RXCP) performs ATM cell delineation,
provides cell filtering based on idle/unassigned cell detection and HCS error
detection, and performs ATM cell payload descrambling. The RXCP also
provides a four-cell deep receive FIFO. This FIFO is used to separate the STS12c/STM-4-4c line timing from the higher layer ATM system timing.
Cell Delineation
Cell Delineation is the process of framing to ATM cell boundaries using the
header check sequence (HCS) field found in the cell header. The HCS is a CRC8 calculation over the first 4 octets of the ATM cell header. When performing
delineation, correct HCS calculations are assumed to indicate cell boundaries.
Cells are assumed to be byte-aligned to the synchronous payload envelope. The
cell delineation algorithm searches the 53 possible cell boundary candidates
individually to determine the valid cell boundary location. While searching for the
cell boundary location, the cell delineation circuit is in the HUNT state. When a
correct HCS is found, the cell delineation state machine locks on the particular
cell boundary, corresponding to the correct HCS, and enters the PRESYNC
state. The PRESYNC state validates the cell boundary location. If the cell
boundary is invalid, an incorrect HCS will be received within the next DELTA
cells, at which time a transition back to the HUNT state is executed. If no HCS
errors are detected in this PRESYNC period, the SYNC state is entered. While in
the SYNC state, synchronization is maintained until ALPHA consecutive incorrect
HCS patterns are detected. In such an event a transition is made back to the
HUNT state. The state diagram of the delineation process is shown in Figure 5.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
75
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 7: Cell Delineation State Diagram
correct HCS
(byte by byte)
HUNT
Incorrect HCS
(cell by cell)
PRESYNC
ALPHA
consecutive
incorrect HCS's
(cell by cell)
SYNC
DELTA
consecutive
correct HCS's
(cell by cell)
The values of ALPHA and DELTA determine the robustness of the delineation
process. ALPHA determines the robustness against false misalignments due to
bit errors. DELTA determines the robustness against false delineation in the
synchronization process. ALPHA is chosen to be 7 and DELTA is chosen to be 6.
These values result in an average time to delineation of 8 µs for the STS12c/STM-4-4c rate.
Descrambler
The self-synchronous descrambler operates on the 48 byte cell payload only.
The circuitry descrambles the information field using the x43 + 1 polynomial. The
descrambler is disabled for the duration of the header and HCS fields and may
optionally be disabled for the payload.
Cell Filter and HCS Verification
Cells are filtered (or dropped) based on HCS errors and/or a cell header pattern.
Cell filtering is optional and is enabled through the RXCP registers. Cells are
passed to the receive FIFO while the cell delineation state machine is in the
SYNC state as described above. When both filtering and HCS checking are
enabled, cells are dropped if uncorrectable HCS errors are detected, or if the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
76
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
corrected header contents match the pattern contained in the RXCP Match
Header Pattern and RXCP Match Header Mask registers. Idle or unassigned cell
filtering is accomplished by writing the appropriate cell header pattern into the
RXCP Match Header Pattern and RXCP Match Header Mask registers.
Idle/Unassigned cells are assumed to contain the all zeros pattern in the VCI and
VPI fields. The RXCP Match Header Pattern and RXCP Match Header Mask
registers allow filtering control over the contents of the GFC, PTI, and CLP fields
of the header.
The HCS is a CRC-8 calculation over the first 4 octets of the ATM cell header.
The RXCP block verifies the received HCS using the polynomial, x8 + x2 + x + 1.
The coset polynomial, x6 + x4 + x2 + 1, is added (modulo 2) to the received HCS
octet before comparison with the calculated result. While the cell delineation
state machine in Figure 7 is in the SYNC state, the HCS verification circuit
implements the state machine shown in Figure 8.
In normal operation, the HCS verification state machine remains in the
'Correction Mode' state. Incoming cells containing no HCS errors are passed to
the receive FIFO. Incoming single-bit errors are corrected, and the resulting cell
is passed to the FIFO. Upon detection of a single-bit error or a multi-bit error, the
state machine transitions to the 'Detection Mode' state. In this state,
programmable HCS error filtering is provided. The detection of any HCS error
causes the corresponding cell to be dropped. The state machine transitions back
to the 'Correction Mode' state when M (where M = 1, 2, 4, 8) cells are received
with correct HCSs. The Mth cell is not discarded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
77
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 8: HCS Verification State Diagram
ATM DELINEATION
SYNC STATE
ALPHA
consecutive
incorrect HCS's
(To HUNT state)
Apparent Multi-Bit Error
(Drop Cell)
No Errors
Detected
(Pass Cell)
CORRECTION
MODE
Single-Bit Error
(Correct Error
and Pass Cell)
Errors
Detected
(Drop Cell)
DETECTION
MODE
DELTA
consecutive
correct HCS's
(From PRESYNC
state)
No Errors Detected
In M Cells
(Pass Mth Cell)
No Errors Detected
(Pass Cell)
Performance Monitor
The Performance Monitor consists of two 8-bit saturating HCS error event
counters and a 24-bit saturating receive cell counter. The first error counter
accumulates correctable HCS errors, which are HCS single-bit errors, detected
and corrected while the HCS Verification state machine is in the 'Correction
Mode' state. The second error counter accumulates uncorrectable HCS errors,
which are HCS bit errors detected while the HCS Verification state machine is in
the 'Detection Mode' state or HCS bit errors detected but not corrected while the
state machine is in the 'Correction Mode' state. The 24-bit receive cell counter
counts all cells written into the receive FIFO. Filtered cells are not counted.
Each counter may be read through the microprocessor interface. Circuitry is
provided to latch these counters so that their values can be read while
simultaneously resetting the internal counters to 0 or 1, if appropriate, so that a
new period of accumulation can begin without loss of any events. It is intended
that the counter be polled at least once per second so as not to miss any counted
events.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
78
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Receive FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains storage for 4 cells, along with management
circuitry for reading and writing the FIFO. The receive FIFO provides for the
separation of the physical layer timing from the system timing.
Receive FIFO management functions include filling the receive FIFO, indicating
when cells are available to be read from the receive FIFO, maintaining the
receive FIFO read and write pointers, and detecting FIFO overrun conditions.
Upon detection of an overrun, the FIFO discards the current cell and discards the
incoming cells until there is room in the FIFO. FIFO overruns are indicated
through a maskable interrupt and register bit and are considered a system error.
10.7 Receive POS Frame Processor (RXFP)
The Receive POS Frame Processor (RXFP) performs packet extraction, provides
FCS error correction, performs packet payload descrambling, and provides
performance monitoring functions. The RXFP also provides a 256 byte deep
receive FIFO. This FIFO is used to separate the STS-12c/STM-4-4c line timing
from the link layer system timing and to handle timing differences caused by the
removal of escape characters.
Overhead Removal
The overhead removal consists of stripping SONET/SDH overhead bytes from
the data stream. Once overhead bytes are removed, the data stream consists of
POS frame octets that can be fed directly to the descrambler or the POS Frame
Delineation block.
Descrambler
When enabled, the self-synchronous descrambler operates on the POS Frame
data, descrambling the data with the polynomial x43 + 1. Descrambling is
performed on the raw data stream, before any POS frame delineation or byte
destuffing is performed. Data scrambling can provide for a more robust system,
preventing the injection of hostile patterns into the data stream.
POS Frame Delineation
This block accepts data one byte at a time and arranges it as POS framed octets.
Frame boundaries are found by searching for the Flag Character (0x7E). Flags
are also used to fill inter-packet spacing. This block removes the Flag Sequence
and passes the data onto the Byte Destuffing block.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
79
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The POS Frame Delineation is performed on the descrambled data and consists
of arranging the POS framed octets. Frame boundaries are found by searching
for the Flag Character (0x7E). Flags are also used to fill inter-packet spacing.
This block removes the Flag Sequence and passes the data onto the Byte
Destuffing block. The POS Frame format is shown on Figure 9.
Figure 9: Packet Over SONET/SDH Frame Format
Flag
Packet (PPP or other)
FCS
Flag
Flag
POS Frame
In the event of a FIFO overflow caused by the FIFO being full while a packet is
being received, the packet is marked with an error so it can be discarded by the
system. Subsequent bytes associated with this now aborted frame are
discarded. Reception of POS data resumes when a Start of Packet is
encountered and the FIFO level is below the programmable Reception
Initialization Level (RIL[7:0]).
Byte Destuffing
The byte destuffing algorithm searches the Control Escape character (0x7D).
These characters, listed in Table 3, are added for transparency in the transmit
direction and must be removed to recover the user data. When the Control
Escape character is encountered, it is removed and the following data byte is
XORed with 0x20. Therefore, any escaped data byte will be processed properly
by the S/UNI-622-POS.
Table 3: HDLC Byte Sequences
Data Value
Sequence
0x7E (Flag Sequence)
0x7D 0x5E
0x7D (Control Escape)
HDLC Aborted Packet
0x7D 0x5D
0x7D 0x7E
FCS Check
The FCS Generator performs a CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 calculation on the whole
POS frame, after byte destuffing and data descrambling scrambling. A parallel
implementation of the CRC polynomial is used. The CRC algorithm for the frame
checking sequence (FCS) field is either a CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 function. The
CRC-CCITT is two bytes in size and has a generating polynomial g(x) = 1 + x5 +
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
80
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
x12 + x16. The CRC-32 is four bytes in size and has a generating polynomial g(x)
= 1 + x + x2 + x4 + x5 + x7 + x8 + x10 + x11 + x12 + x16 + x22 + x23 + x26 + x32.
The first FCS bit transmitted is the coefficient of the highest term. Packets with
FCS errors are marked as such and should be discarded by the system.
Figure 10: CRC Decoder
g1
Message
+
D0
+
g2
D1
+ ...
gn-1
+
Dn-1
Performance Monitor
The Performance Monitor consists of four 16-bit saturating error event counters
and one 24-bit saturating received good packet counter. One of the error event
counters accumulates FCS errors. The second error event counter accumulates
minimum length violation packets. The third error event counter accumulates
maximum length violation packets. The fourth error event counter accumulates
aborted packets. The 24-bit receive good packet counter counts all error free
packets.
Each counter may be read through the microprocessor interface. Circuitry is
provided to latch these counters so that their values can be read while
simultaneously resetting the internal counters to 0 or 1, whichever is appropriate,
so that a new period of accumulation can begin without loss of any events. The
counters should be polled at least once per second so error events will not be
missed.
The RXFP monitors the packets for both minimum and maximum length errors.
When a packet size is smaller than MINPL[7:0], the packet is marked with an
error but still written into the FIFO. Malformed packets, that is packets that do
not at least contain the FCS field plus one byte, are treated differently. If a
malformed packet is received and FCS stripping is enabled, the packet is
discarded, not written in the FIFO, and counted as a minimum packet size
violation. If a malformed packet is received and FCS stripping is disabled, it is
written into the FIFO since in this case the misformed packet criteria is reduced
to one byte, but will still count as a minimum packet size violation. When the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
81
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
packet size exceeds MAXPL[15:0] the packet is marked with an error and the
bytes beyond the maximum count are discarded.
Receive FIFO
The Receive FIFO block contains storage for 256 octets, along with management
circuitry for reading and writing the FIFO. The receive FIFO provides for the
separation of the physical layer timing from the system timing.
Receive FIFO management functions include filling the receive FIFO, indicating
when packets or bytes are available to be read from the receive FIFO,
maintaining the receive FIFO read and write pointers, and detecting FIFO
overrun conditions. Upon detection of an overrun, the FIFO aborts the current
packet and discards the current incoming bytes until there is room in the FIFO.
Once enough room is available, as defined by the RIL[7:0] register, the RXFP will
wait for the next start of packet before writing any data into the FIFO. FIFO
overruns are indicated through a maskable interrupt and register bit, and are
considered a system error.
10.8 Transmit Line Interface (CSPI-622)
The Transmit Line Interface allows to directly interface the S/UNI-622-POS with
optical modules (ODLs) or other medium interfaces. This block performs clock
synthesis and performs parallel to serial conversion on the incoming outgoing
622.08 Mbit/s data stream.
Clock Synthesis
The transmit clock is synthesized from a 77.76 MHz reference by the clock
synthesis unit (CSU). The transfer function yields a typical low pass corner of 1
MHz, above which reference jitter is attenuated at least 20 dB per octave. The
design of the loop filter and PLL is optimized for minimum intrinsic jitter. With a
jitter free 77.76 MHz reference, the intrinsic jitter is typically less than 0.07 UI
RMS when measured using a high pass filter with a 12 kHz cutoff frequency.
The REFCLK reference should be within ±20 ppm to meet the SONET/SDH freerun accuracy requirements specified in GR-253-CORE. The CSU may require a
software reset when the supply voltage drops below the minimum operating level.
See the CSPI-622 register description for more information.
Parallel to Serial Converter
The Parallel to Serial Converter (PISO) converts the transmit byte serial stream
to a bit serial stream. The transmit bit serial stream appears on the TXD+/-
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
82
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PECL output. When the parallel transmit interface mode is used, the PISO block
is not used.
10.9 Transmit Section Overhead Processor (TSOP)
The Transmit Section Overhead Processor (TSOP) provides frame pattern
insertion (A1, A2), scrambling, section level alarm signal insertion, and section
BIP-8 (B1) insertion. In addition, it inserts the section data communication
channel provided serially on input TSD.
Line AIS Insert
Line AIS insertion results in all bits of the SONET/SDH frame being set to 1
before scrambling except for the section overhead. The Line AIS Insert Block
substitutes all ones as described when enabled by the TLAIS input or through an
internal register accessed through the microprocessor interface. Activation or
deactivation of line AIS insertion is synchronized to frame boundaries.
Data Link Insert
The Data Link Insert Block inserts the section data communication channel
(bytes D1, D2, and D3) into the STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream when enabled by an
internal register accessed via the common bus interface. The bytes to be
inserted are serially input on signal TSLD at a nominal 192 kbit/s rate. Timing for
upstream processing of the data communication channel is provided by the
TSDCLK signal that is output by the Data Link Insert Block. TSDCLK is derived
from a 216 kHz clock that is gapped to yield an average frequency of 192 kHz.
TSD is sampled with timing aligned to TSDCLK.
BIP-8 Insert
The BIP-8 Insert Block calculates and inserts the BIP-8 error detection code (B1)
into the transmit stream.
The BIP-8 calculation is based on the scrambled data of the complete STS12c/STM-4-4c frame. The section BIP-8 code is based on a bit interleaved parity
calculation using even parity. Details are provided in the references. The
calculated BIP-8 code is then inserted into the B1 byte of the following frame
before scrambling. BIP-8 errors may be continuously inserted under register
control for diagnostic purposes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
83
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Framing and Identity Insert
The Framing and Identity Insert Block inserts the framing bytes (A1, A2) and
trace/growth bytes (J0/Z0) into the STS-12c/STM-4-4c frame. Framing bit errors
may be continuously inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes.
Scrambler
The Scrambler Block utilizes a frame synchronous scrambler to process the
transmit stream when enabled through an internal register accessed via the
microprocessor interface. The generating polynomial is x7 + x6 + 1. Precise
details of the scrambling operation are provided in the references. Note that the
framing bytes and the identity bytes are not scrambled. All zeros may be
continuously inserted (after scrambling) under register control for diagnostic
purposes.
The POUT[7:0] outputs are provided by the Scrambler block and are updated
with timing aligned to TCLK. It also provides the FPOUT signal.
10.10 Transmit Line Overhead Processor (TLOP)
The Transmit Line Overhead Processor (TLOP) provides line level alarm signal
insertion, and line BIP-96 insertion (B2). In addition, it inserts the line data
communication provided serially on input TLD.
APS Insert
The APS Insert Block inserts the two automatic protection switch (APS) channel
bytes in the Line Overhead (K1 and K2) into the transmit stream when enabled
by an internal register.
Data Link Insert
The Data Link Insert Block inserts the line data communication channel (DCC)
(bytes D4 to D12) into the STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream when enabled by an
internal register. The D4 to D12 bytes are input serially using the TLD signal at a
nominal 576 kbit/s rate. Timing for processing of the line DCC is provided by the
TLDCLK output. TLDCLK is derived from a 2.16 MHz clock that is gapped to
yield an average frequency of 576 kHz.
Line BIP Calculate
The Line BIP Calculate Block calculates the line BIP-96 error detection code (B2)
based on the line overhead and synchronous payload envelope of the transmit
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
84
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
stream. The line BIP-96 code is a bit interleaved parity calculation using even
parity. Details are provided in the references. The calculated BIP-96 code is
inserted into the B2 byte positions of the following frame. BIP-96 errors may be
continuously inserted under register control for diagnostic purposes.
Line RDI Insert
The Line RDI Insert Block controls the insertion of line remote defect indication.
Line RDI insertion is enabled through register control. Line RDI is inserted by
transmitting the code 110 (binary) in bit positions 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte
contained in the transmit stream.
Line FEBE Insert
The Line FEBE Insert Block accumulates line BIP-96 errors (B2) detected by the
Receive Line Overhead Processor and encodes far end block error indications in
the transmit Z2 byte.
10.11 Transmit Path Overhead Processor (TPOP)
The Transmit Path Overhead Processor (TPOP) provides transport frame
alignment generation, pointer generation (H1, H2), path overhead insertion and
the insertion of path level alarm signals.
Pointer Generator
The Pointer Generator Block generates the outgoing payload pointer (H1, H2) as
specified in the references. The concatenation indication (the NDF field set to
1001, I-bits and D-bits set to all ones, and unused bits set to all zeros) is inserted
in the second and third pointer byte locations in the transmit stream.
(1) A "normal pointer value" locates the start of the SPE. Note: 0 ≤ "normal
pointer value" ≤ 782, and the new data flag (NDF) field is set to 0110. Note that
values greater than 782 may be inserted, using internal registers, to generate a
loss of pointer alarm in downstream circuitry.
(2) Arbitrary "pointer values" may be generated using internal registers. These
new values may optionally be accompanied by a programmable new data flag.
New data flags may also be generated independently using internal registers.
(3) Positive pointer movements may be generated using a bit in an internal
register. A positive pointer movement is generated by inverting the five I-bits of
the pointer word. The SPE is not inserted during the positive stuff opportunity
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
85
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
byte position, and the pointer value is incremented by one. Positive pointer
movements may be inserted once per frame for diagnostic purposes.
(4) Negative pointer movements may be generated using a bit in an internal
register. A negative pointer movement is generated by inverting the five D-bits of
the pointer word. The SPE is inserted during the negative stuff opportunity byte
position, the H3 byte, and the pointer value is decremented by one. Negative
pointer movements may be inserted once per frame for diagnostic purposes.
The pointer value is used to insert the path overhead into the transmit stream.
The current pointer value may be read via internal registers.
BIP-8 Calculate
The BIP-8 Calculate Block performs a path bit interleaved parity calculation on
the SPE of the transmit stream. Details are provided in the references. The
resulting parity byte is inserted in the path BIP-8 (B3) byte position of the
subsequent frame. BIP-8 errors may be continuously inserted under register
control for diagnostic purposes.
FEBE Calculate
The FEBE Calculate Block accumulates far end block errors on a per frame
basis, and inserts the accumulated value (up to maximum value of eight) in the
FEBE bit positions of the path status (G1) byte. The FEBE information is derived
from path BIP-8 errors detected by the receive path overhead processor, RPOP.
Far end block errors may be inserted under register control for diagnostic
purposes.
10.12 Transmit ATM Cell Processor (TXCP)
The Transmit ATM Cell Processor (TXCP) provides rate adaptation via
idle/unassigned cell insertion, provides HCS generation and insertion, and
performs ATM cell scrambling. The TXCP contains a four cell transmit FIFO. An
idle or unassigned cell is transmitted if a complete ATM cell has not been written
into the FIFO.
Transmit FIFO
The Transmit FIFO is responsible for holding cell provided through the Transmit
System Interface until they are transmitted. The transmit FIFO can
accommodate a maximum of 4 cells. The cells are written in with a single 16 bit
data bus running off TFCLK and are read out using the SONET/SDH clock.
Internal read and write pointers track the cells and indicate the fill status of the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
86
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Transmit FIFO. Separate read and write clock domains provide for separation of
the physical layer line timing from the System Link layer timing (TFCLK).
Idle/Unassigned Cell Generator
The Idle/Unassigned Cell Generator inserts idle or unassigned cells into the cell
stream when enabled. Registers are provided to program the GFC, PTI, and
CLP fields of the idle cell header and the idle cell payload. The idle cell HCS is
automatically calculated and inserted.
Scrambler
The Scrambler scrambles the 48 octet information field. Scrambling is performed
using a parallel implementation of the self-synchronous scrambler (x43 + 1
polynomial). The cell headers are transmitted unscrambled, and the scrambler
may optionally be disabled.
HCS Generator
The HCS Generator performs a CRC-8 calculation over the first four header
octets. A parallel implementation of the polynomial, x8+x2+x+1, is used. The
coset polynomial, x6+x4+x2+1, is added (modulo 2) to the residue. The HCS
Generator optionally inserts the result into the fifth octet of the header.
10.13 Transmit POS Frame Processor (TXFP)
The Transmit POS Frame Processor (TXFP) provides rate adaptation by
transmitting flag sequences (0x7E) between packets, provides FCS generation
and insertion, performs packet data scrambling, and provides performance
monitoring functions. The TXFP contains a 256 byte transmit FIFO. This FIFO is
used to separate the STS-12c/STM-4-4c line timing from the link layer system
timing and to handle timing differences caused by insertion of escape characters.
Transmit FIFO
The Transmit FIFO is responsible for holding packets provided through the Input
Interface until they are transmitted. The transmit FIFO can accommodate a
maximum of 256 bytes. There is no limit on the number of packets that can be
stored. Octets are written in with a single 16 bit data bus running off TFCLK and
are read out with a single 8-bit data bus running off the SONET/SDH clock.
Separate read and write clock domains provide for separation of the physical
layer line timing from the system link layer timing (TFCLK).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
87
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Internal read and write pointers track the insertion and removal of octets, and
indicate the fill status of the Transmit FIFO. These status indications are used to
detect underrun and overrun conditions, abort packets as appropriate on both
system and line sides, control flag insertion and to generate the TPA outputs.
The TXFP does not abort packets under an FIFO overrun condition. The
corrupted packet will be send with properly calculated FCS if the FCS feature is
enabled. Since overruns can be avoided by setting the FIFO high and low
watermarks, this limitation should not affect system performance.
POS Frame Generator
The POS Frame Generator runs off of the SONET/SDH sequencer to create the
POS frames to be transmitted, whose format is shown in Figure 9. Flags are
inserted whenever the Transmit FIFO is empty and there is no data to transmit.
When there is enough data to be transmitted, the block operates normally; it
removes packets from the Transmit FIFO and transmits them. In addition, FCS
generation, error insertion, byte stuffing, and scrambling can be optionally
enabled.
Figure 11: Packet Over SONET/SDH Frame Format
Flag
Packet (PPP or other)
FCS
Flag
Flag
POS Frame
In the event of a FIFO underflow caused by the FIFO being empty while a packet
is being transmitted, the packet is aborted by transmitting the Abort Sequence.
The Abort Sequence consists of an Escape Control character (0x7D) followed by
the Flag Sequence (0x7E). Bytes associated with this aborted frame are still
read from the FIFO but are discarded and replaced with the Flag Sequence in
the outgoing data stream. Transmission of data resumes a start of the next
packet is encountered in the FIFO data stream.
The POS Frame Generator also performs inter-packet gaping. This operation
consists of inserting a programmable number of Flag Sequence characters
between each POS frame transmission. This feature allows to control the system
effective data transmission rate if required.
For correct operation, the TXFP only supports packets ranging in size from 2
bytes to 65534 bytes in length.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
88
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FCS Generator
The FCS Generator performs a CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 calculation on the whole
POS frame, before byte stuffing and data scrambling. A parallel implementation
of the CRC polynomial is used. The CRC algorithm for the frame checking
sequence (FCS) field is either a CRC-CCITT or CRC-32 function. The CRCCCITT is two bytes in size and has a generating polynomial g(x) = 1 + x5 + x12 +
x16. The CRC-32 is four bytes in size and has a generating polynomial g(x) = 1 +
x + x2 + x4 + x5 + x7 + x8 + x10 + x11 + x12 + x16 + x22 + x23 + x26 + x32. The first
FCS bit transmitted is the coefficient of the highest term. When transmitting a
packet from the Transmit FIFO, the FCS Generator appends the result after the
last data byte, before the closing flag. Note that the Frame Check Sequence is
the one's complement of the CRC register after calculation ends. FCS
calculation and insertion can be disabled.
Figure 12: CRC Generator
g1
+
D0
LSB
g2
D1
+ ...
gn-1
+
Dn-1
Parity Check Digits
+
Message
MSB
An error insertion mechanism is provided for system diagnosis purposes. Error
insertion is performed by inverting the resulting FCS value, before transmission.
This should cause an FCS Error at the far end.
Byte Stuffing
The POS Frame generator provides transparency by performing byte stuffing.
This operation is done after the FCS calculation. Two characters are being
escaped, the Flag Sequence (0x7E) and the Escape Character itself (0x7D).
When a character is being escaped, it is XORed with 0x20 before transmission
and preceded by the Control Escape (0x7D) character.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
89
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 4: HDLC Byte Sequences
Data Value
Sequence
0x7E (Flag Sequence)
0x7D 0x5E
0x7D (Control Escape)
0x7D 0x5D
HDLC Abort Sequence
0x7D 0x7E
Data Scrambling
The Scrambler will optionally scramble the whole packet data, including the FCS
and the flags. Scrambling is performed after the POS frame is formed using a
parallel implementation of the self-synchronous scrambler polynomial, x43+1.
On reset, the scrambler is set to all ones to ensure scrambling on start-up. The
scrambler may optionally be completely disabled. Data scrambling can provide
for a more robust system preventing the injection of hostile patterns into the data
stream.
SONET/SDH Framer
The SONET/SDH Framer gaps the POS frames in order to insert the
SONET/SDH framing and overhead bytes (Section/Line Overhead and Path
Overhead). The framer uses framing alignment information provided by the
TPOP TSB to perform its function. The TXFP does not set any SONET/SDH
overhead bytes.
10.14 SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer (SPTB)
The SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer (SPTB) block can handle both 64-byte
CLLI messages in SONET and 16-byte E.164 messages in SDH. This block
operates similarly to the SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer (SSTB).
Receive Trace Message Receiver
The Trace Message Receiver (TMR) processes the receive trace message, and
consists of three sub-processes: Framer, Persistency, and Compare.
The Framer handles the incoming 16-byte message by synchronizing to the byte
with the most significant bit set high, and places that byte in the first location in
the capture page of the internal RAM. In the case of the 64-byte message, the
Framer synchronizes to the trailing carriage return (0x0D), line feed (0x0A)
sequence and places the next byte in the first location in the capture page of the
internal RAM. The Framer block maintains an internal representation of the
resulting 16-byte or 64-byte "frame" cycle. If the phase of the start of frame
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
90
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
shifts, the framer adjusts accordingly and resets the persistency counter and
increments the unstable counter. Frame synchronization may be disabled, in
which case the RAM acts as a circular buffer.
The Persistency process checks for repeated reception of the same 16-byte or
64-byte trace message. An unstable counter is incremented for each message
that differs from the previous received message. For example, a single corrupted
message in a field of constant messages causes the unstable count to increment
twice, once on receipt of the corrupted message, and again on the next
(uncorrupted) message. A section/path trace message unstable alarm is
declared when the count reaches eight.
The persistency counter is reset to zero, the unstable alarm is removed, and the
trace message is accepted when the same 16-byte or 64-byte message is
received three or five times consecutively (as determined by an internal register
bit). The accepted message is passed to the Compare process for comparison
with the expected message.
A receive trace message mismatch alarm is declared if the accepted message
(i.e. the message that passed the persistency check) does not match the
expected message (previously downloaded to the receive expected page by the
microprocessor). The mismatch alarm is removed if the accepted message is allzero, or if the accepted message is identical to the expected message.
Overhead Byte Receiver
The Overhead Byte Receiver (OBR) processes the path signal label byte
(C2)The OBR consists of two sub-processes: Persistency and Compare.
The Persistency process checks for the repeated reception of the same C2 byte.
An unstable counter is incremented for each received C2 byte that differs from
the byte received in the previous frame. For example, a single corrupted byte
value in a sequence of constant values causes the unstable count to increment
twice, once on receipt of the corrupted value, and again on the next
(uncorrupted) value. A path signal label unstable alarm or a synchronization
status unstable alarm is declared when either unstable counter reaches five.
The unstable counter is reset to zero, the unstable alarm is removed, and the
byte value is accepted when the same label is received in five consecutive
frames. The accepted value is passed to the Compare process for comparison
with the expected value.
A path signal label mismatch alarm or a synchronization status mismatch alarm is
declared if the accepted C2 byte (i.e. the byte value that has passed the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
91
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
persistency check) does not match the expected C2 byte (previously downloaded
by the microprocessor).
The OBR mismatch mechanism follows the table below:
Table 5: OBR Mismatch Mechanism
Expect
Receive
Action
00
00
Match
00
01
Mismatch
00
XX
Mismatch
01
00
Mismatch
01
01
Match
01
XX
Match
XX
00
Mismatch
XX
01
Match
XX
XX
Match
XX
YY
Mismatch
Note: XX, YY are equal to anything except 00H or 01H and are not equal to each
other.
Transmit Trace Buffer
The Trace Transmit Buffer (TTB) sources the 16-byte or 64-byte trace identifier
message. The TTB contains one page of transmit trace identifier message
memory. Identifier message data bytes are written by the microprocessor into
the message buffer and inserted in the transmit stream. When the
microprocessor is updating the transmit page buffer, the TTB may be
programmed to transmit null characters to prevent transmission of partial
messages.
10.15 SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer (SSTB)
The SONET/SDH Section Trace Buffer (SSTB) block can handle both 64-byte
CLLI messages in SONET and 16-byte E.164 messages in SDH. This block
operates similarly to the SONET/SDH Path Trace Buffer (SPTB) except the C2
byte is also processed.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
92
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Receive Trace Message Receiver
The Trace Message Receiver (TMR) processes the receive trace message, and
consists of three sub-processes: Framer, Persistency, and Compare.
The Framer handles the incoming 16-byte message by synchronizing to the byte
with the most significant bit set high, and places that byte in the first location in
the capture page of the internal RAM. In the case of the 64-byte message, the
Framer synchronizes to the trailing carriage return (0x0D), line feed (0x0A)
sequence and places the next byte in the first location in the capture page of the
internal RAM. The Framer block maintains an internal representation of the
resulting 16-byte or 64-byte "frame" cycle. If the phase of the start of frame
shifts, the framer adjusts accordingly and resets the persistency counter and
increments the unstable counter. Frame synchronization may be disabled, in
which case the RAM acts as a circular buffer.
The Persistency process checks for repeated reception of the same 16-byte or
64-byte trace message. An unstable counter is incremented for each message
that differs from the previous received message. For example, a single corrupted
message in a field of constant messages causes the unstable count to increment
twice, once on receipt of the corrupted message, and again on the next
(uncorrupted) message. A section/path trace message unstable alarm is
declared when the count reaches eight.
The persistency counter is reset to zero, the unstable alarm is removed, and the
trace message is accepted when the same 16-byte or 64-byte message is
received three or five times consecutively (as determined by an internal register
bit). The accepted message is passed to the Compare process for comparison
with the expected message.
A receive trace message mismatch alarm is declared if the accepted message
(i.e. the message that passed the persistency check) does not match the
expected message (previously downloaded to the receive expected page by the
microprocessor). The mismatch alarm is removed if the accepted message is allzero, or if the accepted message is identical to the expected message.
Transmit Trace Buffer (TTB)
The TTB sources the 16-byte or 64-byte trace identifier message. The TTB
contains one page of transmit trace identifier message memory. Identifier
message data bytes are written by the microprocessor into the message buffer
and inserted in the transmit stream. When the microprocessor is updating the
transmit page buffer, the TTB may be programmed to transmit null characters to
prevent transmission of partial messages.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
93
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
10.16 ATM UTOPIA and Packet over SONET/SDH POS-PHY System Interfaces
The S/UNI-622-POS system interface can be configured for ATM or POS mode.
When configured for ATM applications, the system interface provides either a
UTOPIA level 2 compliant bus or a UTOPIA Level 3 compatible bus to allow the
transfer of ATM cells between the ATM layer device and the S/UNI-622-POS.
When configured for POS applications, the system interface provides either a
POS-PHY Level 2 or POS-PHY Level 3 compliant bus and provides a byte level
transfer interface that allows the transfer of data packets between the link layer
device and the S/UNI-622-POS. The link layer device can implement various
protocols, including PPP.
10.16.1
Receive ATM Interface
The Receive ATM FIFO (RXCP) provides FIFO management at the S/UNI-622POS receive cell interface. The receive FIFO contains four cells. The FIFO
provides the cell rate decoupling function between the transmission system
physical layer and the ATM layer.
In general, the management functions include filling the receive FIFO, indicating
when the receive FIFO contains cells, maintaining the receive FIFO read and
write pointers, and detecting FIFO overrun and underrun conditions.
UTOPIA Level 2 Interface
The UTOPIA Level 2 compliant interface accepts a read clock (RFCLK) and read
enable signal (RENB). The interface indicates the start of a cell (RSOC) and the
receive cell available status (RCA) when data is read from the receive FIFO
(using the rising edges of RFCLK). The RCA status changes from available to
unavailable when the FIFO is either empty (when RCALEVEL0 is high) or near
empty (when RCALEVEL0 is low). This interface also indicates FIFO overruns
via a maskable interrupt and register bits. Read accesses while RCA is a logic
zero will output invalid data. The FIFO is reset on FIFO overrun, causing up to 4
cells to be lost.
UTOPIA Level 3 Interface
The UTOPIA Level 3 compliant interface accepts a read clock (RFCLK) and read
enable signal (RENB). The interface indicates the start of a cell (RSOC) when
data is read from the receive FIFO (using the rising edges of RFCLK). The RVAL
signal indicates when data on the receive data bus RDAT[7:0] is valid. The
RPRTY signal reports the parity on the RDAT[7:0] bus (selectable as odd or even
parity). RVAL will not assert until RENB is asserted. This interface also indicates
FIFO overruns via a maskable interrupt and register bits. Read accesses while
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
94
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
RVAL is low are ignored and will output invalid data. The FIFO is reset on FIFO
overrun, causing up to 4 cells to be lost.
10.16.2
Receive POS Interface
The Receive POS FIFO (RXFP) provides FIFO management at the S/UNI-622POS receive packet interface. The receive FIFO contains 256 bytes. The FIFO
provides the system rate decoupling function between the transmission system
physical layer and the link layer, and to handle timing differences caused by the
removal of escape characters.
The interface can be configured either as a 16-bit POS-PHY Level 2 compliant
interface, or as an 8-bit POS-PHY Level 3 compliant interface.
POS-PHY Level 2
The POS-PHY Level 2 Interface is an extension to the UTOPIA interface defined
for the transfer of ATM cells.
The RSOP signal is used to identify the start of a packet, the RPA signal notifies
the system side that data is in the receive FIFO (when a programmable number
of bytes in a single packet is received or when an end of packet is available); the
RDATA[15:0] bus transfer the data from the FIFO across the system interface;
the RPRTY signal determines the parity on the RDAT bus (selectable as odd or
even parity); the RFCLK is used to read words from the FIFO interface; and the
RENB is used to initiate reads from the receive FIFO. Signal REOP (Receive
End of Packet) is used to identify the end of a packet. Signal RMOD (Receive
Mod) is provided to indicate whether 1 or 2 bytes are valid on the final word
transfer when in 16-bit mode (REOP is asserted). Signal RERR (Receive Error)
is provided to indicate that an error in the received packet has occurred (may
have several causes, including an abort sequence and an FCS error).
The receive data valid signal, RVAL, plays a special role in this interface. The
data signals shall be considered valid only when RVAL is asserted. RVAL is
asserted when a data transfer is initiated, conditional to RPA being also asserted.
Once the transfer is initiated, RVAL will remain asserted until either the FIFO is
empty or an end of packet is encountered. Once deasserted, RVAL will remain
low until the current PHY is deselected and another or the same PHY is
reselected. RVAL allows the link layer device to align data transfers with packet
boundaries, making it easier to manage packet buffers. RVAL should be used at
all times when RENB is low to qualify the receive data stream due to RPA falsely
indicating data in the FIFO. See the Functional Timing section for more
information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
95
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
POS-PHY Level 3
The POS-PHY Level 3 compliant interface is an extension to the POS-PHY Level
2 Interface.
The interface accepts a read clock (RFCLK) and read enable signal (RENB)
when data is read from the receive FIFO (using the rising edge of the RFCLK).
The start of packet RSOP marks the first byte of receive packet data on the
RDAT[7:0]. The RPRTY signal determine the parity on the RDAT[7:0] bus
(selectable as odd or even parity). The end of a packet is indicated by the REOP
signal. Signal RERR is provided to indicate that an error in the received packet
has occurred (the error may have several causes include an abort sequence or
an FCS error).
The RVAL signal is used to indicate when RSOP, REOP, RERR and RDAT[7:0]
are valid. This interface also indicates FIFO overruns via a maskable interrupt
and register bits. Read accesses while RVAL is low are ignored and will output
invalid data. RVAL will not assert until RENB is asserted.
10.16.3
Transmit ATM Interface
The ATM Transmit FIFO (TXCP) provides FIFO management and the S/UNI-622POS transmit cell interface. The transmit FIFO contains four cells. The FIFO
depth may be programmed to four, three, two, or one cells. The FIFO provides
the cell rate decoupling function between the transmission system physical layer
and the ATM layer.
In general, the management functions include emptying cells from the transmit
FIFO, indicating when the transmit FIFO is full, maintaining the transmit FIFO
read and write pointers and detecting a FIFO overrun condition.
The interface can be configured either as a 16-bit UTOPIA Level 2 interface, or
as an 8-bit UTOPIA Level 3 interface.
UTOPIA Level 2 Interface
The UTOPIA Level 2 compliant interface accepts a write clock (TFCLK), a write
enable signal (TENB), the start of a cell (TSOC) indication, and the parity bit
(TPRTY), when data is written to the transmit FIFO (using the rising edges of
TFCLK). The interface provides the transmit cell available status (TCA) which
can transition from "available" to "unavailable" when the transmit FIFO is near full
(when TCALEVEL0 is low) or when the FIFO is full (when TCALEVEL0 is high)
and can accept no more writes. To reduce FIFO latency, the FIFO depth at which
TCA indicates "full" can be set to one, two, three or four cells by the FIFODP[1:0]
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
96
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
bits of the TXCP Configuration 2 register. If the programmed depth is less than
four, more than one cell may be written after TCA is asserted as the TXCP still
allows four cells to be stored in its FIFO.
This interface also indicates FIFO overruns via a maskable interrupt and register
bit, but write accesses while TCA is low are not processed. The TXCP
automatically transmits idle cells until a full cell is available to be transmitted.
UTOPIA Level 3 Interface
The UTOPIA Level 3 compliant interface accepts a write clock (TFCLK), a write
enable signal (TENB), the start of a cell (TSOC) indication and the parity bit
(TPRTY) when data is written to the transmit FIFO (using the rising edges of the
TFCLK). To reduce FIFO latency, the FIFO depth at which TCA indicates “full”
can be set to one, two, three or four cells by the FIFODP[1:0] bits of the TXCP
Configuration 2 register. If the programmed depth is less than four, more than
one cell may be written after TCA is asserted as the TXCP still allows four cells to
be stored in its FIFO.
The interface also indicates FIFO overruns via a maskable interrupt and register
bits. The TXCP automatically transmits idle cells until a full cell is available to be
transmitted.
10.16.4
Transmit POS Interface
The Transmit POS FIFO (RXFP) provides FIFO management at the S/UNI-622POS transmit packet interface. The transmit FIFO contains 256 bytes. The FIFO
provides the system rate decoupling function between the transmission system
physical layer and the link layer, and to handle timing differences caused by the
insertion of escape characters.
POS-PHY Level 2 Interface
The POS-PHY Level 2 Interface is an extension to the UTOPIA 2 interface
defined for the transfer of ATM cells. POS-PHY byte-level transfer mode is
supported.
The TSOP signal is used to identify the start of a packet; the TPA signal notify the
system side that the transmit FIFO is not full (the POS processor will not start
transmitting a packet until a programmable number of bytes for a single packet or
the entire packet is in the FIFO; the TDAT[15:0] bus transfer the data to the FIFO
from the system interface; the TPRTY signal determines the parity on the TDAT
bus (selectable as odd or even parity); the TFCLK is used to write words to the
FIFO interface; and finally the TENB is used to initiate writes to the transmit
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
97
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FIFO. The TXCP automatically transmits idle flag characters until sufficient data
is available in the transmit FIFO to start transmission.
The TEOP signal (Transmit End of Packet) is used to identify the end of a packet.
The TMOD signal (Transmit Mod) is provided to indicate whether 1 or 2 bytes are
valid of the final word transfer (TEOP is asserted). TMOD is only valid in 16-bit
mode of operation. The TERR signal (Transmit Error) is provided to error a
packet that has begun transmission (the packet will be aborted).
POS-PHY Level 3 Interface
The POS-PHY Level 3 compliant interface accepts a write clock (TFCLK), a write
enable signal (TENB), the start of packet (TSOP) indication, the end of packet
(TEOP) indication, errored packet (TERR) indication and the parity bit (TPRTY)
when data is written to the transmit FIFO (using the rising edges of the TFCLK).
The TPA signal notifies that the transmit FIFO is not full (the POS processor will
not start transmitting a packet until a programmable number of bytes for a single
packet or the entire packet is in the FIFO). A packet may be aborted by asserting
the TERR signal at the end of the packet.
The interface also indicates FIFO overruns via a maskable interrupt and register
bits. The TXCP automatically transmits idle flag characters until sufficient data is
available in the transmit FIFO to start transmission.
10.17 WAN Synchronization Controller (WANS)
The WANS provides hardware support to implement a local clock reference
compliant to SONET/SDH Stratum 3 clock specifications (GR-253-CORE & GR1244-CORE) in wander transfer, long term and holdover stability. The WANS
block is intended to be used in conjunction with an external processor, digital to
analog converter (DAC), analog circuitry and voltage control crystal oscillator
(VCXO).
In general, WANS block implements the phase detector of a phase lock loop
structure which relies on an external processor and a VCXO to produce the
Stratum 3 clock as shown in Figure 13. The WANS performs a digital phase
comparison between the recovered receive clock (receive line rate clock RCLK
from the CRU-622) and the reference clock used to generate the transmit stream
(REFCLK+/- supplied by the VCXO).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
98
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 13. WANS PLL Block Diagram
External
VCXO
TXD+/-
CSU-622
WANS
(Phase
Detector)
REFCLK+/-
RXD+/-
PISO-622
CRU-622
SIPO-622
TCLK
SONET/SDH
Transmit Stream
DAC
Filtering/
Correction
(Software)
Microprocessor Interface
RCLK
SONET/SDH
Recieve Stream
The software running on the external processor is responsible for performing:
digital loop filtering, temperature compensation, VCXO linearity compensation;
determining the validity of the timing reference; and performing reference
switchover. The VCXO creates the 77.76 MHz Stratum 3 reference clock which
the CSU-622 will synthesize to the desired 622.08 MHz transmit clock.
Thus, the WANS PLL structure can phase lock the SONET/SDH transmit serial
stream to the SONET/SDH receive serial stream. With appropriate software
filtering and compensation, the device may meet SONET/SDH Stratum 3 clock
specifications (GR-253-CORE & GR-1244-CORE) in wander transfer, long term
and holdover stability.
A description of how to program and use the WANS feature is available in the
S/UNI-622-POS reference design (PMC-981070). A description of the
functionality supplied by the WANS block is given below.
Phase Comparison
The phase comparison between the receive recovered clock (RCLK) and the
transmit reference clock (REFCLK+/-) is implemented by sampling, at a fixed
interval specified by the Reference Counter, the output of the Phase Counter.
The Reference Counter is clocked by RCLK while the Phase Counter is clocked
by the REFCLK+/- clock.
Successive reading of the value obtained, referred as the phase sample
(PHSAMP), can be used to calculate the phase relation between both clocks.
Both the Reference Counter and the Phase Counter are programmable counters
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
99
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
and are set to have equal cycle period. Therefore, if REFCLK+/- was phased
locked to RCLK, successive readings of the phase sample would be equal. The
phase sample value will increase or decrease depending if REFCLK+/- is faster
or slower than RCLK.
At each reference period, a signal enabling the sampling (SAMPLEN) of the
Phase Counter is produced. This signal is resynchronized to REFCLK+/- to
avoid any potential metastability problem that could result due to the
asynchronous nature of both clocks.
Phase Reacquisition Control
The Phase Reacquisition Control circuit prevents using the phase sample from
both sides of the counter wrap-around point when performing the Phase Sample
averaging. The Phase Count is first divided in four quadrants, each equal to
approximately a quarter of the Phase Count. Comparators are used to determine
in which quadrant each phase sample is located. When two successive samples
(one in the first quadrant and the other in the last quadrant) are seen, the
Reference Phase Alignment Flag (RPHALFLG) is generated.
Upon reception of this signal, the Phase Counter is reset to align the phase count
sampling point towards its middle count. This signal is also sent to the Phase
Averager circuit. The generation of this signal may be squelched by setting the
AUTOREAC bit of the WANS configuration register.
Phase Averager
To provide some noise immunity and improve the resolution of the phase
detector algorithm of the WANS, the phase samples are averaged over a
programmable number of samples.
Although referred to as an averaging process, it is truly an accumulation process.
It retains full resolution, i.e. no division is performed on the accumulated value.
The Phase Word includes an integer and a fractional part. The number of
averaging samples sets the size of the fractional part.
A programmable counter, the Sample Counter, is incremented at each SAMPLEN
signal. This Sample Counter defines the Phase Averaging Period, equal to the
Reference Period times the programmed number of phase samples. At the end
of this period, the accumulated phase sample value is transferred to the Phase
Word register. The Phase Word (PHAWORD) is then accessible by an external
processor. A timer flag (TIMFLG) is raised at the end of each averaging period.
The flag may be used to generate an interrupt request to an external processor.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
100
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Because it indicates that the averaging process includes invalid sample values,
the RPHALFLG signal also prevents the Phase Word register from being updated
at the end of the current Phase Averaging period. The RPHAFLG signal
indicates this event by sending the Reference Phase Alignment condition signal
(RPHALGN) to the CBI status register. The RPHALGN signal is reset at the end
of the following valid Phase Averaging period.
10.18 JTAG Test Access Port
The JTAG Test Access Port block provides JTAG support for boundary scan. The
standard JTAG EXTEST, SAMPLE, BYPASS, IDCODE and STCTEST
instructions are supported. The S/UNI-622-POS identification code is
0x353570CD hexadecimal.
10.19 Microprocessor Interface
The microprocessor interface block provides normal and test mode registers, and
the logic required to connect to the microprocessor interface. The normal mode
registers are required for normal operation, and test mode registers are used to
enhance the testability of the S/UNI-622-POS. In the following section every
register is documented and identified using the register number (REG #).
Addresses that are not shown are not used and must be treated as Reserved.
Table 6: Register Memory Map
Address
000
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
00A
00B
00C
00D
00E
00F
Register Description
S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity
S/UNI-622-POS Master Configuration #1
S/UNI-622-POS Master Configuration #2
S/UNI-622-POS Clock Monitors
S/UNI-622-POS Master Interrupt Status #1
S/UNI-622-POS Master Interrupt Status #2
S/UNI-622-POS APS Control and Status
S/UNI-622-POS Miscellaneous Configuration
S/UNI-622-POS Auto Line RDI Control
S/UNI-622-POS Auto Path RDI Control
S/UNI-622-POS Auto Enhanced Path RDI Control
S/UNI-622-POS Receive RDI and Enhanced RDI Control
S/UNI-622-POS Receive Line AIS Control
S/UNI-622-POS Receive Path AIS Control
S/UNI-622-POS Receive Alarm Control #1
S/UNI-622-POS Receive Alarm Control #2
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
101
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Address
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
01A
01B
01C
01D
01E
01F
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
02A
02B
02C
02D
02E
02F
030
030
031
031
032
033
033
034
035
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register Description
RSOP Control/Interrupt Enable
RSOP Status/Interrupt Status
RSOP Section BIP-8 LSB
RSOP Section BIP-8 MSB
TSOP Control
TSOP Diagnostic
TSOP Reserved
TSOP Reserved
RLOP Control/Status
RLOP Interrupt Enable/Interrupt Status
RLOP Line BIP-96 LSB
RLOP Line BIP-96
RLOP Line BIP-96 MSB
RLOP Line FEBE LSB
RLOP Line FEBE
RLOP Line FEBE MSB
TLOP Control
TLOP Diagnostic
TLOP Transmit K1
TLOP Transmit K2
TLOP Transmit Synchronization Message (S1)
TLOP Transmit J0/Z0
Reserved
Reserved
SSTB Control
SSTB Section Trace Identifier Status
SSTB Indirect Address Register
SSTB Indirect Data Register
SSTB Reserved
SSTB Reserved
SSTB Reserved
SSTB Reserved
RPOP Status/Control (EXTD=0)
RPOP Status/Control (EXTD=1)
RPOP Interrupt Status (EXTD=0)
RPOP Interrupt Status (EXTD=1)
RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status
RPOP Interrupt Enable (EXTD=0)
RPOP Interrupt Enable (EXTD=1)
RPOP Pointer Interrupt Enable
RPOP Pointer LSB
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
102
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Address
036
037
038
039
03A
03B
03C
03D
03E
03F
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
04A
04B
04C
04D
04E
04F
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
05A
05B
05C
05D
05E
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register Description
RPOP Pointer MSB
RPOP Path Signal Label
RPOP Path BIP-8 LSB
RPOP Path BIP-8 MSB
RPOP Path FEBE LSB
RPOP Path FEBE MSB
RPOP RDI
RPOP Ring Control
RPOP Reserved
RPOP Reserved
TPOP Control/Diagnostic
TPOP Pointer Control
TPOP Reserved
TPOP Current Pointer LSB
TPOP Current Pointer MSB
TPOP Arbitrary Pointer LSB
TPOP Arbitrary Pointer MSB
TPOP Path Trace
TPOP Path Signal Label
TPOP Path Status
TPOP Reserved
TPOP Reserved
TPOP Reserved
TPOP Reserved
TPOP Concatenation LSB
TPOP Concatenation MSB
SPTB Control
SPTB Path Trace Identifier Status
SPTB Indirect Address Register
SPTB Indirect Data Register
SPTB Expected Path Signal Label
SPTB Path Signal Label Status
SPTB Reserved
SPTB Reserved
CSPI Configuration
CSPI Status
CSPI Reserved
CSPI Reserved
CRSI Configuration
CRSI Status
CRSI Reserved
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
103
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Address
05F
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
06A
06B
06C
06D
06E
06F
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
079
07A
07B
07C
07D
07E
07F
080
081
082
083
084
085
086
087
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register Description
CRSI Reserved
RXCP Configuration 1
RXCP Configuration 2
RXCP FIFO/UTOPIA Control and Configuration
RXCP Interrupt Enable and Counter Status
RXCP Status/Interrupt Status
RXCP LCD Count Threshold LSB
RXCP LCD Count Threshold MSB
RXCP Idle Cell Header Pattern
RXCP Idle Cell Header Mask
RXCP Corrected HCS Error Count
RXCP Uncorrected HCS Error Count
RXCP Received Cell Count LSB
RXCP Received Cell Count
RXCP Received Cell Count MSB
RXCP Idle Cell Count LSB
RXCP Idle Cell Count
RXCP Idle Cell Count MSB
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
RXCP Reserved
TXCP Configuration 1
TXCP Configuration 2
TXCP Transmit Cell Status
TXCP Interrupt Enable/Status
TXCP Idle Cell Header Control
TXCP Idle Cell Payload Control
TXCP Transmit Cell Counter LSB
TXCP Transmit Cell Counter
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
104
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Address
088
089
08A
08B
08C
08D
08E
08F
090
091
092
093
095
096
097
098
099
09A
09B
09C
09D
09E
09F
0A0
0A1
0A2
0A3
0A4
0A5
0A6
0A7
0A8
0A9
0AA
0AB
0AC
0AD
0AE
0AF
0B0
0B1
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register Description
TXCP Transmit Cell Counter MSB
TXCP Reserved
TXCP Reserved
TXCP Reserved
TXCP Reserved
TXCP Reserved
TXCP Reserved
TXCP Reserved
RUL3 Configuration
RUL3 Reserved
TUL3 Configuration
TUL3 Reserved
DLL RFCLK
DLL RFCLK
DLL RFCLK
DLL TFCLK
DLL TFCLK
DLL TFCLK
DLL TFCLK
DLL PTCLK
DLL PTCLK
DLL PTCLK
DLL PTCLK
RXFP Configuration
RXFP Configuration/Interrupt Enable
RXFP Interrupt Status
RXFP Minimum Packet Length
RXFP Maximum Packet Length LSB
RXFP Maximum Packet Length MSB
RXFP Receive Initiation Level
RXFP Receive Packet Available High Mark
RXFP Receive Byte Counter LSB
RXFP Receive Byte Counter
RXFP Receive Byte Counter
RXFP Receive Byte Counter MSB
RXFP Receive Frame Counter LSB
RXFP Receive Frame Counter
RXFP Receive Frame Counter MSB
RXFP Aborted Frame Count LSB
RXFP Aborted Frame Count MSB
RXFP FCS Error Frame Count LSB
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
105
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Address
0B2
0B3
0B4
0B5
0B6
0B7
0B8
0B9
0BA
0BB
0BC
0BD
0BE
0BF
0C0
0C1
0C2
0C3
0C4
0C5
0C6
0C7
0C8
0C9
0CA
0CB
0CC
0CD
0CE
0CF
0D0
0D1
0D2
0D3
0D4
0D5
0D6
0D7
0D8
0D9
0DA
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register Description
RXFP FCS Error Frame Count MSB
RXFP Minimum Length Frame Count LSB
RXFP Minimum Length Frame Count MSB
RXFP Maximum Length Frame Count LSB
RXFP Maximum Length Frame Count MSB
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
RXFP Reserved
TXFP Interrupt Enable/Status
TXFP Configuration
TXFP Control
TXFP Transmit Packet Available Low Water Mark
TXFP Transmit Packet Available High Water Mark
TXFP Transmit Byte Count LSB
TXFP Transmit Byte Count
TXFP Transmit Byte Count
TXFP Transmit Byte Count MSB
TXFP Transmit Frame Count LSB
TXFP Transmit Frame Count
TXFP Transmit Frame Count MSB
TXFP Transmit User Aborted Frame Count LSB
TXFP Transmit User Aborted Frame Count MSB
TXFP Transmit Underrun Aborted Frame Count LSB
TXFP Transmit Underrun Aborted Frame Count MSB
WANS Configuration
WANS Interrupt and Status
WANS Phase Word LSB
WANS Phase Word
WANS Phase Word
WANS Phase Word MSB
WANS Reserved
WANS Reserved
WANS Reserved
WANS Reference Period LSB
WANS Reference Period MSB
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
106
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Address
0DB
0DC
0DD
0DE
0DF
0E0
0E1
0E2
0E3
0E4
0E5
0E6
0E7
0E8
0E9
0EA
0EB
0EC
0ED
0EE
0EF
0F0
0F1
0F2
0F3
0F4
0F5
0F6
0F7
0F8
Register Description
WANS Phase Counter Period LSB
WANS Phase Counter Period MSB
WANS Phase Average Period
WANS Reserved
WANS Reserved
RASE Interrupt Enable
RASE Interrupt Status
RASE Configuration/Control
RASE SF BERM Accumulation Period LSB
RASE SF BERM Accumulation Period
RASE SF BERM Accumulation Period MSB
RASE SF BERM Saturation Threshold LSB
RASE SF BERM Saturation Threshold MSB
RASE SF BERM Declaring Threshold LSB
RASE SF BERM Declaring Threshold MSB
RASE SF BERM Clearing Threshold LSB
RASE SF BERM Clearing Threshold MSB
RASE SD BERM Accumulation Period LSB
RASE SD BERM Accumulation Period
RASE SD BERM Accumulation Period MSB
RASE SD BERM Saturation Threshold LSB
RASE SD BERM Saturation Threshold MSB
RASE SD BERM Declaring Threshold LSB
RASE SD BERM Declaring Threshold MSB
RASE SD BERM Clearing Threshold LSB
RASE SD BERM Clearing Threshold MSB
RASE Receive K1
RASE Receive K2
RASE Receive Z1/S1
0F9
0FA
0FB
0FC
0FD
0FE
0FF
100
101
-1FF
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
S/UNI-622-POS Concatenation Status and Enable
S/UNI-622-POS Concatenation Interrupt Status
Reserved
Reserved
S/UNI-622-POS Master Test Register
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Reserved
Reserved for Test
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
107
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Notes on Register Memory Map:
•
For all register accesses, CSB must be low.
•
Addresses that are not shown must be treated as Reserved.
•
A[8] is the test resister select (TRS) and should be set low for normal mode
register access.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
108
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
11 NORMAL MODE REGISTER DESCRIPTION
Normal mode registers are used to configure and monitor the operation of the
S/UNI-622-POS. Normal mode registers (as opposed to test mode registers) are
selected when TRS (A[8]) is low.
Notes on Normal Mode Register Bits:
1.
Writing values into unused register bits has no effect. However, to ensure
software compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product,
unused register bits must be written with logic zero. Reading back unused
bits can produce either a logic one or a logic zero; hence, unused register bits
should be masked off by software when read.
2.
All configuration bits that can be written into can also be read back. This
allows the processor controlling the S/UNI-622-POS to determine the
programming state of the block.
3.
Writable normal mode register bits are cleared to logic zero upon reset
unless otherwise noted.
4.
Writing into read-only normal mode register bit locations does not affect
S/UNI-622-POS operation unless otherwise noted. Performance monitoring
counter registers are a common exception.
5.
Certain register bits are reserved. These bits are associated with
megacell functions that are unused in this application. To ensure that the
S/UNI-622-POS operates as intended, reserved register bits must be written
with their default value as indicated by the register bit description.
6.
Writing any data to the Master Reset and Identity register (0x00)
simultaneously loads all the performance monitoring registers in RSOP,
RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP, RXFP and TXFP blocks in the
device.
Writing any data to the performance register in question may individually
trigger the performance registers in each block. In some cases, all
performance registers in the block are loaded. In other cases, only the
specific register being written will load. See the register descriptions for the
performance register in question for more information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
109
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x00: S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
RESET
0
Bit 6
R
TYPE[3]
0
Bit 5
R
TYPE[2]
0
Bit 4
R
TYPE[1]
1
Bit 3
R
TYPE[0]
1
Bit 2
R
ID[2]
0
Bit 1
R
ID[1]
1
Bit 0
R
ID[0]
0
This register allows the revision number of the S/UNI-622-POS to be read by
software permitting graceful migration to newer, feature-enhanced versions of the
S/UNI-622-POS.
In addition, writing to this register simultaneously loads all the performance
monitor registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP, RXFP,
and TXFP blocks.
ID[2:0]:
The ID bits can be read to provide a binary S/UNI-622-POS revision number.
TYPE[3:0]:
The TYPE bits can be read to distinguish the S/UNI-622-POS from the other
members of the S/UNI family of devices.
RESET:
The RESET bit allows the S/UNI-622-POS to be reset under software control.
If the RESET bit is a logic one, the entire S/UNI-622-POS is held in reset.
This bit is not self-clearing. Therefore, a logic zero must be written to bring
the S/UNI-622-POS out of reset. Holding the S/UNI-622-POS in a reset state
places it into a low power, stand-by mode. A hardware reset clears the
RESET bit, thus negating the software reset. Otherwise, the effect of a
software reset is equivalent to that of a hardware reset.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
110
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x01: S/UNI-622-POS Master Configuration #1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
TPTBEN
0
Bit 6
R/W
TSTBEN
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDH_J0/Z0
0
Bit 4
R/W
TFPEN
1
Bit 3
R/W
DLE
0
Bit 2
R/W
PDLE
0
Bit 1
R/W
PCM
0
Bit 0
R
TIP
X
TIP:
The TIP bit is set to a logic one when the performance meter registers are
being loaded. Writing to the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity
register initiates an accumulation interval transfer and loads all the
performance meter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SSTB, SPTB, RXCP,
TXCP, RXFP and TXFP blocks.
TIP remains high while the transfer is in progress, and is set to a logic zero
when the transfer is complete. TIP can be polled by a microprocessor to
determine when the accumulation interval transfer is complete.
PCM:
The pointer concatenation mode select (PCM) determines the number of
H1/H2 pointer pairs used to determine loss of pointer concatenation (LOPC)
and pointer AIS (AISC). When PCM is set high, all H1/H2 pointer pairs are
processed. When PCM is set low, only four H1/H2 pointer pairs
(corresponding to the active STM-4-4c pointers) are processed.
PDLE:
The Parallel Diagnostic Loopback, PDLE bit enables the S/UNI-622-POS
diagnostic loopback where the S/UNI-622-POS’s Transmit Section Overhead
Processor (TSOP) is directly connected to its Receive Section Overhead
Processor (RSOP). When PDLE is logic one, loopback is enabled. Under
this operating condition, the S/UNI-622-POS continues to operate normally in
the transmit direction. When PDLE is logic zero, the S/UNI-622-POS
operates normally in both directions.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
111
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
DLE:
The Diagnostic Loopback, DLE bit enables the S/UNI-622-POS diagnostic
loopback where the S/UNI-622-POS’s Transmit ATM and POS Processors
(TXCP and TXFP respectively) are directly connected to the Receive ATM
and POS Processor (RXCP and RXFP respectively). When DLE is logic one,
loopback is enabled. Under this operating condition, the S/UNI-622-POS
does not operate normally in the transmit direction or receive direction. When
DLE is logic zero, the S/UNI-622-POS operates normally.
TFPEN:
The Transmit Frame Pulse Enable (TFPEN) enables the TFPI input. When
TFPEN is set low, the TFPI input is disabled. When TFPEN is set high, the
TFPI input is enabled.
SDH_J0/Z0
The SDH_J0/Z0 bit selects whether to insert SONET or SDH format J0/Z0
section overhead bytes into the transmit stream. When SDH_J0/Z0 is set
high, SDH format J0/Z0 bytes are selected for insertion. For this case, all the
J0/Z0 bytes are forced to the value programmed in the S/UNI-622-POS
Transmit J0/Z0 register. When SDH_J0/Z0 is set low, SONET format J0/Z0
bytes are selected for insertion. For this case, the J0/Z0 bytes of a STS-N
signal are numbered incrementally from 1 to N.
When SDH_J0/Z0 is set high, the transmit section trace buffer enable bit,
TSTBEN can be used to overwrite the first J0/Z0 byte of a STS-N signal.
TSTBEN:
The TSTBEN bit controls whether the section trace message stored in the
SSTB block is inserted into the transmit stream (i.e., the first J0/Z0 byte).
When TSTBEN is set high and the SDH_J0/Z0 is set high, the message
stored in the SSTB is inserted into the transmit stream. When TSTBEN is set
low or SDH_J0/Z0 is set low, the section trace message is supplied by the
TSOP block.
TPTBEN:
The TPTBEN bit controls whether the path trace message stored in the SPTB
block is inserted into the transmit stream (i.e., the J1 byte). When TPTBEN is
set high, the message stored in the SPTB is inserted into the transmit stream.
When TPTBEN is set low, the path trace message is supplied by the TPOP
block.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
112
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x02: S/UNI-622-POS Master Configuration #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SLLE
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDLE
0
Bit 5
R/W
LOOPT
0
Bit 4
R/W
DPLE
0
Bit 3
R/W
AUTOLRDI
1
Bit 2
R/W
AUTOPRDI
1
Bit 1
R/W
AUTOLFEBE
1
Bit 0
R/W
AUTOPFEBE
1
AUTOPFEBE
The AUTOPFEBE bit determines if the remote path block errors are sent upon
detection of an incoming path BIP error event. When AUTOPFEBE is set to
logic one, one path FEBE is inserted for each path BIP error event,
respectively. When AUTOPFEBE is set to logic zero, incoming path BIP error
events do not generate FEBE events.
AUTOLFEBE
The AUTOLFEBE bit determines if remote line block errors are sent upon
detection of an incoming line BIP error event. When AUTOLFEBE is set to
logic one, one line FEBE is inserted for each line BIP error event,
respectively. When AUTOLFEBE is set to logic zero, incoming line BIP error
events do not generate FEBE events.
AUTOPRDI
The AUTOPRDI bit determines whether STS path remote defect indication
(RDI) is sent immediately upon detection of an incoming alarm. When
AUTOPRDI is set to logic one, STS path RDI is inserted immediately upon
declaration of several alarms. Each alarm can individually be enabled and
disabled using the S/UNI-622-POS Path RDI Control Registers.
AUTOLRDI
The AUTOLRDI bit determines if line remote defect indication (RDI) is sent
immediately upon detection of an incoming alarm. When AUTOLRDI is set to
logic one, line RDI is inserted immediately upon declaration of several alarms.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
113
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Each alarm can individually be enabled and disabled using the S/UNI-622POS Line RDI Control Registers.
DPLE:
The Diagnostic Path Loopback, DPLE bit enables the S/UNI-622-POS
diagnostic loopback where the S/UNI-622-POS’s Transmit Path Overhead
Processor (TPOP) is directly connected to its Receive Path Overhead
Processor (RPOP). When DPLE is logic one, loopback is enabled. Under
this operating condition, the S/UNI-622-POS continues to operates normally
in the transmit direction. When DPLE is logic zero, the S/UNI-622-POS
operates normally.
LOOPT:
The LOOPT bit selects the source of timing for the transmit section of the
channel. When LOOPT is a logic zero, the transmitter timing is derived from
input REFCLK (Clock Synthesis Unit). When LOOPT is a logic one, the
transmitter timing is derived from the recovered clock (Clock Recovery Unit).
LOOPT should not be set if the WANS is being used. The SDLE, SLLE or
LOOPT bits should not be set high simultaneously.
SDLE:
The SDLE bit enables the serial diagnostic loopback. When SDLE is a logic
one, the transmit serial stream on the TXD+/- differential outputs is internally
connected to the received serial RXD+/- differential inputs. Under this
operating condition, the S/UNI-622-POS continues to operates normally in the
transmit direction. The SDLE, SLLE or LOOPT bits should not be set high
simultaneously.
SLLE:
The SLLE bit enables the S/UNI-622-POS line loopback mode when the
device is configured for 622.08 Mbit/s serial line interface mode of operation.
When SLLE is a logic one, the recovered data from the receive serial RXD+/differential inputs is mapped to the TXD+/- differential outputs. Under this
operating condition, the S/UNI-622-POS continues to operates normally in the
receive direction. The SDLE, SLLE or LOOPT bits should not be set high
simultaneously.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
114
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x03: S/UNI-622-POS Clock Monitors
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TCLKA
X
Bit 6
R
RCLKA
X
Bit 5
R
RFCLKA
X
Bit 4
R
TFCLKA
X
Bit 3
R
Unused
X
Bit 2
R
REFCLKA
X
Bit 1
R
PICLKA
X
Bit 0
R
PTCLKA
X
This register provides activity monitoring of the S/UNI-622-POS clocks. When a
monitored clock signal makes a low to high transition, the corresponding register
bit is set high. The bit will remain high until this register is read, at which point all
the bits in this register are cleared. A lack of transitions is indicated by the
corresponding register bit reading low. This register should be read at periodic
intervals to detect clock failures.
PTCLKA:
The PTCLK active (PTCLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the
PTCLK parallel transmit clock input. PTCLKA is set high on a rising edge of
PTCLK and is set low when this register is read.
PICLKA:
The PICLK active (PICLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the
PICLK parallel receive clock input. PICLKA is set high on a rising edge of
PICLK and is set low when this register is read.
REFCLKA:
The REFCLK active (REFCLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the
REFCLK CSU-622 and CRU-622 reference clock input. REFCLKA is set high
on a rising edge of REFCLK and is set low when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
115
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TFCLKA:
The TFCLK active (TFCLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the
TFCLK transmit system interface clock input. TFCLKI is set high on a rising
edge of PTLCK and is set low when this register is read.
RFCLKA:
The RFCLK active (RFCLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the
RFCLK receive system interface clock input. RFCLKA is set high on a rising
edge of RFCLK and is set low when this register is read.
RCLKA:
The RCLK active (RCLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the RCLK
receive line rate clock. RCLKA is set high on a rising edge of RCLK and is
set low when this register is read.
TCLKA:
The TCLK active (TCLKA) bit monitors for low to high transition on the TCLK
transmit line rate clock. TCLKA is set high on a rising edge of TCLK and is
set low when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
116
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x04: S/UNI-622-POS Master Interrupt Status #1
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R
CONCATI
X
Bit 5
R
RASEI
X
Bit 4
R
TXCPI
X
Bit 3
R
RXCPI
X
Bit 2
R
RPOPI
X
Bit 1
R
RLOPI
X
Bit 0
R
RSOPI
X
When the interrupt output INTB goes low, this register allows the source of the
active interrupt to be identified down to the block level. Further register accesses
are required for the block in question to determine the cause of an active
interrupt and to acknowledge the interrupt source.
RSOPI:
The RSOPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RSOP
block. The RSOP interrupt sources are enabled in the RSOP
Control/Interrupt Enable Register.
RLOPI:
The RLOPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RLOP
block. The RLOP interrupt sources are enabled in the RLOP Interrupt
Enable/Status Register.
RPOPI:
The RPOPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RPOP
block. The RPOP interrupt sources are enabled in the RPOP Interrupt Enable
Register.
RXCPI:
The RXCPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RXCP
block. The RXCP interrupt sources are enabled in the RXCP Interrupt
Enable/Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
117
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TXCPI:
The TXCPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the TXCP
block. The TXCP interrupt sources are enabled in the TXCP Interrupt
Control/Status Register.
RASEI:
The RASEI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RASE
block. The RASE interrupt sources are enabled in the RASE Interrupt Enable
Register.
CONCATI:
The CONCATI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the
Concatenation Interrupt Status Register. The CONCAT interrupt sources are
enabled in the Concatenation Status and Enable Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
118
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x05: S/UNI-622-POS Master Interrupt Status #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
Reserved
X
Bit 6
R
CSPII
X
Bit 5
R
CRSII
X
Bit 4
R
TXFPI
X
Bit 3
R
RXFPI
X
Bit 2
R
WANSI
X
Bit 1
R
SSTBI
X
Bit 0
R
SPTBI
X
When the interrupt output INTB goes low, this register allows the source of the
active interrupt to be identified down to the block level. Further register accesses
are required for the block in question to determine the cause of an active
interrupt and to acknowledge the interrupt source.
SPTBI:
The SPTBI bit is a logic one when an interrupt request is active from the
SPTB block. The SPTB interrupt sources are enabled in the SPTB Control
Register and the SPTB Path Signal Label Status Register.
SSTBI:
The SSTBI bit is a logic one when an interrupt request is active from the
SSTB block. The SSTB interrupt sources are enabled in the SSTB Control
Register and the SSTB Synchronization Message Status Register.
WANSI:
The WANSI bit is a logic one when an interrupt request is active from the
WANS block. The WANS interrupt sources are enabled in the WANS
Interrupt Enable/Status Register.
RXFPI:
The RXFPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the RXFP
block. The RXFP interrupt sources are enabled in the RXFP Interrupt
Enable/Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
119
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TXFPI:
The TXFPI bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the TXFP block.
The TXFP interrupt sources are enabled in the TXFP Interrupt Control/Status
Register.
CRSII:
The CRSII bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the Clock
Recovery and SIPO block (CRSI-622). The CRSI interrupt sources are
enabled in the Clock Recovery Interrupt Control/Status Register.
CSPII:
The CSPII bit is high when an interrupt request is active from the Clock
Synthesis and PISO block (CSPI-622). The CSPII interrupt sources are
enabled in the Clock Synthesis Interrupt Control/Status Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
120
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x06: S/UNI-622-POS APS Configuration and Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
APSFRST
0
Bit 6
R
APSI
X
Unused
X
Bit 5
Bit 4
R/W
APSFEBE
0
Bit 3
R/W
APSRDI
0
Bit 2
R/W
APSPD
0
Bit 1
R/W
APSOE
0
Bit 0
R/W
APSEN
0
This register controls the APS transmit path override and the transmit path RDI
and FEBE controls for 1+1 APS operation. See the Operation section for more
discussion
APSEN:
The APSEN bit controls the 1+1 APS mode of the S/UNI-622-POS. When
APSEN is set high, the S/UNI-622-POS transmit path data stream may be
supplied to another S/UNI-622-POS using the POUT[7:0] bus. When APSEN
is set low, the S/UNI-622-POS operates normally and POUT[7:0] is held at a
constant value.
APSOE:
The APSOE bit controls the direction of the APS[4:0] pins. When APSOE is
set low, the APS[4:0] pins are inputs and supply path RDI and FEBE
information to TPOP. When APSEN is set high, the APS[4:0] pins are outputs
and supply the receive path RDI and FEBE information from RPOP.
APSPD:
The APSPD bit controls overwriting of the transmit path data stream. When
APSPD is set high, the transmit path data stream from TPOP is overwritten
from the data sampled on the parallel input PIN[7:0] bus. A four-byte FIFO is
used to handle minor phase variations between the transmit clock TCLK and
the parallel input clock PICLK. When APSPD is set low, the TPOP path data
stream is used.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
121
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
APSRDI:
The APSRDI bit control the overwriting of the transmit path RDI values. When
APSRDI is set high, the RDI information on the APS[4:0] pins is transmitted
by TPOP. When APSRDI is set low, the RDI information from RPOP is
transmitted by TPOP. The APSOE bit must be set low when APSRDI is set
high.
APSFEBE
The APSFEBE bit controls the overwriting of the transmit path FEBE values.
When APSFEBE is set high, the FEBE information on the APS[4:0] pins is
transmitted by TPOP. When APSFEBE is set low, the FEBE information from
RPOP is transmitted by TPOP. The APSOE bit must be set low when
APSFEBE is set high.
APSI:
The APS FIFO interrupt indicates if the APS FIFO has underrun or overrun.
The APSI register is set high when a FIFO underrun or overrun has occurred
since the register was last read. The APSI register is set low when the
register is read. This interrupt register should be periodically polled to ensure
the APS FIFO is operating normally when configured for 1+1 APS operation.
APSFRST:
The APS FIFO Reset bit controls the four-byte FIFO which handles minor
phase variations between the parallel input clock PTCLK and the transmit
clock TCLK. When APSFRST is set high, the FIFO is held in reset. When
APSFRST is set low, the FIFO may be reset during system reset. The
APSFRST should be set high for at least 4 TCLK cycles when either S/UNI622-POS devices in the 1+1 APS configuration are reset.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
122
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x07: S/UNI-622-POS Miscellaneous Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
TX_LIFINV
0
Bit 4
R/W
RX_LIFINV
0
Bit 3
R/W
TSOC3
0
Bit 2
R/W
RSOC3
0
Bit 1
R/W
TXDINV
0
Bit 0
R/W
RXDINV
0
RXDINV:
The receive inversion RXDINV controls the polarity of the receive data. When
RXDINV is set high, the polarity of the RXD+/- is inverted. When RXDINV is
set low, the RXD+/- inputs operate normally.
RXDINV and TXDINV are ignored during line loopback operation (SLLE set
high).
TXDINV:
The transmit inversion TXDINV controls the polarity of the transmit data.
When TXDINV is set high, the polarity of the TXD+/- is inverted. When
TXDINV is set low, the TXD+/- outputs operate normally.
RXDINV and TXDINV are ignored during line loopback operation (SLLE set
high).
RSOC3:
The Receive SONET/SDH OC3 enable allows the S/UNI-622-POS to process
receive STS-3c/STM-1 data streams using the parallel line interface. When
RSOC3 is set high, the SONET/SDH receive processors RSOP/RLOP/RPOP
are configured for STS-3c/STM-1 operation. When RSOC3 is set low, the
receive side of the S/UNI-622-POS is configured for STS-12c/STM-4-4c
operation. Setting RSOC3 high when LIFSEL is low is invalid as the analog
interface only operates at STS-12c/STM-4-4c line rates.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
123
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TSOC3:
The Transmit SONET/SDH OC3 enable allows the S/UNI-622-POS to
process transmit STS-3c/STM-1 data streams using the parallel line interface.
When TSOC3 is set high, the SONET/SDH transmit processors
TSOP/TLOP/TPOP are configured for STS-3c/STM-1 operation. When
TSOC3 is set low, the transmit side of the S/UNI-622-POS is configured for
STS-12c/STM-1 operation. Setting TSOC3 high when LIFSEL is low is invalid
as the analog interface only operates at STS-12c/STM-4-4c line rates.
RX_LIFINV:
The Receive LIFSEL Inversion select (RX_LIFINV) controls the interpretation
of the LIFSEL pin for the receive side. When RX_LIFINV is set high, the
polarity of the LIFSEL input is inverted. When RX_LIFINV is set low, the
LIFSEL input operates normally for the receive side.
TX_LIFINV:
The Transmit LIFSEL Inversion select (TX_LIFINV) controls the interpretation
of the LIFSEL pin for the transmit side. When TX_LIFINV is set high, the
polarity of the LIFSEL input is inverted. When TX_LIFINV is set low, the
LIFSEL input operates normally for the transmit side.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
124
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x08: S/UNI-622-POS Auto Line RDI Control
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 7
R/W
SDLRDI
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFLRDI
0
Bit 5
R/W
LOFLRDI
1
Bit 4
R/W
LOSLRDI
1
Bit 3
R/W
RTIMLDRI
0
Bit 2
R/W
RTIULRDI
0
Bit 1
R/W
LAISLRDI
1
Unused
X
Bit 0
Default
This register controls the auto assertion of the line RDI in TLOP for the entire
SONET/SDH stream.
LAISLRDI:
The Line Alarm Indication Signal LRDI (LAISLRDI) controls the insertion of a
Line RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition.
When LAISLRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When
LAISLRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the
AUTOLRDI register bit is also set high.
RTIULRDI:
The Section Trace Identifier Unstable LRDI (RTIULRDI) controls the insertion
of a Line RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm
condition. When RTIULRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted.
When RTIULRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if
the AUTOLRDI register bit is also set high.
RTIMLRDI:
The Section Trace Identifier Mismatch LRDI (RTIMLRDI) controls the insertion
of a Line RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm
condition. When RTIMLDRI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted.
When RTIMLDRI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if
the AUTOLRDI register bit is also set high.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
125
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOSLRDI:
The Loss of Signal LRDI (LOSLRDI) controls the insertion of a Line RDI in the
transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition. When LOSLRDI
is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When LOSLRDI is set low,
no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the AUTOLRDI register bit
is also set high.
LOFLRDI:
The Loss of Frame LRDI (LOFLRDI) controls the insertion of a Line RDI in the
transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition. When LOFLRDI
is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When LOFLRDI is set low,
no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the AUTOLRDI register bit
is also set high.
SFLRDI:
The Signal Fail BER LRDI (SFLRDI) controls the insertion of a Line RDI in the
transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition. When SFLRDI is
set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When SFLRDI is set low, no
action is taken. This register bit is used only if the AUTOLRDI register bit is
also set high.
SDLRDI:
The Signal Degrade BER LRDI (SDLRDI) controls the insertion of a Line RDI
in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition. When
SDLRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When SDLRDI is
set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the AUTOLRDI
register bit is also set high.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
126
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x09: S/UNI-622-POS Auto Path RDI Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
LCDPRDI
0
Bit 6
R/W
ALRMPRDI
0
Bit 5
R/W
PAISPRDI
1
Bit 4
R/W
PSLMPRDI
1
Bit 3
R/W
LOPPRDI
1
Bit 2
R/W
LOPCONPRDI
1
Bit 1
R/W
PTIUPRDI
1
Bit 0
R/W
PTIMPRDI
1
This register controls the auto assertion of path RDI (G1 bit 5) in the TPOP for
the entire SONET/SDH stream. Also see the Auto Enhanced Path RDI register.
PTIMPRDI:
The Path Trace Identifier Mismatch PRDI (PTIMPRDI) controls the insertion
of a Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm
condition. When PTIMPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted.
When PTIMPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if
the AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
PTIUPRDI:
The Path Trace Identifier Unstable PRDI (PTIUPRDI) controls the insertion of
a Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition.
When PTIUPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When
PTIUPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the
AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
LOPCONPRDI:
The Loss of Pointer Concatenation Indication PRDI (LOPCONPRDI) controls
the insertion of a Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this
alarm condition. When LOPCONPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will
be inserted. When LOPCONPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register
bit is used only if the AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
127
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOPPRDI:
The Loss of Pointer Indication PRDI (LOPPRDI) controls the insertion of a
Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition.
When LOPPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When
LOPPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the
AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
PSLMPRDI:
The Path Signal Label Mismatch PRDI (PSLMPRDI) controls the insertion of
a Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition.
When PSLMPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When
PSLMPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the
AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
PAISPRDI:
The Path Alarm Indication Signal PRDI (PAISPRDI) controls the insertion of a
Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this alarm condition.
When PAISPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI will be inserted. When
PAISPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if the
AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
ALRMPRDI:
The Line Alarm Indication Signal PRDI (ALRMPRDI) controls the insertion of
a Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of one of the following
alarm conditions: Loss of Signal (LOS), Loss of Frame (LOF) and Line Alarm
Indication Signal (LAIS). When ALRMPRDI is set high, the transmit line RDI
will be inserted When ALRMPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register
bit is used only if the AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
LCDPRDI:
The Loss of ATM Cell Delineation Signal PRDI (LCDPRDI) controls the
insertion of a Path RDI in the transmit data stream upon detection of this
alarm. When LCDPRDI is set high, the transmit path RDI will be inserted.
When LCDPRDI is set low, no action is taken. This register bit is used only if
the AUTOPRDI register bit is also set high.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
128
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x0A: S/UNI-622-POS Auto Enhanced Path RDI Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
LCDEPRDI
0
Bit 6
R/W
NOALMEPRDI
0
Bit 5
R/W
NOPAISEPRDI
0
Bit 4
R/W
PSLMEPRDI
1
Bit 3
R/W
NOLOPEPRDI
0
Bit 2
R/W
NOLOPCONEPRDI
0
Bit 1
R/W
TIUEPRDI
0
Bit 0
R/W
TIMEPRDI
1
This register controls the auto assertion of enhanced path RDI (G1 bit 5, 6 and 7)
in the TPOP for the entire SONET/SDH stream.
TIMEPRDI:
When set high, the TIMEPRDI bit enables enhanced path RDI assertion when
path trace message mismatch (TIM) events are detected in the receive
stream. When TIMEPRDI is set high and TIM occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte is
set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set low.
When TIMEPRDI is set low, trace identifier mismatch events have no effect
on path RDI. In addition, this bit has no effect when EPRDI_EN is set low.
TIUEPRDI:
When set high, the TIUEPRDI bit enables enhanced path RDI assertion when
path trace message unstable events are detected in the receive stream.
When TIUEPRDI is set high and path trace message unstable occurs, bit 6 of
the G1 byte is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set low.
When TIUEPRDI is set low, trace identifier unstable events have no effect on
path RDI. In addition, this bit has no effect when EPRDI_EN is set low.
NOLOPCONEPRDI:
When set high, the NOLOPCONEPRDI bit disables enhanced path RDI
assertion when loss of pointer concatenation (LOPCON) events are detected
in the receive stream. When NOLOPCONEPRDI is set high and LOPCON
occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set high.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
129
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
NOLOPCONEPRDI has precedence over PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI
and UNEQERDI.
When NOLOPCONEPRDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according
to PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI and the associated
alarm states.
NOLOPEPRDI:
When set high, the NOLOPEPRDI bit disables enhanced path RDI assertion
when loss of pointer (LOP) events are detected in the receive stream. When
NOLOPEPRDI is set high and LOP occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte is set low
while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set high. NOLOPEPRDI has precedence over
PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI.
When NOLOPEPRDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to
PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI and the associated
alarm states.
PSLMEPRDI:
When set high, the PSLMEPRDI bit enables enhanced path RDI assertion
when path signal label mismatch (PSLM) events are detected in the receive
stream. When PSLMEPRDI is set high and PSLM occurs, bit 6 of the G1
byte is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set low.
When PSLMEPRDI is set low, path signal label mismatch events have no
effect on path RDI. In addition, this bit has no effect when EPRDI_EN is set
low.
NOPAISEPRDI:
When set high, the NOPAISEPRDI bit disables enhanced path RDI assertion
when the path alarm indication signal state (PAIS) is detected in the receive
stream. When NOPAISEPRDI is set high and PAIS occurs, bit 6 of the G1
byte is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set high. NOPAISEPRDI has
precedence over PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI.
When NOPAISEPRDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to
PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI and the associated
alarm states.
NOALMEPRDI:
When set high, the NOALMEPRDI bit disables enhanced path RDI assertion
when loss of signal (LOS), loss of frame (LOF) or line alarm indication signal
(LAIS) events are detected in the receive stream. When NOALMEPRDI is set
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
130
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
high and one of the listed events occur, bit 6 of the G1 byte is set low while bit
7 of the G1 byte is set high. NOALMEPRDI has precedence over
PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI.
When NOALMEPRDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according to
PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI and the associated
alarm states.
LCDEPRDI:
When set high, the LCDEPRDI bit enables enhanced path RDI assertion
when loss of ATM cell delineation (LCD) events are detected in the receive
stream. If enabled, when the event occurs, bit 6 of the G1 byte is set high
while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set low.
When LCDEPRDI is set low, loss of ATM cell delineation has no effect on path
RDI. In addition, this bit has no effect when EPRDI_EN is set low.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
131
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x0B: S/UNI-622-POS Receive RDI and Enhanced RDI Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PAISCONPRDI
0
Bit 6
R/W
NOPAISCONEPRDI
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
R/W
EPRDI_EN
0
Bit 1
R/W
UNEQPRDI
1
Bit 0
R/W
UNEQEPRDI
1
This register along with the Enhanced Path RDI Control register controls the auto
assertion of path RDI (G1 bit 5, 6 and 7) in the TPOP for the entire SONET/SDH
stream.
UNEQEPRDI:
When set high, the UNEQEPRDI bit enables enhanced path RDI assertion
when the path signal label in the receive stream indicates unequipped status.
When UNEQEPRDI is set high and the path signal label indicates
unequipped, bit 6 of the G1 byte is set high while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set
low.
When UNEQEPRDI is set low, path signal label unequipped status has no
effect on enhanced path RDI.
UNEQPRDI:
When set high, the UNEQPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when the path
signal label in the receive stream indicates unequipped status. When
UNEQPRDI is set low, the path signal label unequipped status has no effect
on path RDI.
EPRDI_EN:
The EPRDI_EN bit enables the automatic insertion of enhanced RDI in the
local transmitter. When EPRDI_EN is a logic one, auto insertion is enabled
using the event enable bits in this register. When EPRDI_EN is a logic zero,
enhanced path RDI is not automatically inserted in the transmit stream.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
132
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
NOPAISCONEPRDI:
When set high, the NOPAISCONEPRDI bit disables enhanced path RDI
assertion when path AIS concatenation (PAISCON) events are detected in the
receive stream. When NOPAISCONEPRDI is set high and PAISCON occurs,
bit 6 of the G1 byte is set low while bit 7 of the G1 byte is set high.
NOPAISCONEPRDI has precedence over PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI,
TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI.
When NOPAISCONEPRDI is set low, reporting of enhanced RDI is according
to PSLMERDI, TIUEPRDI, TIMEPRDI and UNEQERDI and the associated
alarm states.
PAISCONPRDI:
When set high, the PAISCONPRDI bit enables path RDI assertion when path
AIS concatenation (PAISCON) events are detected in the receive stream.
When PAISCONPRDI is set low, path AIS concatenation events have no
effect on path RDI.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
133
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x0C: S/UNI-622-POS Received Line AIS Control
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 7
R/W
SDINS
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFINS
0
Bit 5
R/W
LOFINS
1
Bit 4
R/W
LOSINS
1
Bit 3
R/W
RTIMINS
0
Bit 2
R/W
RTIUINS
0
Unused
X
DCCAIS
0
Bit 1
Bit 0
R/W
Default
This register controls the auto assertion of the receive line AIS for the entire
SONET/SDH stream.
DCCAIS:
The DCCAIS bit enables the insertion of all ones in the section DCC (RSLD)
and the line DCC (RLD) when loss of frame (LOF) or LOS is declared. When
DCCAIS is a logic one, all ones is inserted in RSLD and RLD when LOF or
LOS is declared.
RTIUINS:
The RTIUINS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the receive direction
upon the declaration of section trace unstable. If RTIUINS is a logic one, path
AIS is inserted into the SONET/SDH frame when the current received section
trace identifier message has not matched the previous message for eight
consecutive messages. Path AIS is terminated when the current message
becomes the accepted message.
RTIMINS:
The RTIMINS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the receive direction
upon the declaration of section trace mismatch. If RTIMINS is a logic one,
path AIS is inserted into the SONET/SDH frame when the accepted identifier
message differs from the expected message. Path AIS is terminated when
the accepted message matches the expected message.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
134
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOSINS:
The LOSINS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the receive direction upon
the declaration of loss of signal (LOS). If LOSINS is a logic one, path AIS is
inserted into the SONET/SDH frame when LOS is declared. Path AIS is
terminated when LOS is removed.
LOFINS:
The LOFINS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the receive direction upon
the declaration of loss of frame (LOF). If LOFINS is a logic one, path AIS is
inserted into the SONET/SDH frame when LOF is declared. Path AIS is
terminated when LOF is removed.
SFINS:
The SFINS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the receive direction upon
the declaration of signal fail (SF). If SFINS is a logic one, path AIS is inserted
into the SONET/SDH frame when SF is declared. Path AIS is terminated
when SF is removed.
SDINS:
The SDINS bit enables the insertion of path AIS in the receive direction upon
the declaration of signal degrade (SD). If SDINS is a logic one, path AIS is
inserted into the SONET/SDH frame when SD is declared. Path AIS is
terminated when SD is removed.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
135
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x0D: S/UNI-622-POS Receive Path AIS Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PAISCONPAIS
1
Bit 6
R/W
LOPCONPAIS
1
Bit 5
R/W
PSLUPAIS
1
Bit 4
R/W
PSLMPAIS
1
Bit 3
R/W
LOPPAIS
1
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 1
R/W
TIUPAIS
1
Bit 0
R/W
TIMPAIS
1
This register controls the auto assertion of path AIS, which will force a loss of cell
delineation by the receive cell processor.
TIMPAIS:
When set high, the TIMPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when path trace
message mismatch (TIM) events are detected in the receive stream. When
TIMPAIS is set low, trace identifier mismatch events will not assert path AIS.
TIUPAIS:
When set high, the TIUPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when path trace
message unstable events are detected in the receive stream. When TIUPAIS
is set low, trace identifier unstable events will not assert path AIS.
LOPPAIS:
When set high, the LOPPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when loss of
pointer (LOP) events are detected in the receive stream. When LOPPAIS is
set low, loss of pointer events will not assert path AIS.
PSLMPAIS:
When set high, the PSLMPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when path
signal label mismatch (PSLM) events are detected in the receive stream.
When PSLMPAIS is set low, path signal label mismatch events will not assert
path AIS.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
136
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PSLUPAIS:
When set high, the PSLUPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when path signal
label unstable (PSLU) events are detected in the receive stream. When
PSLUPAIS is set low, path signal label unstable events will not assert path
AIS.
LOPCONPAIS:
When set high, the LOPCONPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when loss of
pointer concatenation (LOPCON) events are detected in the receive stream.
When LOPCONPAIS is set low, loss of pointer concatenation events will not
assert path AIS.
PAISCONPAIS:
When set high, the PAISCONPAIS bit enables path AIS insertion when Path
AIS concatenation (PAISCON) events are detected in the receive direction.
When PAISCONPAIS is set low, Path AIS concatenation events will not assert
path AIS.
Reserved:
The reserved bit must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
137
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x0E: S/UNI-622-POS Receive Alarm Control #1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
CONEN
0
Bit 6
R/W
PTIMEN
0
Bit 5
R/W
PSLMEN
0
Bit 4
R/W
PERDIEN
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRDIEN
0
Bit 2
R/W
PAISEN
0
Bit 1
R/W
LCDEN
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOPEN
0
Register 0x0F: S/UNI-622-POS Receive Alarm Control #2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
STIMEN
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFBEREN
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDBEREN
0
Bit 4
R/W
LRDIEN
0
Bit 3
R/W
LAISEN
0
Bit 2
R/W
OOFEN
0
Bit 1
R/W
LOFEN
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOSEN
0
LOSEN, LOFEN, OOFEN, LAISEN, LRDIEN, SDBEREN, SFBEREN, STIMEN,
LOPEN, LCDEN, PAISEN, PRDIEN, PERDIEN, PSLMEN, PTIMEN, CONEN:
The above enable bits allow the corresponding alarm indications to be
reported (ORed) into the RALRM output. When the enable bit is high, the
corresponding alarm indication is combined with other alarm indications and
output on RALRM. When the enable bit is low, the corresponding alarm
indication does not affect the RALRM output.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
138
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Alarm
LOS
LOF
OOF
LAIS
LRDI
SDBER
SFBER
STIM
LOP
LCD
PAIS
PRDI
PERDI
PSLM
PTIM
CON
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Description
Loss of signal
Loss of frame
Out of Frame
Line Alarm Indication Signal
Line Remote Defect Indication
Signal Degrade Bit Error Rate
Signal Fail Bit Error Rate
Section Trace Identifier Mismatch
Loss of Pointer
Loss of Cell Delineation
Path Alarm Indication Signal
Path Remote Defect Indication
Path Enhanced Remote Defect Indication
Path Signal Label Mismatch
Path Trace Identifier Mismatch
Pointer Concatenation Violation or Pointer AIS
Reserved:
The reserved bit must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
139
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x10: RSOP Control/Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
BLKBIP
0
Bit 6
R/W
DDS
0
Bit 5
W
FOOF
X
Bit 4
R/W
ALGO2
0
Bit 3
R/W
BIPEE
0
Bit 2
R/W
LOSE
0
Bit 1
R/W
LOFE
0
Bit 0
R/W
OOFE
0
OOFE:
The OOFE bit is an interrupt enable for the out-of-frame alarm. When OOFE
is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the out-of-frame alarm
changes state.
LOFE:
The LOFE bit is an interrupt enable for the loss of frame alarm. When LOFE
is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the loss of frame alarm
changes state.
LOSE:
The LOSE bit is an interrupt enable for the loss of signal alarm. When LOSE
is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the loss of signal alarm
changes state.
BIPEE:
The BIPEE bit is an interrupt enable for the section BIP-8 errors. When
BIPEE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when a section BIP-8 error
(B1) is detected.
ALGO2:
The ALGO2 bit position selects the framing algorithm used to determine and
maintain the frame alignment. When a logic one is written to the ALGO2 bit
position, the framer is enabled to use the second of the framing algorithms
where only the first A1 framing byte and the first 4 bits of the last A2 framing
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
140
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
byte (12 bits total) are examined. This algorithm examines only 12 bits of the
framing pattern regardless; all other framing bits are ignored. When a logic
zero is written to the ALGO2 bit position, the framer is enabled to use the first
of the framing algorithms where all the A1 framing bytes and all the A2
framing bytes are examined.
FOOF:
The FOOF bit controls the framing of the RSOP. When a logic one is written
to FOOF, the RSOP is forced out of frame at the next frame boundary. The
FOOF bit is a write only bit. Register reads may yield a logic one or a logic
zero.
DDS:
The DDS bit is set to logic one to disable the descrambling of the STS12c/STM-4-4c stream. When DDS is a logic zero, descrambling is enabled.
BLKBIP:
The BLKBIP bit position enables the accumulating of section BIP word errors.
When a logic one is written to the BLKBIP bit position, one or more errors in
the BIP-8 byte result in a single error being accumulated in the B1 error
counter. When a logic zero is written to the BLKBIP bit position, all errors in
the B1 byte are accumulated in the B1 error counter.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
141
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x11: RSOP Status/Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R
BIPEI
X
Bit 5
R
LOSI
X
Bit 4
R
LOFI
X
Bit 3
R
OOFI
X
Bit 2
R
LOSV
X
Bit 1
R
LOFV
X
Bit 0
R
OOFV
X
OOFV:
The OOFV bit is read to determine the out-of-frame state of the RSOP. When
OOFV is high, the RSOP is out of frame. When OOFV is low, the RSOP is
in-frame.
LOFV:
The LOFV bit is read to determine the loss of frame state of the RSOP. When
LOFV is high, the RSOP has declared loss of frame.
LOSV:
The LOSV bit is read to determine the loss of signal state of the RSOP. When
LOSV is high, the RSOP has declared loss of signal.
OOFI:
The OOFI bit is the out-of-frame interrupt status bit. OOFI is set high when a
change in the out-of-frame state occurs. This bit is cleared when this register
is read.
LOFI:
The LOFI bit is the loss of frame interrupt status bit. LOFI is set high when a
change in the loss of frame state occurs. This bit is cleared when this register
is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
142
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOSI:
The LOSI bit is the loss of signal interrupt status bit. LOSI is set high when a
change in the loss of signal state occurs. This bit is cleared when this register
is read.
BIPEI:
The BIPEI bit is the section BIP-8 interrupt status bit. BIPEI is set high when
a section layer (B1) bit error is detected. This bit is cleared when this register
is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
143
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x12: RSOP Section BIP-8 LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
SBE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
SBE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
SBE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
SBE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
SBE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
SBE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
SBE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
SBE[0]
X
Register 0x13: RSOP Section BIP-8 MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
SBE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
SBE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
SBE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
SBE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
SBE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
SBE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
SBE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
SBE[8]
X
SBE[15:0]:
Bits SBE[15:0] represent the number of section BIP-8 errors (individual or
block) that have been detected since the last time the error count was polled.
The error count is polled by writing to either of the RSOP Section BIP-8
Register addresses. Such a write transfers the internally accumulated error
count to the Section BIP-8 registers within approximately 7 µs and
simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of error
accumulation. This transfer and reset is carried out in a manner that ensures
that coincident events are not lost.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
144
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The count can also be polled by writing to the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset
and Identity register (0x00). Writing to register address 0x00 loads all the
counter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP,
RXFP, and TXFP blocks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
145
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x14: TSOP Control
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
DS
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
LAIS
0
LAIS:
The LAIS bit controls the insertion of line alarm indication signal (AIS). When
LAIS is set to logic one, the TSOP inserts AIS into the transmit SONET/SDH
stream. Activation or deactivation of line AIS insertion is synchronized to
frame boundaries. Line AIS insertion results in all bits of the SONET/SDH
frame being set to 1 prior to scrambling except for the section overhead.
DS:
The DS bit is set to logic one to disable the scrambling of the STS-12c/STM4-4c stream. When DS is a logic zero, scrambling is enabled.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
146
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x15: TSOP Diagnostic
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
R/W
DLOS
0
Bit 1
R/W
DBIP8
0
Bit 0
R/W
DFP
0
DFP:
The DFP bit controls the insertion of a single bit error continuously in the most
significant bit (bit 1) of the A1 section overhead framing byte. When DFP is
set to logic one, the A1 bytes are set to 0x76 instead of 0xF6.
DBIP8:
The DBIP8 bit controls the insertion of bit errors continuously in the section
BIP-8 byte (B1). When DBIP8 is set to logic one, the B1 byte is inverted.
DLOS:
The DLOS bit controls the insertion of all zeros in the STS-12c/STM-4-4c
stream. When DLOS is set to logic one, the transmit stream is forced to
0x00.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
147
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x18: RLOP Control/Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
BIPWORD
0
Bit 6
R/W
ALLONES
0
Bit 5
R/W
AISDET
0
Bit 4
R/W
LRDIDET
0
Bit 3
R/W
BIPWORDO
0
Bit 2
R/W
FEBEWORD
0
Bit 1
R
LAISV
X
Bit 0
R
LRDIV
X
LRDIV:
The LRDIV bit is read to determine the remote defect indication state of the
RLOP. When LRDIV is high, the RLOP has declared line RDI.
LAISV:
The LAISV bit is read to determine the line AIS state of the RLOP. When
LAISV is high, the RLOP has declared line AIS.
FEBEWORD:
The FEBEWORD bit controls the accumulation of FEBEs. When
FEBEWORD is high, if the FEBE event has a value from 1 to 4, the FEBE
event counter is incremented for each and every FEBE bit. However, if the
FEBE event has a value greater than 4 and is valid, the FEBE event counter
is incremented by 4. When FEBEWORD is low, the FEBE event counter is
incremented for each and every FEBE bit that occurs during that frame (the
counter can be incremented up to 24.).
BIPWORDO:
The BIPWORDO bit controls the indication of B2 errors reported to the TLOP
block for insertion as FEBEs. When BIPWORDO is logic one, the BIP errors
are indicated once per frame whenever one or more B2 bit errors occur
during that frame. When BIPWORDO is logic zero, BIP errors are indicated
once for every B2 bit error that occurs during that frame. The accumulation of
B2 error events functions independently and is controlled by the BIPWORD
register bit.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
148
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LRDIDET:
The LRDIDET bit determines the line RDI alarm detection algorithm. When
LRDIDET is set to logic one, line RDI is declared when a 110 binary pattern is
detected in bits 6, 7 and 8 of the K2 byte for three consecutive frames. When
LRDIDET is set to logic zero, line RDI is declared when a 110 binary pattern
is detected in bits 6, 7 and 8 of the K2 byte for five consecutive frames.
AISDET:
The AISDET bit determines the line AIS alarm detection algorithm. When
AISDET is set to logic one, line AIS is declared when a 111 binary pattern is
detected in bits 6, 7 and 8 of the K2 byte for three consecutive frames. When
AISDET is set to logic zero, line AIS is declared when a 111 binary pattern is
detected in bits 6, 7 and 8 of the K2 byte for five consecutive frames.
ALLONES:
The ALLONES bit controls automatically forcing the SONET/SDH frame
passed to downstream blocks to logical all-ones whenever line AIS is
detected. When ALLONES is set to logic one, the SONET/SDH frame is
forced to logic one immediately when the line AIS alarm is declared. When
line AIS is removed, the downstream data stream is immediately returned to
carrying the receive data. When ALLONES is set to logic zero, the
downstream data stream always carries the receive data regardless of the
line AIS alarm state.
BIPWORD:
The BIPWORD bit controls the accumulation of B2 errors. When BIPWORD
is logic one, the B2 error event counter is incremented only once per frame
whenever one or more B2 bit errors occur during that frame. When
BIPWORD is logic zero, the B2 error event counter is increment for each and
every B2 bit error that occurs during that frame.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
149
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x19: RLOP Interrupt Enable/Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
FEBEE
0
Bit 6
R/W
BIPEE
0
Bit 5
R/W
LAISE
0
Bit 4
R/W
LRDIE
0
Bit 3
R
FEBEI
X
Bit 2
R
BIPEI
X
Bit 1
R
LAISI
X
Bit 0
R
LRDII
X
LRDII:
The LRDII bit is the remote defect indication interrupt status bit. LRDII is set
high when a change in the line RDI state occurs. This bit is cleared when this
register is read.
LAISI:
The LAISI bit is the line AIS interrupt status bit. LAISI is set high when a
change in the line AIS state occurs. This bit is cleared when this register is
read.
BIPEI:
The BIPEI bit is the line BIP-96 interrupt status bit. BIPEI is set high when a
line layer (B2) bit error is detected. This bit is cleared when this register is
read.
FEBEI:
The FEBEI bit is the line far end block error interrupt status bit. FEBEI is set
high when a line layer FEBE (M1) is detected. This bit is cleared when this
register is read.
LRDIE:
The LRDIE bit is an interrupt enable for the line remote defect indication
alarm. When LRDIE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when the
line RDI state changes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
150
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LAISE:
The LAISE bit is an interrupt enable for line AIS. When LAISE is set to logic
one, an interrupt is generated when line AIS changes state.
BIPEE:
The BIPEE bit is an interrupt enable for the line BIP-96 errors. When BIPEE
is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when a line BIP-96 error (B2) is
detected.
FEBEE:
The FEBEE bit is an interrupt enable for the line far end block errors. When
FEBEE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated when FEBE (Z2) is
detected.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
151
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x1A: RLOP Line BIP-96 LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
LBE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
LBE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
LBE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
LBE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
LBE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
LBE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
LBE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
LBE[0]
X
Register 0x1B: RLOP Line BIP-96
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
LBE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
LBE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
LBE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
LBE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
LBE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
LBE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
LBE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
LBE[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
152
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x1C: RLOP Line BIP-96 MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R
LBE[19]
X
Bit 2
R
LBE[18]
X
Bit 1
R
LBE[17]
X
Bit 0
R
LBE[16]
X
LBE[19:0]
Bits LBE[19:0] represent the number of line BIP-96 errors (individual or block)
that have been detected since the last time the error count was polled. The
error count is polled by writing to any of the RLOP Line BIP-96 Register or
Line FEBE Register addresses. Such a write transfers the internally
accumulated error count to the Line BIP-96 Registers within approximately 7
µs and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of
error accumulation.
The count can also be polled by writing to the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset
and Identity register (0x00). Writing to register address 0x00 loads all the
counter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP,
RXFP and TXFP blocks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
153
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x1D: RLOP Line FEBE LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
LFE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
LFE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
LFE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
LFE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
LFE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
LFE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
LFE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
LFE[0]
X
Register 0x1E: RLOP Line FEBE
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
LFE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
LFE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
LFE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
LFE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
LFE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
LFE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
LFE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
LFE[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
154
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x1F: RLOP Line FEBE MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R
LFE[19]
X
Bit 2
R
LFE[18]
X
Bit 1
R
LFE[17]
X
Bit 0
R
LFE[16]
X
LFE[19:0]
Bits LFE[19:0] represent the number of line FEBE errors (individual or block)
that have been detected since the last time the error count was polled. The
error count is polled by writing to any of the RLOP Line BIP-96 Register or
Line FEBE Register addresses. Such a write transfers the internally
accumulated error count to the Line FEBE Registers within approximately 7
µs and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a new cycle of
error accumulation.
The count can also be polled by writing to the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset
and Identity register (0x00). Writing to register address 0x00 loads all the
counter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP,
RXFP and TXFP blocks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
155
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x20: TLOP Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
APSREG
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
LRDI
0
LRDI:
The LRDI bit controls the insertion of line remote defect indication (LRDI).
When LRDI is set to logic one, the TLOP inserts line RDI into the transmit
SONET/SDH stream. Line RDI is inserted by transmitting the code 110 in bit
positions 6, 7 and 8 of the K2 byte of the STS-12c stream.
APSREG:
The APSREG bit selects the source for the transmit APS channel K1/K2
bytes. When APSREG is a logic zero, 0x0000 is inserted in the transmit APS
K1 and K2 bytes. When APSREG is a logic one, the transmit APS channel is
inserted from the TLOP Transmit K1 Register and the TLOP Transmit K2
Register.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
156
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x21: TLOP Diagnostic
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
DBIP96
0
Bit 0
Type
R/W
DBIP96:
The DBIP96 bit controls the insertion of bit errors continuously in the line BIP96 bytes (B2). When DBIP96 is set to logic one, the B2 bytes are inverted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
157
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x22: TLOP Transmit K1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
K1[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
K1[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
K1[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
K1[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
K1[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
K1[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
K1[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
K1[0]
0
K1[7:0]:
The K1[7:0] bits contain the value inserted in the K1 byte when the APSREG
bit in the TLOP Control Register is logic one. K1[7] is the most significant bit
corresponding to bit 1, the first bit transmitted. K1[0] is the least significant
bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit transmitted. The bits in this register are
double buffered so that register writes do not need to be synchronized to
SONET/SDH frame boundaries. The insertion of a new APS code value is
initiated by a write to this register. The contents of this register, and the TLOP
Transmit K2 Register are inserted in the SONET/SDH stream starting at the
next frame boundary. Successive writes to this register must be spaced at
least two frames (250 µs) apart.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
158
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x23: TLOP Transmit K2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
K2[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
K2[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
K2[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
K2[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
K2[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
K2[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
K2[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
K2[0]
0
K2[7:0]:
The K2[7:0] bits contain the value inserted in the K2 byte when the APSREG
bit in the TLOP Control Register is logic one. K2[7] is the most significant bit
corresponding to bit 1, the first bit transmitted. K2[0] is the least significant
bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit transmitted. The bits in this register are
double buffered so that register writes do not need to be synchronized to
SONET/SDH frame boundaries. The insertion of a new APS code value is
initiated by a write to the TLOP Transmit K1 Register. A coherent APS code
value is ensured by writing the desired K2 APS code value to this register
before writing the TLOP Transmit K1 Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
159
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x24: S/UNI-622-POS Transmit Sync. Message (S1)
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
TS1[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TS1[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TS1[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TS1[0]
0
TS1[3:0]:
The value written to these bit positions is inserted in the first S1 byte position
of the transmit stream. The S1 byte is used to carry synchronization status
messages between line terminating network elements. TS1[3] is the most
significant bit, corresponding to the first bit transmitted. TS1[0] is the least
significant bit, corresponding to the last bit transmitted.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
160
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x25: S/UNI-622-POS Transmit J0/Z0
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
J0/Z0[7]
1
Bit 6
R/W
J0/Z0[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
J0/Z0[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
J0/Z0[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
J0/Z0[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
J0/Z0[2]
1
Bit 1
R/W
J0/Z0[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
J0/Z0[0]
0
J0/Z0[7:0]:
The value written to this register is inserted into the J0/Z0 byte positions of
the transmit stream when enabled using the SDH_J0/Z0 register. J0/Z0[7] is
the most significant bit, corresponding to the first bit (bit 1) transmitted.
J0/Z0[0] is the least significant bit, corresponding to the last bit (bit 8)
transmitted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
161
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x28: SSTB Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
ZEROEN
0
Bit 6
R/W
RRAMACC
0
Bit 5
R/W
RTIUIE
0
Bit 4
R/W
RTIMIE
0
Bit 3
R/W
PER5
0
Bit 2
R/W
TNULL
1
Bit 1
R/W
NOSYNC
0
Bit 0
R/W
LEN16
0
This register controls the receive and transmit portions of the SSTB.
LEN16:
The section trace message length bit (LEN16) selects the length of the
section trace message to be 16 bytes or 64 bytes. When set high, a 16-byte
section trace message is selected. If set low, a 64-byte section trace
message is selected.
NOSYNC:
The section trace message synchronization disable bit (NOSYNC) disables
the writing of the section trace message into the trace buffer to be
synchronized to the content of the message. When LEN16 is set high and
NOSYNC is set low, the receive section trace message byte with its most
significant bit set will be written to the first location in the buffer. When LEN16
is set low, and NOSYNC is also set low, the byte after the carriage
return/linefeed (CR/LF) sequence will be written to the first location in the
buffer. When NOSYNC is set high, synchronization is disabled, and the
section trace message buffer behaves as a circular buffer.
TNULL:
The transmit null bit (TNULL) controls the insertion of an all-zeros section
trace identifier message in the transmit stream. When TNULL is set high, the
contents of the transmit buffer is ignored and all-zeros bytes are provided to
the TSOP block. When TNULL is set low the contents of the transmit section
trace buffer is sent to TSOP for insertion into the J0/Z0 transmit section
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
162
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
overhead byte. TNULL should be set high before changing the contents of
the trace buffer to avoid sending partial messages.
PER5:
The receive trace identifier persistence bit (PER5) controls the number of
times a section trace identifier message must be received unchanged before
being accepted. When PER5 is set high, a message is accepted when it is
received unchanged five times consecutively. When PER5 is set low, the
message is accepted after three identical repetitions.
RTIMIE:
The RTIMIE bit controls the activation of the interrupt output when the
comparison between accepted identifier message and the expected message
changes state. When RTIMIE is a logic one, changes in match state
activates the interrupt (INTB) output.
RTIUIE:
The RTIUIE bit controls the activation of the interrupt output when the receive
identifier message changes state. When RTIUIE is a logic one, changes in
the received section trace identifier message stable/unstable state will
activate the interrupt (INTB) output.
RRAMACC:
The receive RAM access control bit (RRAMACC) directs read and writes
access to between the receive and transmit portion of the S/UNI-622-POS.
When RRAMACC is set high, subsequent microprocessor read and write
accesses are directed to the receive side trace buffers. When RRAMACC is
set low, microprocessor accesses are directed to the transmit side trace
buffer.
ZEROEN:
The zero enable bit (ZEROEN) enables TIM assertion and removal based on
an all ZERO’s section trace message string. When ZEROEN is set high, all
ZERO’s section trace message strings are considered when entering and
exiting TIM states. When ZEROEN is set low, all ZERO’s section trace
message strings are ignored.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
163
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x29: SSTB Section Trace Identifier Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 7
Bit 3
R
RTIUI
X
Bit 2
R
RTIUV
X
Bit 1
R
RTIMI
X
Bit 0
R
RTIMV
X
This register reports the section trace identifier status of the SSTB.
RTIMV:
The RTIMV bit reports the match/mismatch status of the identifier message
framer. RTIMV is a logic one when the accepted identifier message differs
from the expected message written by the microprocessor. RTIMV is a logic
zero when the accepted message matches the expected message.
RTIMI:
The RTIMI bit is a logic one when match/mismatch status of the trace
identifier framer changes state. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
RTIUV:
The RTIUV bit reports the stable/unstable status of the identifier message
framer. RTIUV is a logic one when the current received section trace
identifier message has not matched the previous message for eight
consecutive messages. RTIUV is a logic zero when the current message
becomes the accepted message as determined by the PER5 bit in the SPTB
Control register.
RTIUI:
The RTIUI bit is a logic one when stable/unstable status of the trace identifier
framer changes state. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
164
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
BUSY:
The BUSY bit reports whether a previously initiated indirect read or write to a
message buffer has been completed. BUSY is set high upon writing to the
SSTB Indirect Address register, and stays high until the initiated access has
completed, at which point BUSY is set low. This register should be polled to
determine when new data is available in the SSTB Indirect Data register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
165
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x2A: SSTB Indirect Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 6
R/W
A[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
A[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
A[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
A[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
A[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
A[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
A[0]
0
This register supplies the address used to index into section trace identifier
buffers.
A[6:0]:
The indirect read address bits (A[6:0]) indexes into the section trace identifier
buffers. When RRAMACC is set high, addresses 0 to 63 reference the
receive capture page while addresses 64 to 127 reference the receive
expected page. The receive capture page contains the identifier bytes
extracted from the receive stream. The receive expected page contains the
expected trace identifier message downloaded from the microprocessor.
When RRAMACC is set low, addresses 0 to 63 reference the transmit
message buffer which contains the identifier message to be inserted in the
section trace byte, the first J0/Z0 byte, of each frame in the transmit stream.
When RRAMACC is set low, addresses 64 to 127 are unused and must not
be accessed.
RWB:
The access control bit (RWB) selects between an indirect read or write
access to the static page of the section trace message buffer. Writing to this
register initiates an external microprocessor access to the static page of the
section trace message buffer. When RWB is set high, a read access is
initiated. The data read can be found in the SSTB Indirect Data register.
When RWB is set low, a write access is initiated. The data in the SSTB
Indirect Data register will be written to the addressed location in the static
page.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
166
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x2B: SSTB Indirect Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
D[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
D[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
D[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
D[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
D[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
D[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
D[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
D[0]
0
This register contains the data read from the section trace message buffer after a
read operation or the data to be written into the buffer before a write operation.
D[7:0]:
The indirect data bits (D[7:0]) reports the data read from a message buffer
after an indirect read operation has completed. The data to be written to a
buffer must be set up in this register before initiating an indirect write
operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
167
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x30 (EXTD=0): RPOP Status/Control
Bit
Bit 7
Type
Function
Default
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
LOPV
X
Unused
X
Bit 6
Bit 5
R
Bit 4
Bit 3
R
PAISV
X
Bit 2
R
PRDIV
X
Bit 1
R
NEWPTRI
X
Bit 0
R/W
NEWPTRE
0
NOTE: To facilitate additional register mapping, shadow registers have been
added to registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33. These shadow registers are accessed
in the same way as the normal registers.
The EXTD (extend register) bit must be set in register 0x36 to allow switching
between accessing the normal registers and the shadow registers.
This register allows the status of path level alarms to be monitored.
NEWPTRE:
The NEWPTRE bit is the interrupt enable for the receive new pointer status.
When NEWPTRE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the pointer
interpreter validates a new pointer.
NEWPTRI:
The NEWPTRI bit is the receive new pointer interrupt status bit. NEWPTRI is
a logic one when the pointer interpreter has validated a new pointer value
(H1, H2). NEWPTRI is cleared when this register is read.
PRDIV:
The PRDIV bit is read to determine the remote defect indication state. When
PRDIV is a logic one, the S/UNI-622-POS has declared path RDI.
PAISV:
The PAISV bit is read to determine the path AIS state. When PAISV is a logic
one, the S/UNI-622-POS has declared path AIS.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
168
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PLOPV:
The PLOPV bit is read to determine the loss of pointer state. When PLOPV is
a logic one, the S/UNI-622-POS has declared LOP.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
169
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x30 (EXTD=1): RPOP Status/Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
IINVCNT
0
Bit 5
R/W
PSL5
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERDIV[2]
X
Bit 1
R
ERDIV[1]
X
Bit 0
R/W
ERDIV[0]
X
NOTE: To facilitate additional register mapping, shadow registers have been
added to registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33. These shadow registers are accessed
in the same way as the normal registers.
The EXTD (extend register) bit must be set in register 0x36 to allow switching
between accessing the normal registers and the shadow registers.
The Status Register is provided at RPOP read address 0, if the extend register
(EXTD) bit is set in register 6.
ERDIV[2:0]:
The ERDIV[2:0] bits reflect the current state of the detected enhanced RDI,
(filtered G1 bits 5, 6, & 7).
IINVCNT:
When IINVCNT (Intuitive Invalid Pointer Counter) bit is set to 1, if the RPOP
pointer interpreter state machine is in the LOP state, a new pointer received 3
consecutive times resets the inv_point count. If this bit is set to 0, the
inv_point count will not be reset if pointer interpreter is in the LOP state and a
new pointer received 3 consecutive times.
PSL5:
The PSL5 bit controls the filtering of the path signal label byte (C2). When
PSL5 is set high, the PSL is updated when the same value is received for 5
consecutive frames. When the PSL5 is set low, the PSL is updated when the
same value is received for 3 consecutive frames.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
170
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
171
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x31 (EXTD=0): RPOP Interrupt Status
Bit
Bit 7
Type
Function
Default
R
PSLI
X
Unused
X
LOPI
X
Unused
X
Bit 6
Bit 5
R
Bit 4
Bit 3
R
PAISI
X
Bit 2
R
PRDII
X
Bit 1
R
BIPEI
X
Bit 0
R
FEBEI
X
NOTE: To facilitate additional register mapping, shadow registers have been
added to registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33. These shadow registers are accessed
in the same way as the normal registers.
The EXTD (extend register) bit must be set in register 0x36 to allow switching
between accessing the normal registers and the shadow registers.
This register allows identification and acknowledgment of path level alarm and
error event interrupts.
FEBEI:
The FEBEI bit is the path FEBE interrupt status bit. FEBEI is a logic one
when a FEBE error is detected. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
BIPEI:
The BIPEI bit is the path BIP-8 interrupt status bit. BIPEI is a logic one when
a B3 error is detected. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PRDII:
The PRDII bit is the path remote defect indication interrupt status bit. PRDII is
a logic one when a change in the path RDI state or the auxiliary path RDI
state occurs. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
172
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PAISI:
The PAISI bit is the path alarm indication signal interrupt status bit. PAISI is a
logic one when a change in the path AIS state occurs. This bit is cleared
when this register is read.
LOPI:
The LOPI bit is the loss of pointer interrupt status bit. LOPI is a logic one
when a change in the LOP state occurs. This bit is cleared when this register
is read.
PSLI:
The PSLI bit is the change of path signal label interrupt status bit. PSLI is a
logic one when a change is detected in the path signal label register. The
current path signal label can be read from the RPOP Path Signal Label
register. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
173
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x31 (EXTD=1): RPOP Interrupt Status
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
ERDII
X
Bit 0
Type
R
NOTE: To facilitate additional register mapping, shadow registers have been
added to registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33. These shadow registers are accessed
in the same way as the normal registers.
The EXTD (extend register) bit must be set in register 0x36 to allow switching
between accessing the normal registers and the shadow registers.
This register allows identification and acknowledgment of path level alarm and
error event interrupts.
ERDII:
The ERDII bit is set high when a change is detected in the received enhanced
RDI state. This bit is cleared when the RPOP Interrupt Status register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
174
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x32: RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status
Bit
Bit 7
Type
Function
Default
R
ILLJREQI
X
Unused
X
Bit 6
Bit 5
R
DISCOPAI
X
Bit 4
R
INVNDFI
X
Bit 3
R
ILLPTRI
X
Bit 2
R
NSEI
X
Bit 1
R
PSEI
X
Bit 0
R
NDFI
X
This register allows identification and acknowledgment of pointer event
interrupts.
NDFI:
The NDFI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects an active NDF event
to a valid pointer value. NDFI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer Interrupt
Status register is read.
PSEI:
The PSEI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects a positive stuff event.
PSEI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status register is read.
NSEI:
The NSEI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects a negative stuff
event. NSEI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status register is
read.
ILLPTRI:
The ILLPTRI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects an illegal pointer
event. ILLPTRI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status register is
read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
175
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
INVNDFI:
The INVNDFI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects an invalid NDF
event. INVNDFI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status register is
read.
DISCOPAI:
The DISCOPAI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects a discontinuous
change of pointer. DISCOPAI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer Interrupt
Status register is read.
ILLJREQI:
The ILLJREQI bit is set to logic one when the RPOP detects an illegal pointer
justification request event. ILLJREQI is cleared when the RPOP Pointer
Interrupt Status register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
176
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x33 (EXTD=0): RPOP Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PSLE
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
LOPE
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
PAISE
0
Bit 2
R/W
PRDIE
0
Bit 1
R/W
BIPEE
0
Bit 0
R/W
FEBEE
0
NOTE: To facilitate additional register mapping, shadow registers have been
added to registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33. These shadow registers are accessed
in the same way as the normal registers.
The EXTD (extend register) bit must be set in register 0x36 to allow switching
between accessing the normal registers and the shadow registers.
This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled for path level alarm and
error events.
FEBEE:
The FEBEE bit is the interrupt enable for path FEBEs. When FEBEE is a
logic one, an interrupt is generated when a path FEBE is detected.
BIPEE:
The BIPEE bit is the interrupt enable for path BIP-8 errors. When BIPEE is a
logic one, an interrupt is generated when a B3 error is detected.
PRDIE:
The PRDIE bit is the interrupt enable for path RDI. When PRDIE is a logic
one, an interrupt is generated when the path RDI state changes.
PAISE:
The PAISE bit is the interrupt enable for path AIS. When PAISE is a logic
one, an interrupt is generated when the path AIS state changes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
177
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
LOPE:
The LOPE bit is the interrupt enable for LOP. When LOPE is a logic one, an
interrupt is generated when the LOP state changes.
PSLE:
The PSLE bit is the interrupt enable for changes in the received path signal
label. When PSLE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the received
C2 byte changes.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
178
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x33 (EXTD=1): RPOP Interrupt Enable
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
ERDIE
0
Bit 0
Type
R/W
NOTE: To facilitate additional register mapping, shadow registers have been
added to registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33. These shadow registers are accessed
in the same way as the normal registers.
The EXTD (extend register) bit must be set in register 0x36 to allow switching
between accessing the normal registers and the shadow registers.
This register allows interrupt generation to be enabled for path level alarm and
error events.
ERDIE:
When REDIE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when a path enhanced
RDI is detected.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
179
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x34: RPOP Pointer Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
ILLJREQE
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
DISCOPAE
0
Bit 4
R/W
INVNDFE
0
Bit 3
R/W
ILLPTRE
0
Bit 2
R/W
NSEE
0
Bit 1
R/W
PSEE
0
Bit 0
R/W
NDFE
0
This register is used to enable pointer event interrupts.
NDFE:
When a logic one is written to the NDFE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when a change in active offset due to the reception of
an enabled NDF (NDF_enabled indication) occurs.
PSEE:
When a logic one is written to the PSEE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when a positive pointer adjustment event is received.
NSEE:
When a logic one is written to the NSEE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when a negative pointer adjustment is received.
ILLPTRE:
When a logic one is written to the ILLPTRE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when an illegal pointer is received.
INVNDFE:
When a logic one is written to the INVNDFE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when an invalid NDF code is received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
180
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
DISCOPAE:
When a logic one is written to the DISCOPAE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when a change of pointer alignment event occurs.
ILLJREQE:
When a logic one is written to the ILLJREQE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when an illegal pointer justification request is received.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
181
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x35: RPOP Pointer LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PTR[7]
X
Bit 6
R
PTR[6]
X
Bit 5
R
PTR[5]
X
Bit 4
R
PTR[4]
X
Bit 3
R
PTR[3]
X
Bit 2
R
PTR[2]
X
Bit 1
R
PTR[1]
X
Bit 0
R
PTR[0]
X
Register 0x36: RPOP Pointer MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
NDFPOR
0
Bit 6
R/W
EXTD
0
Bit 5
R/W
RDI10
0
Unused
X
Bit 4
Bit 3
R
S1
X
Bit 2
R
S0
X
Bit 1
R
PTR[9]
X
Bit 0
R
PTR[8]
X
PTR[9:0]:
The PTR[7:0] bits contain the current pointer value as derived from the H1
and H2 bytes. To ensure reading a valid pointer, the NDFI, NSEI and PSEI
bits of the RPOP Pointer Interrupt Status register should be read before and
after reading this register to ensure that the pointer value did not changed
during the register read.
S0, S1:
The S0 and S1 bits contain the two S bits received in the last H1 byte. These
bits should be software debounced to ensure the proper values are received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
182
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
RDI10:
The RDI10 bit controls the filtering of the remote defect indication and the
auxiliary remote defect indication. When RDI10 is set to logic one, the PRDI
and ARDI statuses are updated when the same value is received in the
corresponding bit of the G1 byte for 10 consecutive frames. When PRDI10 is
set to logic zero, the PRDI and ARDI statuses are updated when the same
value is received for 5 consecutive frames.
NDFPOR:
The NDFPOR (new data flag pointer outside range) bit allows an NDF counter
enable, if the pointer value is outside the range (0-782). If this bit is set high
the definition for NDF counter enable is enabled NDF + ss. If this bit is set
low the definition for NDF counter enable is enabled NDF + ss + offset in the
range of 0 to 782. Note that this bit only allows the NDF counter to count
towards LOP when the pointer is out of range and no active offset change will
occur.
EXTD:
The EXTD bit extends the registers to facilitate additional mapping. If this bit
is set high, the register mapping, for registers 0x30, 0x31 and 0x33, are
extended.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
183
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x37: RPOP Path Signal Label
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PSL[7]
X
Bit 6
R
PSL[6]
X
Bit 5
R
PSL[5]
X
Bit 4
R
PSL[4]
X
Bit 3
R
PSL[3]
X
Bit 2
R
PSL[2]
X
Bit 1
R
PSL[1]
X
Bit 0
R
PSL[0]
X
PSL[7:0]:
The PSL[7:0] bits contain the path signal label byte (C2). The value in this
register is updated to a new path signal label value if the same new value is
observed for three of five consecutive frames, depending on the status of the
PSL5 bit.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
184
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x38: RPOP Path BIP-8 LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PBE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
PBE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
PBE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
PBE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
PBE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
PBE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
PBE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
PBE[0]
X
Register 0x39: RPOP Path BIP-8 MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PBE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
PBE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
PBE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
PBE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
PBE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
PBE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
PBE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
PBE[8]
X
These registers allow path BIP-8 errors to be accumulated.
PBE[15:0]:
PBE[15:0] represent the number of B3 errors (individual or block) that have
been detected since the last time the error count was polled. The error count
is polled by writing to either of the RPOP Path BIP-8 Register addresses or to
either of the RPOP Path FEBE Register addresses. Such a write transfers
the internally accumulated error count to the Path BIP-8 registers within a
maximum of 7 µs and simultaneously resets the internal counter to begin a
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
185
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
new cycle of error accumulation. This transfer and reset is carried out in a
manner that ensures that coincident events are not lost.
The count can also be polled by writing to the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset
and Identity register (0x00). Writing to register address 0x00 loads all the
counter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP,
RXFP, and TXFP blocks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
186
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x3A: RPOP Path FEBE LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PFE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
PFE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
PFE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
PFE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
PFE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
PFE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
PFE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
PFE[0]
X
Register 0x3B: RPOP Path FEBE MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PFE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
PFE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
PFE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
PFE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
PFE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
PFE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
PFE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
PFE[8]
X
These registers allow path FEBEs to be accumulated.
PFE[15:0]:
Bits PFE[15:0] represent the number of path FEBE errors (individual or block)
that have been detected since the last time the error count was polled. The
error count is polled by writing to either of the RPOP Path BIP-8 Register
addresses or to either of the RPOP Path FEBE Register addresses. Such a
write transfers the internally accumulated error count to the Path FEBE
Registers within approximately 7 µs and simultaneously resets the internal
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
187
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
counter to begin a new cycle of error accumulation. This transfer and reset is
carried out in a manner that ensures that coincident events are not lost.
The count can also be polled by writing to the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset
and Identity register (0x00). Writing to register address 0x00 loads all the
counter registers in the RSOP, RLOP, RPOP, SPTB, SSTB, RXCP, TXCP,
RXFP and TXFP blocks.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
188
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x3C: RPOP RDI
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
BLKFEBE
0
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
ARDIE
0
Bit 0
R
ARDIV
X
ARDIV:
The auxiliary RDI bit (ARDIV) reports the current state of the path auxiliary
RDI within the receive path overhead processor.
ARDIE:
When a logic one is written to the ARDIE interrupt enable bit position, an
interrupt is generated when a change in the path auxiliary RDI state occurs.
BLKFEBE:
When set high, the block FEBE bit (BLKFEBE) causes path FEBE errors to
be reported and accumulated on a block basis. A single path FEBE error is
accumulated for a block if the received FEBE code for that block is between 1
and 8 inclusive. When BLKFEBE is set low, path FEBE errors are
accumulated on a error basis.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
189
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x3D: RPOP Ring Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SOS
0
Bit 6
R/W
ENSS
0
Bit 5
R/W
BLKBIP
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
BLKBIPO
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
BLKBIPO:
When set high, the block BIP-8 output bit (BLKBIPO) indicates that path BIP8 errors are to be reported on a block basis to the transmit path overhead
processor (TPOP) block. A single path BIP error is reported to the return
transmit path overhead processor if any of the path BIP-8 results indicates a
mismatch. When BLKBIP is set low, BIP-8 errors are reported on a bit basis.
BLKBIP:
When set high, the block BIP-8 bit (BLKBIP) indicates that path BIP-8 errors
are to be accumulated on a block basis. A single BIP error is accumulated if
any of the BIP-8 results indicates a mismatch. When BLKBIP is set low, BIP8 errors are accumulated on a bit basis.
ENSS:
The enable size bit (ENSS) controls whether the SS bits in the payload
pointer are used to determine offset changes in the pointer interpreter state
machine. When a logic one is written to this bit, an incorrect SS bit pattern
(i.e., not equal to 10) will prevent RPOP from issuing NDF_enable, inc_ind,
new_point and dec_ind indications. When a logic zero is written to this bit,
the received SS bits do not affect active offset change events.
SOS:
The stuff opportunity spacing control bit (SOS) controls the spacing between
consecutive pointer justification events on the receive stream. When a logic
one is written to this bit, the definition of inc_ind and dec_ind indications
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
190
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
includes the requirement that active offset changes have occurred a least
three frame ago. When a logic zero is written to this bit, pointer justification
indications in the receive stream are followed without regard to the proximity
of previous active offset changes.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
191
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x40: TPOP Control/Diagnostic
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R/W
EPRDIEN
0
Bit 5
R/W
EPRDISRC
0
Bit 4
R/W
PERSIST
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
DBIP8
0
Bit 0
R/W
PAIS
0
PAIS:
The PAIS bit controls the insertion of STS path alarm indication signal. When
a logic one is written to this bit position, the complete SPE, and the pointer
bytes (H1, H2, and H3) are overwritten with the all-ones pattern. When a
logic zero is written to this bit position, the pointer bytes and the SPE are
processed normally.DBIP8:
The DBIP8 bit controls the insertion of bit errors continuously in the B3 byte.
When DBIP8 is a logic one, the B3 byte is inverted.
PERSIST
The path far end receive failure alarm persistence bit (PERSIST) controls the
persistence of the RDI asserted into the transmit stream. When PERSIST is
a logic one, the RDI code inserted into the transmit stream as a result of
consequential actions is asserted for a minimum of 20 frames in nonenhanced RDI mode, or the last valid RDI code before an idle code (idle
codes are when bits 5,6,7 are 000, 001, or 011) is asserted for 20 frames in
enhanced RDI mode. When PERSIST is logic zero, the transmit RDI code
changes immediately based on received alarm conditions.
EPRDISRC
The enhanced path receive defect indication alarm source bit (EPRDISRC)
controls the source of RDI input to be inserted onto the G1 byte. When
EPRDIEN is logic zero, the extended RDI bits of the G1 byte not overwritten
by the TPOP block, regardless of EPRDISRC. When EPRDIEN is logic one
and EPRDISCR is logic zero, the extended RDI bits of the G1 byte, bits 6 and
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
192
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
7, are inserted according to the value in the G1[1:0] register bits (register
0x49). When EPRDIEN is logic one and EPRDISCR is logic one, the value
register 0x49 G1[1:0] is ignored and the EPRDI bits in the G1 byte are set
according to the setting of the Channel Auto Enhanced Path RDI Control
registers (0x92 and 0x93).
EPRDIEN
The enhanced path receive defect indication alarm enable bit (EPRDIEN)
controls the use of 3-bit RDI mode. When EPRDIEN is set to logic zero, the
basic path RDI scheme is used and only G1[5] is used to indicate PRDI.
When EPRDIEN is set to logic one, the enhanced path RDI scheme is used
and the three G1[7:5] bits are used to indicate PRDI. The actual three bit
code will be controlled according to the EPRDISRC.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
193
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x41: TPOP Pointer Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
FTPTR
0
Bit 5
R/W
SOS
0
Bit 4
R/W
PLD
0
Bit 3
R/W
NDF
0
Bit 2
R/W
NSE
0
Bit 1
R/W
PSE
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
This register allows control over the transmitted payload pointer for diagnostic
purposes.
PSE:
The PSE bit controls the insertion of positive pointer movements. A zero to
one transition on this bit enables the insertion of a single positive pointer
justification in the outgoing stream. This register bit is automatically cleared
when the pointer movement is inserted.
NSE:
The NSE bit controls the insertion of negative pointer movements. A zero to
one transition on this bit enables the insertion of a single negative pointer
justification in the outgoing stream. This register bit is automatically cleared
when the pointer movement is inserted.
NDF:
The NDF bit controls the insertion of new data flags in the inserted payload
pointer. When a logic one is written to this bit position, the pattern contained
in the NDF[3:0] bit positions in the TPOP Arbitrary Pointer MSB Register is
inserted continuously in the payload pointer. When a logic zero is written to
this bit position, the normal pattern (0110) is inserted in the payload pointer.
PLD:
The PLD bit controls the loading of the pointer value contained in the TPOP
Arbitrary Pointer Registers. Normally the TPOP Arbitrary Pointer Registers
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
194
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
are written to set up the arbitrary new pointer value, the S-bit values, and the
NDF pattern. A logic one is then written to this bit position to load the new
pointer value. The new data flag bit positions are set to the programmed NDF
pattern for the first frame; subsequent frames have the new data flag bit
positions set to the normal pattern (0110) unless the NDF bit described above
is set to a logic one.
Note: When loading an out of range pointer (that is a pointer with a value
greater than 782), the TPOP continues to operate with timing based on the
last valid pointer value. The out of range pointer value will of course be
inserted in the STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. Although a valid SPE will continue
to be generated, it is unlikely to be extracted by downstream circuitry, which
should be in a loss of pointer state.
This bit is automatically cleared after the new payload pointer has been
loaded.
SOS:
The SOS bit controls the stuff opportunity spacing between consecutive SPE
positive or negative stuff events. When SOS is a logic zero, stuff events may
be generated every frame as controlled by the PSE and NSE register bits
described above. When SOS is a logic one, stuff events may be generated at
a maximum rate of once every four frames.
FTPTR:
The force transmit pointer bit (FTPTR) enables the insertion of the pointer
value contained in the Arbitrary Pointer Registers into the POUT[7:0] stream
for diagnostic purposes. This allows the ATM/POS payload mapping circuitry
to continue functioning normally and a valid SPE to continue to be generated,
although it is unlikely to be extracted by downstream circuitry as the
downstream pointer processor should be in a loss of pointer state.
If FTPTR is set to logic one, the APTR[9:0] bits of the Arbitrary Pointer
Registers are inserted into the H1 and H2 bytes of the transmit stream. At
least one corrupted pointer is guaranteed to be sent. If FTPTR is a logic zero,
a valid pointer is inserted.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
195
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x43: TPOP Current Pointer LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
CPTR[7]
X
Bit 6
R
CPTR[6]
X
Bit 5
R
CPTR[5]
X
Bit 4
R
CPTR[4]
X
Bit 3
R
CPTR[3]
X
Bit 2
R
CPTR[2]
X
Bit 1
R
CPTR[1]
X
Bit 0
R
CPTR[0]
X
Register 0x44: TPOP Current Pointer MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
R
CPTR[9]
X
Bit 0
R
CPTR[8]
X
CPTR[9:0]:
The CPTR[9:0] bits reflect the value of the current payload pointer being
inserted in the outgoing stream. The value may be changed by loading a new
pointer value using the TPOP Arbitrary Pointer LSB and MSB Registers, or by
inserting positive and negative pointer movements using the PSE and NSE
register bits.
It is recommended the CPTR[9:0] value be software debounced to ensure a
correct value is received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
196
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x45: TPOP Arbitrary Pointer LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
APTR[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
APTR[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
APTR[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
APTR[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
APTR[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
APTR[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
APTR[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
APTR[0]
0
This register allows an arbitrary pointer to be inserted for diagnostic purposes.
APTR[7:0]:
The APTR[7:0] bits, along with the APTR[9:8] bits in the TPOP Arbitrary
Pointer MSB Register are used to set an arbitrary payload pointer value. The
arbitrary pointer value is inserted in the outgoing stream by writing a logic one
to the PLD bit in the TPOP Pointer Control Register.
If the FTPTR bit in the TPOP Pointer Control register is a logic one, the
current APTR[9:0] value is inserted into the payload pointer bytes (H1 and
H2) in the transmit stream.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
197
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x46: TPOP Arbitrary Pointer MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
NDF[3]
1
Bit 6
R/W
NDF[2]
0
Bit 5
R/W
NDF[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
NDF[0]
1
Bit 3
R/W
S[1]
1
Bit 2
R/W
S[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
APTR[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
APTR[8]
0
This register allows an arbitrary pointer to be inserted for diagnostic purposes.
APTR[9:8]:
The APTR[9:8] bits, along with the APTR[7:0] bits in the TPOP Arbitrary
Pointer LSB Register are used to set an arbitrary payload pointer value. The
arbitrary pointer value is inserted in the outgoing stream by writing a logic one
to the PLD bit in the TPOP Pointer Control Register.
If the FTPTR bit in the TPOP Pointer Control register is a logic one, the
current APTR[9:0] value is inserted into the payload pointer bytes (H1 and
H2) in the transmit stream.
S[1:0]:
The S[1:0] bits contain the value inserted in the S[1:0] bit positions (also
referred to as the unused bits) in the payload pointer. These bits are
continuously inserted into the transmit stream.
NDF[3:0]:
The NDF[3:0] bits contain the value inserted in the NDF bit positions when an
arbitrary new payload pointer value is inserted (using the PLD bit in the TPOP
Pointer Control Register) or when new data flag generation is enabled using
the NDF bit in the TPOP Pointer Control Register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
198
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x47: TPOP Path Trace
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
J1[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
J1[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
J1[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
J1[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
J1[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
J1[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
J1[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
J1[0]
0
This register allows control over the path trace byte.
J1[7:0]:
The J1[7:0] bits are inserted in the J1 byte position in the transmit stream .
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
199
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x48: TPOP Path Signal Label
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
C2[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
C2[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
C2[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
C2[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
C2[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
C2[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
C2[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
C2[0]
1
This register allows control over the path signal label. Upon reset the register
defaults to 0x01, which signifies an equipped unspecific payload.
C2[7:0]:
The C2[7:0] bits are inserted in the C2 byte position in the transmit stream.
C2 should be reprogrammed with the value 0x13 when transmitting ATM
payload data.
C2 should be reprogrammed with the value 0x16 when transmitting
scrambled packet over SONET payload data.
C2 may be reprogrammed with the value 0xCF when transmitting
unscrambled packet over SONET payload data. However, POS scrambling in
the TXFP block must be turned off.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
200
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x49: TPOP Path Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
FEBE[3]
0
Bit 6
R/W
FEBE[2]
0
Bit 5
R/W
FEBE[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
FEBE[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PRDI
0
Bit 2
R/W
APRDI
0
Bit 1
R/W
G1[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
G1[0]
0
This register allows control over the path status byte.
G1[1:0]:
The G1[1:0] bits are inserted in bits 1 and 2 of the Path Status Byte G1.
These bits are ignored when EPRDIEN is logic zero or when EPRDIEN and
EPRDISRC are both logic one. See the description of EPRDIEN and
EPRDISRC for more details on how G1 can be controlled.
APRDI:
The APRDI bit controls the insertion of the auxiliary path remote defect
indication. When APRDI is a logic one, the APRDI bit position in the path
status byte is set high. When APRDI is a logic zero, the APRDI bit position in
the path status byte is set low.
PRDI:
The PRDI bit controls the insertion of the path remote defect indication.
When a logic one is written to this bit position, the PRDI bit position in the
path status byte is set high. When a logic zero is written to this bit position,
the PRDI bit position in the path status byte is set low. This bit is ignored
when EPRDIEN is logic zero or when EPRDIEN and EPRDISRC are both
logic one.
FEBE[3:0]:
The FEBE[3:0] bits are inserted in the FEBE bit positions in the path status
byte. The value contained in FEBE[3:0] is cleared after being inserted in the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
201
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
path status byte. Any non-zero FEBE[3:0] value overwrites the value that
would normally have been inserted based on the number of FEBEs
accumulated on primary input FEBE during the last frame. When reading this
register, a non-zero value in these bit positions indicates that the insertion of
this value is still pending.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
202
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x4E: TPOP Concatenation LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
CONCAT[7]
1
Bit 6
R/W
CONCAT[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
CONCAT[5]
1
Bit 4
R/W
CONCAT[4]
1
Bit 3
R/W
CONCAT[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
CONCAT[2]
1
Bit 1
R/W
CONCAT[1]
1
Bit 0
R/W
CONCAT[0]
1
Register 0x4F: TPOP Concatenation MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
CONCAT[15]
1
Bit 6
R/W
CONCAT[14]
0
Bit 5
R/W
CONCAT[13]
0
Bit 4
R/W
CONCAT[12]
1
Bit 3
R/W
CONCAT[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
CONCAT[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
CONCAT[9]
1
Bit 0
R/W
CONCAT[8]
1
These registers allow control over the concatenation indication values
transmitted in SONET/SDH pointers.
CONCAT[15:0]:
The CONCAT[15:0] bits control the value inserted in the some of the H1 and
H2 byte positions when transmitting an STS-12c or STM-4-4c stream. The
value written to CONCAT[15:8] is inserted in the H1 byte position of STS-1 #5
and STS-1 #9 in the concatenated stream. The value written to CONCAT[7:0]
is inserted in the H2 byte position of STS-1 #5 and STS-1 #9 in the
concatenated stream. The default values represent the normal concatenation
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
203
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
indication (all ones in the pointer bits, zeros in the unused bits, and NDF
indication).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
204
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x50: SPTB Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
ZEROEN
0
Bit 6
R/W
RRAMACC
0
Bit 5
R/W
RTIUIE
0
Bit 4
R/W
RTIMIE
0
Bit 3
R/W
PER5
0
Bit 2
R/W
TNULL
1
Bit 1
R/W
NOSYNC
0
Bit 0
R/W
LEN16
0
This register controls the receive and transmit portions of the SPTB.
LEN16:
The LEN16 bit selects the length of the path trace message to be 16 bytes or
64 bytes. When LEN16 is a logic one, a 16 byte path trace message is
selected. When LEN16 is a logic zero, a 64 byte path trace message is
selected.
NOSYNC:
The NOSYNC bit disables the writing of the path trace message into the trace
buffer to be synchronized to the content of the message. When LEN16 is a
logic one and NOSYNC is a logic zero, the receive path trace message byte
with its most significant bit set will be written to the first location in the buffer.
When LEN16 and NOSYNC are logic zero, the byte after the carriage
return/linefeed (CR/LF) sequence will be written to the first location in the
buffer. When NOSYNC is a logic one, synchronization is disabled, and the
path trace message buffer behaves as a circular buffer.
TNULL:
The TNULL bit controls the insertion of an all-zero path trace identifier
message in the transmit stream. When TNULL is a logic one, the contents of
the transmit buffer is ignored and all-zeros bytes are inserted. When TNULL
is a logic zero, the contents of the transmit path trace buffer is sent to TPOP
for insertion into the J1 transmit path overhead byte. TNULL should be set
high before changing the contents of the trace buffer to avoid sending partial
messages.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
205
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PER5:
The PER5 bit controls the number of times a path trace identifier message
must be received unchanged before being accepted. When PER5 is a logic
one, a message is accepted when it is received unchanged five times
consecutively. When PER5 is a logic zero, the message is accepted after
three identical repetitions.
RTIMIE:
The RTIMIE bit controls the activation of the interrupt output when the
comparison between accepted identifier message and the expected message
changes state. When RTIMIE is a logic one, changes in match state
activates the interrupt output.
RTIUIE:
The RTIUIE bit controls the activation of the interrupt output when the receive
identifier message changes state. When RTIUIE is a logic one, changes in
the received path trace identifier message stable/unstable state will activate
the interrupt output.
RRAMACC:
The RRAMACC bit directs read and writes access to either the receive or
transmit path trace buffer. When RRAMACC is a logic one, microprocessor
accesses are directed to the receive path trace buffer. When RRAMACC is a
logic zero, microprocessor accesses are directed to the transmit path trace
buffer.
ZEROEN:
The zero enable bit (ZEROEN) enables TIM assertion and removal based on
an all ZERO’s path trace message string. When ZEROEN is set high, all
ZERO’s path trace message strings are considered when entering and exiting
TIM states. When ZEROEN is set low, all ZERO’s path trace message strings
are ignored.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
206
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x51: SPTB Path Trace Identifier Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
R
BUSY
0
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 7
Bit 3
R
RTIUI
X
Bit 2
R
RTIUV
X
Bit 1
R
RTIMI
X
Bit 0
R
RTIMV
X
This register reports the path trace identifier status of the SPTB.
RTIMV:
The RTIMV bit reports the match/mismatch status of the identifier message
framer. RTIMV is a logic one when the accepted identifier message differs
from the expected message written by the microprocessor. RTIMV is a logic
zero when the accepted message matches the expected message.
RTIMI:
The RTIMI bit is a logic one when match/mismatch status of the trace
identifier framer changes state. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
RTIUV:
The RTIUV bit reports the stable/unstable status of the identifier message
framer. RTIUV is a logic one when the current received path trace identifier
message has not matched the previous message for eight consecutive
messages. RTIUV is a logic zero when the current message becomes the
accepted message as determined by the PER5 bit in the SPTB Control
register.
RTIUI:
The RTIUI bit is a logic one when stable/unstable status of the trace identifier
framer changes state. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
207
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
BUSY:
The BUSY bit reports whether a previously initiated indirect read or write to a
message buffer has been completed. BUSY is set to a logic one immediately
upon writing to the SPTB Indirect Address register, and stays high until the
initiated access is completed. This register should be polled to determine
when new data is available in the SPTB Indirect Data register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
208
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x52: SPTB Indirect Address Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
RWB
0
Bit 6
R/W
A[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
A[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
A[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
A[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
A[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
A[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
A[0]
0
This register supplies the address used to index into path trace identifier buffers.
A[6:0]:
The indirect read address bits (A[6:0]) are used to address the path trace
identifier buffers. When RRAMACC is set high, addresses 0 to 63 reference
the captured message page while addresses 64 to 127 reference the
expected message page of the receive path trace buffer. The captured
message page contains the identifier bytes extracted from the receive stream.
The expected message page contains the path trace message to which the
captured message page is compared. When RRAMACC is set low,
addresses 0 to 63 reference the transmit path trace buffer which contains the
path trace message inserted in the transmit stream.
RWB:
The access control bit (RWB) selects between an indirect read or write
access to the selected path trace buffer (receive or transmit as determined by
the RRAMACC bit). Writing to this register initiates an access to the selected
path trace buffer. When RWB is a logic one, a read access is initiated. The
addressed location’s contents are placed in the SPTB Indirect Data register.
When RWB is a logic zero, a write access is initiated. The data in the SPTB
Indirect Data register is written to the addressed location in the selected
buffer.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
209
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x53: SPTB Indirect Data Register
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
D[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
D[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
D[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
D[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
D[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
D[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
D[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
D[0]
0
This register contains the data read from the path trace message buffer after a
read operation or the data to be written into the buffer before a write operation.
D[7:0]:
The indirect data bits (D[7:0]) contain the data read from either the transmit or
receive path trace buffer after an indirect read operation is completed. The
data that is written to a buffer is set up in this register before initiating the
indirect write operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
210
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x54: SPTB Expected Path Signal Label
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
EPSL[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
EPSL[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
EPSL[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
EPSL[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
EPSL[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
EPSL[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
EPSL[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
EPSL[0]
0
EPSL[7:0]:
The EPSL[7:0] bits contain the expected path signal label byte (C2).
EPSL[7:0] is compared with the C2 byte extracted from the receive stream. A
path signal label match or mismatch is declared based upon the following
table:
Expect
00
00
00
01
01
01
XX
XX
XX
XX
Receive
00
01
XX
00
01
XX
00
01
XX
YY
Action Declared
Match
Mismatch
Mismatch
Mismatch
Match
Match
Mismatch
Match
Match
Mismatch
EPSL[7:0] should be reprogrammed with the value 0x13 when receiving ATM
payload data.
EPSL[7:0] should be reprogrammed with the value 0x16 when receiving
scrambled packet over SONET payload data.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
211
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x55: SPTB Path Signal Label Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
RPSLUIE
0
Bit 6
R/W
RPSLMIE
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R
RPSLUI
X
Bit 2
R
RPSLUV
X
Bit 1
R
RPSLMI
X
Bit 0
R
RPSLMV
X
RPSLMV:
The RPSLMV bit reports the match/mismatch status between the expected
and the accepted path signal label. RPSLMV is a logic one when the
accepted PSL results in a mismatch with the expected PSL written by the
microprocessor. RPSLMV is a logic zero when the accepted PSL results in a
match with the expected PSL.
RPSLMI:
The RPSLMI bit is a logic one when the match/mismatch status between the
accepted and the expected path signal label changes state. This bit is
cleared when this register is read.
RPSLUV:
The RPSLUV reports the stable/unstable status of the path signal label in the
receive stream. RPSLUV is a logic one when the current received C2 byte
differs from the previous C2 byte for five consecutive frames. RPSLUV is a
logic zero when the same PSL code is received for five consecutive frames.
RPSLUI:
The RPSLUI bit is a logic one when the stable/unstable status of the path
signal label changes state. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
212
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
RPSLMIE:
The RPSLMIE bit is the interrupt enable for the path signal label
match/mismatch status. When RPSLMIE is a logic one, changes in the match
state generate an interrupt.
RPSLUIE:
The RPSLUIE bit is the interrupt enable for the path signal label
stable/unstable status. When RPSLUIE is a logic one, changes in the
stable/unstable state generate an interrupt.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
213
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x58: CSPI Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
ROOLI
X
Bit 0
R
ROOLI:
The ROOLI bit is the reference out of lock interrupt status bit. ROOLI is set
high when the ROOLV register goes high, indicating that the PLL is not locked
to the reference clock REFCLK. ROOLI is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
214
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x59: CSPI Status and Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
ROOLV
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
ROOLE
0
Bit 4
Bit 0
Type
R
R/W
ROOLE:
The ROOLE bit enables the reference out of lock indication interrupt. When
ROOLE is set high, an interrupt is generated upon assertion and negation
events of the ROOLV register. When ROOLE is set low, changes in the
ROOL status do not generate an interrupt.
ROOLV:
The transmit reference out of lock status indicates the clock synthesis phase
lock loop is unable to lock to the reference clock on REFCLK. ROOLV is a
logic one if the divided down synthesized clock frequency is not within
approximately 488ppm of the REFCLK frequency. At startup, ROOLV may
remain high for several hundred millisecond while the PLL obtains lock.
When the AVD power supply of the S/UNI-622-POS is subjected to a change
greater than the ±5% tolerance specified for the 3.3V analog supply pins, the
Clock Synthesis Unit may lose lock to the reference. When this occurs, the
ROOLV will remain high until the CSU is reset using the CSURESETLPF and
CSURSET registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
215
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x5A: CSPI Clock Synthesis Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
CSURESET
0
Bit 5
R/W
CSURESETLPF
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
The CSU Control register provides direct access to the CSU. When the CSU
does not lock properly (ROOLV remains high), the CSU may be re-initialized
using this register.
When the AVD power supply of the S/UNI-622-POS is subjected to a change
greater than the ±5% tolerance specified for the 3.3V analog supply pins, the
Clock Synthesis Unit may lose lock to the reference clock. When this occurs, the
ROOLV will remain high until the CSU is reset using the CSURESETLPF and
CSURSET registers.
The S/UNI-622-POS will operate normally if the power supply does not vary
beyond the specified ±5% tolerance.
CSURESETLPF:
The CSU low pass filter (LPF) reset control CSURESETLPF bit provides a
software reset for the CSU-622 ABC. When CSURESETLPF is set high, the
CSU RESETLPF input is set high forcing the CSU LPF into reset. When
CSURESETLPF is set low, the CSU RESETLPF input is controlled by the
system reset.
The CSURESETLPF and CSURESET should be held high for 10ms to
properly reset the CSU.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
216
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
CSURESET:
The CSU reset control CSURESET bit provides a software reset for the CSU622 ABC. When CSURESET is set high, the CSU RESET input is set high
forcing the CSU into reset. When CSURESET is set low, the CSU RESET
input is controlled by the system reset and digital test mode.
The CSURESETLPF and CSURESET should be held high for 10ms to
properly reset the CSU.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
217
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x5C: CRSI Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDINV
0
Bit 6
R/W
PFPEN
0
Bit 5
R/W
SENB
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
LOTI
X
Bit 1
R
ROOLI
X
Bit 0
R
DOOLI
X
DOOLI:
The DOOLI bit is the data out of lock interrupt status bit. DOOLI is set high
when the DOOLV bit goes high, indicating the CRU has gone out of lock.
DOOLI is cleared when this register is read.
ROOLI:
The ROOLI bit is the reference out of lock interrupt status bit. ROOLI is set
high when the ROOLV register changes state, indicating that either the PLL is
locked to the reference clock REFCLK or is in out of lock. ROOLI is cleared
when this register is read.
LOTI:
The LOTI bit is the loss of transition interrupt status bit. LOTI is set high when
a loss of transition event occurs. A loss of transition is defined as either the
SD input set low or more than 96 consecutive ones or zeros received. LOTI
is cleared when this register is read.
SENB:
The loss of signal transition detector enable (SENB) bit enables the
declaration of loss of transition (LOT) when more than 96 consecutive ones or
zeros occurs in the receive data. When SENB is a logic zero, a loss of
transition is declared when more than 96 consecutive ones or zeros occurs in
the receive data or when the SD input is low. When SENB is a logic one, a
loss of transition is declared only when the SD input is low.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
218
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PFPEN:
The parallel frame pulse enable (PFPEN) enables the parallel frame pulse
operation when the parallel data interface is enabled (LIFSEL is set high).
When PFPEN is a logic zero, the FPIN input is ignored and the SONET/SDH
framing is performed on the PIN[7:0] data. When PFPEN is logic one, the
SONET/SDH framer is ignored and the PIN[7:0] bus is assumed to be byte
aligned marked with the FPIN frame pulse. PFPEN is ignored when the
LIFSEL input is set low.
SDINV:
The signal detect input invert (SDINV) controls the polarity of the SD input.
The value of the SD input is logically XOR’ed with the value of the SDINV
register. Therefore, when SDINV is a logic zero, valid signal power is
indicated by the SD input high. When SDINV is a logic one, valid signal
power is indicated by the SD input low.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
219
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x5D: CRSI Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
LOCK
X
Bit 6
R
LOTV
X
Bit 5
R
ROOLV
X
Bit 4
R
DOOLV
X
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
LOTE
0
Bit 1
R/W
ROOLE
0
Bit 0
R/W
DOOLE
0
DOOLE:
The DOOLE bit is an interrupt enable for the recovered data out of lock
status. When DOOLE is set to logic one, an interrupt is generated upon
assertion events of the DOOLV register. When ROOLE is set low, changes in
the DOOL status do not generate an interrupt.
ROOLE:
The ROOLE bit enables the reference out of lock indication interrupt. When
ROOLE is set high, an interrupt is generated upon assertion and negation
events of the ROOLV register. When ROOLE is set low, changes in the
ROOL status do not generate an interrupt.
LOTE:
The LOTE bit enables the loss of transition indication interrupt. When LOTE
is set high, an interrupt is generated upon assertion events of the LOTV
register. When LOTE is set low, changes in the LOTV status do not generate
an interrupt.
DOOLV:
The recovered data out of lock status indicates the clock recovery phase
locked loop is unable to recover and lock to the input data stream. DOOLV is
a logic one if the divided down recovered clock frequency is not within
approximately 488ppm of the REFCLK frequency or if no transitions have
occurred on the RXD input for more than 96 bits.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
220
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
ROOLV:
The recovered reference out of lock status indicates the clock recovery phase
locked loop is unable to lock to the reference clock on REFCLK. ROOLV is a
logic one if the divided down synthesized clock frequency is not within
approximately 488ppm of the REFCLK frequency. At startup, ROOLV may
remain high for several hundred millisecond while the PLL obtains lock.
LOTV:
The loss of transition status indicates the receive power is lost or at least 97
consecutive ones or zeros have been received. LOTV is a logic zero if the
SD input is high or fewer than 97 consecutive ones or zeros have been
received. LOTV is a logic one if the SD input is low or more than 96
consecutive ones or zeros have been received.
LOCK:
The CRU reference locking status indicates if the CRU is locking to the
reference clock or is locking to the receive data. LOCK is a logic zero if the
CRU is locking or locked to the reference clock. LOCK is a logic one if the
CRU is locking or locked to the receive data. LOCK is invalid if the CRU is
not used.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
221
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x5E: CRSI Clock Recovery Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
RTYPE
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
RTYPE:
The CRU recovery mode register sets the PLL recovery mode for jitter
transfer and jitter tolerance. When RTYPE is a logic zero, the CRU operates
in LAN mode with improved tolerance and relaxed jitter transfer. When
RTYPE is a logic one, the CRU operates in WAN mode with compliant jitter
transfer.
For proper operation, leave pins C0 and C1 floating when RTYPE is logic
zero. When RTYPE is logic one, the specified capacitor must be connected
between C0 and C1 for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
222
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x60: RXCP Configuration 1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
DDSCR
0
Bit 6
R/W
HDSCR
0
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
R/W
HCSADD
1
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
DISCOR
0
DISCOR:
The DISCOR bit controls the HCS error correction algorithm. When DISCOR
is a logic zero, the error correction algorithm is enabled, and single-bit errors
detected in the cell header are corrected. When DISCOR is a logic one, the
error correction algorithm is disabled, and any error detected in the cell
header is treated as an uncorrectable HCS error.
HCSADD:
The HCSADD bit controls the addition of the coset polynomial, x6+x4+x2+1, to
the HCS octet prior to comparison. When HCSADD is a logic one, the
polynomial is added, and the resulting HCS is compared. When HCSADD is
a logic zero, the polynomial is not added, and the unmodified HCS is
compared.
HDSCR:
HDSCR enables the self-synchronous x43 + 1 descrambler to continue
running through the bytes which should contain the ATM cell headers. When
HSCR is set low, the descrambling polynomial will function only over the ATM
payload bytes. When HDSCR is set high, the descrambling polynomial will
function over all bytes, including the 5 ATM header bytes. This function is
available for use with PPP packets and flags which are scrambled at the
source to prevent the generation of “killer” sequences.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
223
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
DDSCR:
The DDSCR bit controls the descrambling of the cell payload with the
polynomial x43 + 1. When DDSCR is set high, cell payload descrambling is
disabled. When DDSCR is set low, payload descrambling is enabled.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
224
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x61: RXCP Configuration 2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
CCDIS
0
Bit 6
R/W
HCSPASS
0
Bit 5
R/W
IDLEPASS
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
HCSFTR[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
HCSFTR[0]
0
HCSFTR[1:0]:
The HCS filter bits, HCSFTR[1:0] indicate the number of consecutive errorfree cells required, while in detection mode, before reverting back to
correction mode.
HCSFTR[1:0]
Cell Acceptance Threshold
00
One ATM cell with correct HCS before resumption
of cell acceptance. This cell is accepted.
Two ATM cells with correct HCS before resumption
of cell acceptance. The last cell is accepted.
Four ATM cells with correct HCS before resumption
of cell acceptance. The last cell is accepted.
Eight ATM cells with correct HCS before resumption
of cell acceptance. The last cell is accepted.
01
10
11
IDLEPASS:
The IDLEPASS bit controls the function of the Idle Cell filter. When
IDLEPASS is written with a logic zero, all cells that match the Idle Cell Header
Pattern and Idle Cell Header Mask are filtered out. When IDLEPASS is a
logic one, the Idle Cell Header Pattern and Mask registers are ignored. The
default state of this bit and the bits in the Idle Cell Header Mask and Idle Cell
Header Pattern Registers enable the dropping of idle cells.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
225
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
HCSPASS:
The HCSPASS bit controls the dropping of cells based on the detection of an
uncorrectable HCS error. When HCSPASS is a logic zero, cells containing an
uncorrectable HCS error are dropped. When HCSPASS is a logic one, cells
are passed to the receive FIFO regardless of errors detected in the HCS.
Additionally, the HCS verification finite state machine never exits the
correction mode.
Regardless of the programming of this bit, cells are always dropped while the
cell delineation state machine is in the 'HUNT' or 'PRESYNC' states unless
the CCDIS bit in this register is set high.
CCDIS:
The CCDIS bit can be used to disable all cell filtering and cell delineation. All
payload data read from the RXCP is passed into its FIFO without the
requirement of having to find cell delineation first.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
226
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x62: RXCP FIFO/UTOPIA Control and Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
R/W
RXPTYP
0
Unused
X
Bit 7
Bit 6
Default
Bit 5
R/W
RCAINV
0
Bit 4
R/W
RCALEVEL0
1
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
FIFORST
0
Bit 0
R/W
FIFORST:
The FIFORST bit is used to reset the four-cell receive FIFO. When FIFORST
is set low, the FIFO operates normally. When FIFORST is set high, the FIFO
is immediately emptied and ignores writes. The FIFO remains empty and
continues to ignore writes until a logic zero is written to FIFORST. Activating
this bit during a cell transfer may result in a truncated cell on the System
Interface.
RCALEVEL0:
The RCA level 0 bit, RCALEVEL0, determines when the RCA transitions low
for Level 2 operation. When RCALEVEL0 is set high, a high-to-low transition
on output RCA indicates that the receive FIFO is empty and RCA will deassert on the rising RFCLK edge after word 27 (of the 27 word cell structure)
is output. When RCALEVEL0 is set low, a high-to-low transition on output
RCA indicates that the receive FIFO is near empty and RCA will de-assert on
the rising RFCLK edge after word 13 (of the 27 word cell structure) is output.
RCALEVEL0 must be set high when the system interface is configured for
Level 3 operation.
RCAINV:
The RCAINV bit inverts the polarity of the RCA output signal for Level 2
operation. When RCAINV is a logic one, the polarity of RCA is inverted (RCA
at logic zero means there is a receive cell available to be read). When
RCAINV is a logic zero, the polarity of RCA is not inverted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
227
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
RCAINV must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
RXPTYP:
The RXPTYP bit selects even or odd parity for output RPRTY for Level 2
operation. When set high, output RPRTY is the even parity bit for outputs
RDAT[15:0]. When RXPTYP is set low, RPRTY is the odd parity bit for
outputs RDAT[15:0].
RXPTYP must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
228
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x63: RXCP Interrupt Enable and Counter Status
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 7
R
XFERI
X
Bit 6
R
OVR
X
Unused
X
Bit 5
Default
Bit 4
R/W
XFERE
0
Bit 3
R/W
OOCDE
0
Bit 2
R/W
HCSE
0
Bit 1
R/W
FOVRE
0
Bit 0
R/W
LCDE
0
LCDE:
The LCDE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to a change in the
LCD state. When LCDE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
FOVRE:
The FOVRE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to a FIFO overrun
error condition. When FOVRE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
HCSE:
The HCSE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to the detection of a
corrected or an uncorrected HCS error. When HCSE is set high, the interrupt
is enabled.
OOCDE:
The OOCDE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to a change in cell
delineation state. When OOCDE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
XFERE:
The XFERE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when an accumulation
interval is completed and new values are stored in the RXCP Count registers.
When XFERE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
OVR:
The OVR bit is the overrun status of the RXCP Performance Monitoring Count
registers. A logic one in this bit position indicates that a previous transfer
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
229
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
(indicated by XFERI being logic one) has not been acknowledged before the
next accumulation interval has occurred and that the contents of the RXCP
Count registers have been overwritten. OVR is set low when this register is
read.
XFERI:
The XFERI bit indicates that a transfer of RXCP Performance Monitoring
Count data has occurred. A logic one in this bit position indicates that the
RXCP Count registers have been updated. This update is initiated by writing
to one of the RXCP Count register locations or to the S/UNI-622-POS, Master
Reset and Identity register. XFERI is set low when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
230
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x64: RXCP Status/Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Bit 7
R
OOCDV
X
Bit 6
R
LCDV
X
Unused
X
Bit 5
Default
Bit 4
R
OOCDI
X
Bit 3
R
CHCSI
X
Bit 2
R
UHCSI
X
Bit 1
R
FOVRI
X
Bit 0
R
LCDI
X
LCDI:
The LCDI bit is set high when there is a change in the loss of cell delineation
(LCD) state. This bit is reset immediately after a read to this register.
FOVRI:
The FOVRI bit is set high when an attempt is made to write into the FIFO
when it is already full. This bit is reset immediately after a read to this
register. Continuous over-writing of the FIFO results in only one interrupt.
UHCSI:
The UHCSI bit is set high when an uncorrected HCS error is detected. This
bit is reset immediately after a read to this register.
CHCSI:
The CHCSI bit is set high when a corrected HCS error is detected. This bit is
reset immediately after a read to this register.
OOCDI:
The OOCDI bit is set high when the RXCP enters or exits the SYNC state.
The OOCDV bit indicates whether the RXCP is in the SYNC state or not. The
OOCDI bit is reset immediately after a read to this register.
LCDV:
The LCDV bit gives the Loss of Cell Delineation state. When LCD is high, an
out of cell delineation (OCD) defect has persisted for the number of cells
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
231
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
specified in the LCD Count Threshold register. When LCD is low, no OCD
has persisted for the number of cells specified in the LCD Count Threshold
register. The cell time period can be varied by using the LCDC[7:0] register
bits in the RXCP LCD Count Threshold register.
OOCDV:
The OOCDV bit indicates the cell delineation state. When OOCDV is high,
the cell delineation state machine is in the 'HUNT' or 'PRESYNC' state and is
hunting for the cell boundaries. When OOCDV is low, the cell delineation
state machine is in the 'SYNC' state and cells are passed through the receive
FIFO.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
232
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x65: RXCP LCD Count Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
R/W
LCDC[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
LCDC[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
LCDC[8]
1
Register 0x66: RXCP LCD Count Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
LCDC[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
LCDC[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
LCDC[5]
1
Bit 4
R/W
LCDC[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
LCDC[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
LCDC[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
LCDC[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
LCDC[0]
0
LCDC[10:0]:
The LCDC[10:0] bits represent the number of consecutive cell periods the
receive cell processor must be out of cell delineation before loss of cell
delineation (LCD) is declared. Likewise, LCD is not de-asserted until receive
cell processor is in cell delineation for the number of cell periods specified by
LCDC[10:0].
The default value of LCD[10:0] is 360, which translates to an average cell
period of 0.71 µs and a default LCD integration period of 255 µs.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
233
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x67: RXCP Idle Cell Header Pattern
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
GFC[3]
0
Bit 6
R/W
GFC[2]
0
Bit 5
R/W
GFC[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
GFC[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PTI[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PTI[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PTI[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
CLP
1
GFC[3:0]:
The GFC[3:0] bits contain the pattern to match in the first, second, third, and
fourth bits of the first octet of the 53-octet cell, in conjunction with the Idle Cell
Header Mask Register. The IDLEPASS bit in the RXCP Configuration 2
Register must be set to logic zero to enable dropping of cells matching this
pattern. Note that an all-zeros pattern must be present in the VPI and VCI
fields of the idle or unassigned cell.
PTI[2:0]:
The PTI[2:0] bits contain the pattern to match in the fifth, sixth, and seventh
bits of the fourth octet of the 53-octet cell, in conjunction with the Idle Cell
Header Mask Register. The IDLEPASS bit in the RXCP Configuration 2
Register must be set to logic zero to enable dropping of cells matching this
pattern.
CLP:
The CLP bit contains the pattern to match in the eighth bit of the fourth octet
of the 53-octet cell, in conjunction with the Match Header Mask Register. The
IDLEPASS bit in the RXCP Configuration 2 Register must be set to logic zero
to enable dropping of cells matching this pattern.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
234
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x68: RXCP Idle Cell Header Mask
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
MGFC[3]
1
Bit 6
R/W
MGFC[2]
1
Bit 5
R/W
MGFC[1]
1
Bit 4
R/W
MGFC[0]
1
Bit 3
R/W
MPTI[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
MPTI[2]
1
Bit 1
R/W
MPTI[1]
1
Bit 0
R/W
MCLP
1
MGFC[3:0]:
The MGFC[3:0] bits contain the mask pattern for the first, second, third, and
fourth bits of the first octet of the 53-octet cell. This mask is applied to the Idle
Cell Header Pattern Register to select the bits included in the cell filter. A
logic one in any bit position enables the corresponding bit in the pattern
register to be compared. A logic zero causes the masking of the
corresponding bit.
MPTI[3:0]:
The MPTI[3:0] bits contain the mask pattern for the fifth, sixth, and seventh
bits of the fourth octet of the 53-octet cell. This mask is applied to the Idle
Cell Header Pattern Register to select the bits included in the cell filter. A
logic one in any bit position enables the corresponding bit in the pattern
register to be compared. A logic zero causes the masking of the
corresponding bit.
MCLP:
The CLP bit contains the mask pattern for the eighth bit of the fourth octet of
the 53-octet cell. This mask is applied to the Idle Cell Header Pattern
Register to select the bits included in the cell filter. A logic one in this bit
position enables the MCLP bit in the pattern register to be compared. A logic
zero causes the masking of the MCLP bit.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
235
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x69: RXCP Corrected HCS Error Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
CHCS[7]
X
Bit 6
R
CHCS[6]
X
Bit 5
R
CHCS[5]
X
Bit 4
R
CHCS[4]
X
Bit 3
R
CHCS[3]
X
Bit 2
R
CHCS[2]
X
Bit 1
R
CHCS[1]
X
Bit 0
R
CHCS[0]
X
CHCS[7:0]:
The CHCS[7:0] bits indicate the number of corrected HCS error events that
occurred during the last accumulation interval. The contents of these
registers are valid a maximum of 40 RCLK periods after a transfer is triggered
by a write to one of RXCP's performance monitor counters or to the
S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset, and Identity register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
236
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x6A: RXCP Uncorrected HCS Error Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
UHCS[7]
X
Bit 6
R
UHCS[6]
X
Bit 5
R
UHCS[5]
X
Bit 4
R
UHCS[4]
X
Bit 3
R
UHCS[3]
X
Bit 2
R
UHCS[2]
X
Bit 1
R
UHCS[1]
X
Bit 0
R
UHCS[0]
X
UHCS[7:0]:
The UHCS[7:0] bits indicate the number of uncorrectable HCS error events
that occurred during the last accumulation interval. The contents of these
registers are valid a maximum of 40 RCLK periods after a transfer is triggered
by a write to one of RXCP's performance monitor counters or to the S/UNI622-POS Master Reset and Identity register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
237
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x6B: RXCP Receive Cell Counter LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RCELL[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RCELL[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RCELL[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RCELL[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RCELL[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RCELL[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RCELL[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RCELL[0]
X
Register 0x6C: RXCP Receive Cell Counter
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RCELL[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RCELL[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RCELL[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RCELL[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RCELL[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RCELL[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RCELL[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RCELL[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
238
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x6D: RXCP Receive Cell Counter MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RCELL[23]
X
Bit 6
R
RCELL[22]
X
Bit 5
R
RCELL[21]
X
Bit 4
R
RCELL[20]
X
Bit 3
R
RCELL[19]
X
Bit 2
R
RCELL[18]
X
Bit 1
R
RCELL[17]
X
Bit 0
R
RCELL[16]
X
RCELL[23:0]:
The RCELL[23:0] bits indicate the number of cells received and written into
the receive FIFO during the last accumulation interval. Cells received and
filtered due to HCS errors or Idle cell matches are not counted. The counter
should be polled every second to avoid saturation. The contents of these
registers are valid a maximum of 67 RCLK periods after a transfer is triggered
by a write to one of RXCP's performance monitor counters or to the S/UNI622-POS Master Reset and Identity register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
239
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x6E: RXCP Idle Cell Counter LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
ICELL[7]
X
Bit 6
R
ICELL[6]
X
Bit 5
R
ICELL[5]
X
Bit 4
R
ICELL[4]
X
Bit 3
R
ICELL[3]
X
Bit 2
R
ICELL[2]
X
Bit 1
R
ICELL[1]
X
Bit 0
R
ICELL[0]
X
Register 0x6F: RXCP Idle Cell Counter
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
ICELL[15]
X
Bit 6
R
ICELL[14]
X
Bit 5
R
ICELL[13]
X
Bit 4
R
ICELL[12]
X
Bit 3
R
ICELL[11]
X
Bit 2
R
ICELL[10]
X
Bit 1
R
ICELL[9]
X
Bit 0
R
ICELL[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
240
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x70: RXCP Idle Cell Counter MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
ICELL[23]
X
Bit 6
R
ICELL[22]
X
Bit 5
R
ICELL[21]
X
Bit 4
R
ICELL[20]
X
Bit 3
R
ICELL[19]
X
Bit 2
R
ICELL[18]
X
Bit 1
R
ICELL[17]
X
Bit 0
R
ICELL[16]
X
ICELL[23:0]:
The ICELL[23:0] bits indicate the number of idle cells received during the last
accumulation interval. The counter should be polled every second to avoid
saturation. The contents of these registers are valid a maximum of 67 RCLK
periods after a transfer is triggered by a write to one of RXCP's performance
monitor counters or to the S/UNI-622-POS’s Master Reset, and Identity
register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
241
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x80: TXCP Configuration 1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
TPTYP
0
Bit 6
R/W
TCALEVEL0
0
Bit 5
R/W
HSCR
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
HCSB
0
Bit 2
R/W
HCSADD
1
Bit 1
R/W
DSCR
0
Bit 0
R/W
FIFORST
0
FIFORST:
The FIFORST bit is used to reset the four cell transmit FIFO. When FIFORST
is set to logic zero, the FIFO operates normally. When FIFORST is set to
logic one, the FIFO is immediately emptied and ignores writes. The FIFO
remains empty and continues to ignore writes until a logic zero is written to
FIFORST. Null/unassigned cells are transmitted until a subsequent cell is
written to the FIFO.
DSCR:
The DSCR bit controls the scrambling of the cell payload. When DSCR is a
logic one, cell payload scrambling is disabled. When DSCR is a logic zero,
payload scrambling is enabled.
HCSADD:
The HCSADD bit controls the addition of the coset polynomial, x6+x4+x2+1,
to the HCS octet prior to insertion in the synchronous payload envelope.
When HCSADD is a logic one, the polynomial is added, and the resulting
HCS is inserted. When HCSADD is a logic zero, the polynomial is not added,
and the unmodified HCS is inserted. HCSADD takes effect unconditionally
regardless of whether a null/unassigned cell is being transmitted or whether
the HCS octet has been read from the FIFO.
HCSB:
The active low HCSB bit enables the internal generation and insertion of the
HCS octet into the transmit cell stream. When HCSB is logic zero, the HCS is
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
242
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
generated and inserted internally. If HCSB is logic one, then no HCS octet is
inserted in the transmit data stream.
HSCR:
The Header Scramble enable bit, HSCR, enables scrambling of the ATM five
octet header along with the payload. When set to logic one, the ATM header
and payload are both scrambled. When set to logic zero, the header is left
unscrambled and payload scrambling is determined by the DSCR bit.
TCALEVEL0:
The TCA level control (TCALEVEL0) determines when the TCA will transition
low as the FIFO fills for Level 2 operation. When TCALEVEL0 is logic zero,
TCA will deassert on the same rising TFCLK edge that samples word 21 of
the 27 word ATM cell structure. When TCALEVEL0 is logic one, TCA will
deassert on the same rising TFCLK edge that samples word 26 of the 27
word ATM cell structure.
TCALEVEL0 must be set low when the system interface is configured for
Level 3 operation.
TPTYP:
The TPTYP bit selects even or odd parity for input TPRTY for Level 2
operation. When set to logic one, input TPRTY is the even parity bit for the
TDAT input bus. When set to logic zero, input TPRTY is the odd parity bit for
the TDAT input bus.
TPTYP must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
243
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x81: TXCP Configuration 2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
R/W
TCAINV
0
Bit 3
R/W
FIFODP[1]
0
Bit 2
R/W
FIFODP[0]
0
Bit 1
R/W
DHCS
0
Bit 0
R/W
HCSCTLEB
0
HCSCTLEB:
The active low HCS control enable, HCSCTLEB bit enables the XORing of
the HCS Control byte with the generated HCS. When set to logic zero, the
HCS Control byte provided in the third word of the 27 word data structure is
XORed with the generated HCS. When set to logic one, XORing is disabled
and the HCS Control byte is ignored.
For normal operation, the HCS Control byte in the ATM cell structure
transferred on the system interface should always be 0x00. If not, the
HCSCTLEB register should be set to logic one to prevent corruption of the
HCS byte.
DHCS:
The DHCS bit controls the insertion of HCS errors for diagnostic purposes.
When DHCS is set to logic one, the HCS octet is inverted prior to insertion in
the synchronous payload envelope. DHCS takes effect unconditionally
regardless of whether a null/unassigned cell is being transmitted or whether
the HCS octet has been read from the FIFO. DHCS occurs after any error
insertion caused by the Control Byte in the 27-word data structure.
FIFODP[1:0]:
The FIFODP[1:0] bits determine the transmit FIFO cell depth at which TCA is
de-asserted. FIFO depth control may be important in systems where the cell
latency through the TXCP must be minimized. When the FIFO is filled to the
specified depth, the transmit cell available signal, TCA is deasserted. Note
that regardless of what fill level FIFODP[1:0] is set to, the transmit cell
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
244
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
processor can store 4 complete cells. The selectable FIFO cell depths are
shown below:
FIFODP[1]
FIFODP[0]
FIFO DEPTH
0
0
4 cells
0
1
3 cells
1
0
2 cells
1
1
1 cell
TCAINV:
The TCAINV bit inverts the polarity of the TCA output signal for Level 2
operation. When TCAINV is a logic one, the polarity of TCA is inverted (TCA
at logic zero means there is transmit cell space available to be written to).
When TCAINV is a logic zero, the polarity of TCA is not inverted.
TCAINV must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
245
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x82: TXCP Cell Count Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
XFERE
0
Bit 6
R
XFERI
X
Bit 5
R
OVR
X
Unused
X
Bit 4
Bit 3
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 2
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
XFERI:
The XFERI bit indicates that a transfer of Transmit Cell Count data has
occurred. A logic one in this bit position indicates that the Transmit Cell Count
registers have been updated. This update is initiated by writing to one of the
Transmit Cell Count register locations or to the S/UNI-622-POS, Master Reset
and Identity register. XFERI is set low when this register is read.
OVR:
The OVR bit is the overrun status of the Transmit Cell Count registers. A logic
one in this bit position indicates that a previous transfer (indicated by XFERI
being logic one) has not been acknowledged before the next accumulation
interval has occurred and that the contents of the Transmit Cell Count
registers have been overwritten. OVR is set low when this register is read.
XFERE:
The XFERE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when an accumulation
interval is completed and new values are stored in the Transmit Cell Count
registers. When XFERE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
Reserved:
These bits should be set to their default values for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
246
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x83: TXCP Interrupt Enable/Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
TPRTYE
0
Bit 6
R/W
FOVRE
0
Bit 5
R/W
TSOCE
0
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
R
TPRTYI
X
Bit 1
R
FOVRI
X
Bit 0
R
TSOCI
X
TSOCI:
The TSOCI bit is set high when the TSOC input is sampled high during any
position other than the first word of the selected data structure. The write
address counter is reset to the first word of the data structure when TSOC is
sampled high. This bit is reset immediately after a read to this register.
FOVRI:
The FOVRI bit is set high when an attempt is made to write into the FIFO
when it is already full. This bit is reset immediately after a read to this
register.
TPRTYI:
The TPRTYI bit indicates if a parity error was detected on the TDAT input bus.
When logic one, the TPRTYI bit indicates a parity error over the active TDAT
bus. This bit is cleared when this register is read. Odd or even parity is
selected using the TPTYP bit.
TSOCE:
The TSOCE bit enables the generation of an interrupt when the TSOC input
is sampled high during any position other than the first word of the selected
data structure. When TSOCE is set to logic one, the interrupt is enabled.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
247
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FOVRE:
The FOVRE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to an attempt to
write the FIFO when it is already full. When FOVRE is set to logic one, the
interrupt is enabled.
TPRTYE:
The TPRTYE bit enables transmit parity interrupts. When set to logic one,
parity errors are indicated on INTB and TPRTYI. When set to logic zero,
parity errors are indicated using bit TPRTYI, but are not indicated on output
INTB.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
248
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x84: TXCP Idle Cell Header Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
GFC[3]
0
Bit 6
R/W
GFC[2]
0
Bit 5
R/W
GFC[1]
0
Bit 4
R/W
GFC[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PTI[2]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PTI[1]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PTI[0]
0
Bit 0
R/W
CLP
1
CLP:
The CLP bit contains the eighth bit position of the fourth octet of the
idle/unassigned cell pattern. Cell rate decoupling is accomplished by
transmitting idle cells when the TXCP detects that no outstanding cells exist in
the transmit FIFO.
PTI[3:0]:
The PTI[3:0] bits contain the fifth, sixth, and seventh bit positions of the fourth
octet of the idle/unassigned cell pattern. Idle cells are transmitted when the
TXCP detects that no outstanding cells exist in the transmit FIFO.
GFC[3:0]:
The GFC[3:0] bits contain the first, second, third, and fourth bit positions of
the first octet of the idle/unassigned cell pattern. Idle/unassigned cells are
transmitted when the TXCP detects that no outstanding cells exist in the
transmit FIFO. The all zeros pattern is transmitted in the VCI and VPI fields of
the idle cell.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
249
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x85: TXCP Idle Cell Payload Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PAYLD[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PAYLD[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
PAYLD[5]
1
Bit 4
R/W
PAYLD[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PAYLD[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
PAYLD[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PAYLD[1]
1
Bit 0
R/W
PAYLD[0]
0
PAYLD[7:0]:
The PAYLD[7:0] bits contain the pattern inserted in the idle cell payload. Idle
cells are inserted when the TXCP detects that the transmit FIFO contains no
outstanding cells. PAYLD[7] is the most significant bit and is the first bit
transmitted. PAYLD[0] is the least significant bit.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
250
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x86: TXCP Transmit Cell Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TCELL[7]
X
Bit 6
R
TCELL[6]
X
Bit 5
R
TCELL[5]
X
Bit 4
R
TCELL[4]
X
Bit 3
R
TCELL[3]
X
Bit 2
R
TCELL[2]
X
Bit 1
R
TCELL[1]
X
Bit 0
R
TCELL[0]
X
Register 0x87: TXCP Transmit Cell Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TCELL[15]
X
Bit 6
R
TCELL[14]
X
Bit 5
R
TCELL[13]
X
Bit 4
R
TCELL[12]
X
Bit 3
R
TCELL[11]
X
Bit 2
R
TCELL[10]
X
Bit 1
R
TCELL[9]
X
Bit 0
R
TCELL[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
251
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x88: TXCP Transmit Cell Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TCELL[23]
X
Bit 6
R
TCELL[22]
X
Bit 5
R
TCELL[21]
X
Bit 4
R
TCELL[20]
X
Bit 3
R
TCELL[19]
X
Bit 2
R
TCELL[18]
X
Bit 1
R
TCELL[17]
X
Bit 0
R
TCELL[16]
X
TCELL[23:0]:
The TCELL[23:0] bits indicate the number of cells read from the transmit FIFO
and inserted into the transmission stream during the last accumulation
interval. Idle cells inserted into the transmission stream are not counted.
A write to any one of the TXCP Transmit Cell Counter registers or to the
S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers with
the current counter value and resets the internal 19 bit counter to 1 or 0. The
counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to the Transmit Cell Counter registers. The counter
should be polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these
registers are valid after a maximum of 67 TCLK cycles after a transfer is
triggered by a write to a TXCP Transmit Cell count Register or the S/UNI-622POS Master Reset and Identity register.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
252
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x90: RUL3 Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
RL3PP
0
Unused
X
Bit 4
Type
R/W
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
RMOVR
0
Bit 1
R/W
RPOS_ATMB
X
Bit 0
R/W
RSYSSEL
X
RSYSSEL:
The Receive System Interface Select RSYSSEL allows the SYSSEL pin to be
observed and overridden by software. When the RMOVR bit is set low, the
RSYSSEL bit is read-only and reports the status of the SYSSEL pin. When
RMOVR is set high, the value of the RSYSSEL bit is used to determine the
system mode and the SYSEL pin is ignored.
When RMOVR is set high and RSYSSEL is set low, the receive side of the
system interface is configured for Level 2 operation. When RMOVR is set
high and RSYSSEL is set high, the receive side of the system interface is
configured for Level 3 operation.
RPOS_ATMB:
The Receive ATM/POS Mode Select RPOS_ATMB allows the POS_ATMB pin
to be observed and overridden by software. When the RMOVR bit is set low,
the RPOS_ATMB bit is read-only and reports the status of the POS_ATMB
pin. When RMOVR is set high, the value of the RPOS_ATMB bit is used to
determine the receive side of the system interface mode and the POS_ATMB
pin is ignored. When RMOVR is set high and RPOS_ATMB is set low, the
receive side of the system interface is configured for ATM cells. When
RMOVR is set high and RPOS_ATMB is set high, the system interface is
configured for packet data.
RMOVR:
The Receive Mode Over-Ride bit RMOVR enables the RSYSSEL and
RPOS_ATMB bits to override the mode selected by the SYSSEL and
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
253
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
POS_ATMB pins. When RMOVR is low, the receive side of the system
interface is selected by the external pins, and can be read from the RSYSSEL
and RPOS_ATMB register bits. When RMOVR is high, the mode is controlled
by writing to the RSYSSEL and RPOS_ATMB bits, and the external mode
pins are ignored.
RL3PP:
The Receive Level 3 Parity RL3PP bit selects even or odd parity for output
RPRTY when the system interface is configured for Level 3 operation. When
set high, output RPRTY is the even parity bit for outputs RDAT[7:0]. When
RL3PP is set to low, RPRTY is the odd parity bit for outputs RDAT[7:0].
RL3PP is ignored when the system interface is configured for Level 2
operation.
RL3PP is ignored when the system interface is configured for Level 2
operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
254
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x92: TUL3 Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
TL3PP
0
Unused
X
Bit 4
Type
R/W
Bit 3
Bit 2
R/W
TMOVR
0
Bit 1
R/W
TPOS_ATMB
X
Bit 0
R/W
TSYSSEL
X
TSYSSEL:
The Transmit System Interface Select TSYSSEL allows the SYSSEL pin to be
observed and overridden by software. When the TMOVR bit is set low, the
TSYSSEL bit is read-only and reports the status of the SYSSEL pin. When
TMOVR is set high, the value of the TSYSSEL bit is used to determine the
system mode and the SYSEL pin is ignored.
When TMOVR is set high and TSYSSEL is set low, the transmit side of the
system interface is configured for Level 2 operation. When TMOVR is set
high and TSYSSEL is set high, the transmit side of the system interface is
configured for Level 3 operation.
TPOS_ATMB:
The Transmit ATM/POS Mode Select TPOS_ATMB allows the POS_ATMB
pin to be observed and overridden by software. When the TMOVR bit is set
low, the TPOS_ATMB bit is read-only and reports the status of the
POS_ATMB pin. When TMOVR is set high, the value of the RPOS_ATMB bit
is used to determine the system interface mode and the POS_ATMB pin is
ignored. When TMOVR is set high and TPOS_ATMB is set low, the transmit
side of the system interface is configured for ATM cells. When TMOVR is set
high and TPOS_ATMB is set high, the transmit side of the system interface is
configured for packet data.
TMOVR:
The Transmit Mode Over-Ride bit TMOVR enables the TSYSSEL and
TPOS_ATMB bits to override the mode selected by the SYSSEL and
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
255
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
POS_ATMB pins. When TMOVR is low, the system interface mode is
selected by the external pins, and can be read from the TSYSSEL and
TPOS_ATMB register bits. When TMOVR is high, the mode is controlled by
writing to the TSYSSEL and TPOS_ATMB bits, and the external mode pins
are ignored.
TL3PP:
The Transmit Level 3 Parity TL3PP bit selects even or odd parity for input
RPRTY when the system interface is configured for Level 3 operation. When
set high, input TPRTY is the even parity bit for inputs TDAT[7:0]. When
TL3PP is set to low, TPRTY is the odd parity bit for input RDAT[7:0]. TL3PP
is ignored when the system interface is configured for Level 2 operation.
TL3PP is ignored when the system interface is configured for Level 2
operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
256
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x94: DLL RUL3 Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Reserved
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 4
Type
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
The DLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL for the
receive system interface clock RFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
257
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x96: DLL RUL3 Delay Tap Status
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R
Reserved
X
Bit 4
R
Reserved
X
Bit 3
R
Reserved
X
Bit 2
R
Reserved
X
Bit 1
R
Reserved
X
Bit 0
R
Reserved
X
Writing to this register performs a software reset of the DLL. The software reset
will disrupt the Receive Level 2/3 interface controlled by RFCLK clock. Any
FIFOs associated with the RFCLK (RXCP and RXFP) must be reset using
FIFORST after the DLL is reset.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
258
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x97: DLL RUL3 Control Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RFCLKI
X
Bit 6
R
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R
ERRORI
X
Bit 4
R
Reserved
X
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERROR
X
Bit 1
R
Reserved
X
Bit 0
R
RUN
X
The DLL Control Status Register provides information of the DLL operation.
RUN:
The DLL lock status register bit RUN indicates the DLL has found an initial
lock condition. When the phase detector first indicates lock, RUN is set high.
The RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset or a software reset.
ERROR:
The delay line error register ERROR indicates the DLL is currently at the end
of the delay line. ERROR is set high when the DLL tries to move beyond the
end of the delay line.
ERRORI:
The error event register bit ERRORI indicates the ERROR register bit has
been a logic one. When the ERROR register changes from a logic zero to a
logic one, the ERRORI register bit is set to logic one. The ERRORI register
bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has
been recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
259
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
RFCLKI:
The clock event register bit RFCLKI provides a method to monitor activity on
the RFCLK clock. When the RFCLK input changes from a logic zero to a
logic one, the RFCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The RFCLKI register bit
is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been
recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
260
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x98: DLL TUL3 Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Reserved
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 4
Type
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
The DLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL for the
receive system interface clock TFCLK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
261
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x9A: DLL TUL3 Delay Tap Status
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R
Reserved
X
Bit 4
R
Reserved
X
Bit 3
R
Reserved
X
Bit 2
R
Reserved
X
Bit 1
R
Reserved
X
Bit 0
R
Reserved
X
Writing to this register performs a software reset of the DLL. The software reset
will disrupt the Transmit Level 2/3 interface controlled by TFCLK clock. Any
FIFOs associated with the TFCLK (TXCP and TXFP) must be reset using
FIFORST after the DLL is reset.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
262
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x9B: DLL TUL3 Control Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TFCLKI
X
Bit 6
R
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R
ERRORI
X
Bit 4
R
Reserved
X
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERROR
X
Bit 1
R
Reserved
X
Bit 0
R
RUN
X
The DLL Control Status Register provides information of the DLL operation.
RUN:
The DLL lock status register bit RUN indicates the DLL has found an initial
lock condition. When the phase detector first indicates lock, RUN is set high.
The RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset or a software reset.
ERROR:
The delay line error register ERROR indicates the DLL is currently at the end
of the delay line. ERROR is set high when the DLL tries to move beyond the
end of the delay line.
ERRORI:
The error event register bit ERRORI indicates the ERROR register bit has
been a logic one. When the ERROR register changes from a logic zero to a
logic one, the ERRORI register bit is set to logic one. The ERRORI register
bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has
been recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
263
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TFCLKI:
The clock event register bit TFCLKI provides a method to monitor activity on
the TFCLK clock. When the TFCLK input changes from a logic zero to a logic
one, the TFCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The TFCLKI register bit is
cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been
recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
264
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x9C: DLL Parallel Transmit Configuration
Bit
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
OVERRIDE
0
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 4
Type
R/W
Bit 1
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
The DLL Configuration Register controls the basic operation of the DLL for the
receive system interface clock PTCLK.
OVERRIDE:
The override control (OVERRIDE) disables the DLL operation. When
OVERRIDE is set low, the DLL generates the internal clock by delaying the
PTCLK to ensure the best possible output propagation on the system
interface. When OVERRIDE is set high, the system interface output
propagation will not meet the specified timing. This feature provides a backup strategy for very low frequency PTCLK operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
265
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x9E: DLL Parallel Transmit Delay Tap Status
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R
Reserved
X
Bit 4
R
Reserved
X
Bit 3
R
Reserved
X
Bit 2
R
Reserved
X
Bit 1
R
Reserved
X
Bit 0
R
Reserved
X
Writing to this register performs a software reset of the DLL. The software reset
will disrupt the Transmit parallel interface controlled by PTCLK clock.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
266
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x9F: DLL Parallel Transmit Control Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PTCLKI
X
Bit 6
R
Reserved
X
Bit 5
R
ERRORI
X
Bit 4
R
Reserved
X
Unused
X
Bit 3
Bit 2
R
ERROR
X
Bit 1
R
Reserved
X
Bit 0
R
RUN
X
The DLL Control Status Register provides information of the DLL operation.
RUN:
The DLL lock status register bit RUN indicates the DLL has found an initial
lock condition. When the phase detector first indicates lock, RUN is set high.
The RUN register bit is cleared only by a system reset or a software reset.
ERROR:
The delay line error register ERROR indicates the DLL is currently at the end
of the delay line. ERROR is set high when the DLL tries to move beyond the
end of the delay line.
ERRORI:
The error event register bit ERRORI indicates the ERROR register bit has
been a logic one. When the ERROR register changes from a logic zero to a
logic one, the ERRORI register bit is set to logic one. The ERRORI register
bit is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has
been recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
267
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PTCLKI:
The clock event register bit PTCLKI provides a method to monitor activity on
the PTCLK clock. When the PTCLK input changes from a logic zero to a
logic one, the PTCLKI register bit is set to logic one. The PTCLKI register bit
is cleared immediately after it is read, thus acknowledging the event has been
recorded.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
268
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA0: RXFP Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R/W
FCSPASS
0
Bit 5
R/W
RPAINV
0
Bit 4
R/W
FCSSEL[1]
1
Bit 3
R/W
FCSSEL[0]
0
Bit 2
R/W
RXPTYP
0
Bit 1
R/W
DDSCR
1
Bit 0
R/W
FIFORST
0
FIFORST:
The FIFORST bit is used to reset the 256-byte receive FIFO. When
FIFORST is set low, the FIFO operates normally. When FIFORST is set high,
the FIFO is immediately emptied and ignores writes. The FIFO remains
empty and continues to ignore writes until a logic zero is written to FIFORST.
DDSCR:
The DDSCR bit controls the descrambling of the frame payload with the
polynomial x43 + 1. When DDSCR is set low, frame payload descrambling is
disabled. When DDSCR is set high, payload descrambling is enabled.
RXPTYP:
The RXPTYP bit selects even or odd parity for output RPRTY for Level 2
operation. When set high, output RPRTY is the even parity bit for outputs
RDAT[15:0]. When RXPTYP is set low, RPRTY is the odd parity bit for
outputs RDAT[15:0].
RXPTYP must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
FCSSEL[1:0]:
The Frame Control Sequence select (FCSSEL[1:0]) bits control the FCS
calculation according to the table below. The FCS is calculated over the
whole packet data, after byte destuffing and descrambling.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
269
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
FCSSEL[1:0]
00
01
10
11
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FCS Operation
No FCS calculated
CRC-CCITT (2 bytes)
CRC-32 (4 bytes)
Reserved
RPAINV:
The RPAINV bit inverts the polarity of the RPA output signal for Level 2
operation. When RPAINV is a logic one, the polarity of RPA is inverted (RPA
at logic zero means there is a receive cell available to be read). When
RPAINV is a logic zero, the polarity of RPA is not inverted.
RPAINV must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
FCSPASS:
FCSPASS determines if the FCS field will be passed through the system
interface or stripped. When FCSPASS is set to logic one, the POS frame
FCS field is written into the FIFO as part of the packet, and can thus be read
through the system interface. When FCSPASS is set to logic zero, the FCS
field is stripped from the POS frame.
Reserved:
The reserved bit must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
270
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA1: RXFP Configuration/Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R/W
MINLE
0
Bit 4
R/W
MAXLE
0
Bit 3
R/W
ABRTE
0
Bit 2
R/W
FCSE
0
Bit 1
R/W
FOVRE
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
FOVRE:
The FOVRE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to a FIFO overrun
error condition. When FOVRE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
FCSE:
The FCSE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to the detection of an
FCS error. When FCSE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
ABRTE:
The Abort Packet Enable bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to the
reception of an aborted packet. When ABRTE is set high, the interrupt is
enabled.
MAXLE:
The Maximum Length Packet Enable bit enables the generation of an
interrupt due to the reception of a packet exceeding the programmable
maximum packet length. When MAXLE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
MINLE:
The Minimum Length Packet Enable bit enables the generation of an interrupt
due to the reception of a packet that is smaller than the programmable
minimum packet length. When MINLE is set high, the interrupt is enabled.
Reserved:
The reserved bit must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
271
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA2: RXFP Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R
MINLI
X
Bit 4
R
MAXLI
X
Bit 3
R
ABRTI
X
Bit 2
R
FCSI
X
Bit 1
R
FOVRI
X
Unused
X
Bit 0
FOVRI:
The FOVRI bit indicates an interrupt due to a FIFO overrun error condition.
This interrupt can be masked using FOVRE.
FCSI:
The FCSI bit indicates an interrupt due to the detection of an FCS error. This
interrupt can be masked using FCSE.
ABRTI:
The ABRTI bit indicates the generation of an interrupt due to the reception of
an aborted packet. This interrupt can be masked using ABRTE.
MAXLI:
The MAXLI bit indicates an interrupt due to the reception of a packet
exceeding the programmable maximum packet length. This interrupt can be
masked using MAXLE.
MINLI:
The MINLI bit indicates an interrupt due to the reception of a packet that is
smaller than the programmable minimum packet length. This interrupt can be
masked using MINLE.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
272
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA3: RXFP Minimum Packet Length
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
MINPL[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
MINPL[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
MINPL[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
MINPL[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
MINPL[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
MINPL[2]
1
Bit 1
R/W
MINPL[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
MINPL[0]
0
MINPL[7:0]:
The Minimum Packet Length (MINPL[7:0]) bits are used to set the minimum
packet length. Packets smaller than this length are marked with an error.
The packet length used here is defined as the number of bytes encapsulated
into the POS frame, including the FCS but excluding byte stuffing.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
273
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA4: RXFP Maximum Packet Length LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
MAXPL[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
MAXPL[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
MAXPL[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
MAXPL[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
MAXPL[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
MAXPL[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
MAXPL[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
MAXPL[0]
0
Register 0xA5: RXFP Maximum Packet Length MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
MAXPL[15]
0
Bit 6
R/W
MAXPL[14]
0
Bit 5
R/W
MAXPL[13]
0
Bit 4
R/W
MAXPL[12]
0
Bit 3
R/W
MAXPL[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
MAXPL[10]
1
Bit 1
R/W
MAXPL[9]
1
Bit 0
R/W
MAXPL[8]
0
MAXPL[15:0]:
The Maximum Packet Length (MAXPL[15:0]) bits are used to set the
maximum packet length. Packets larger than this length are marked with an
error. The packet length used here is defined as the number of bytes
encapsulated into the POS frame, including the FCS but excluding byte
stuffing.
The maximum packet length supported by the RXFP is 65534 bytes
(0xFFFE).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
274
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA6: RXFP Receive Initiation Level
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
1
Bit 6
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 5
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 4
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 3
R/W
RIL[3]
1
Bit 2
R/W
RIL[2]
1
Bit 1
R/W
RIL[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
RIL[0]
0
RIL[3:0]:
The Reception Initiation Level (RIL[3:0]) bits are used to set the minimum
number of bytes that must be available in the FIFO before received packets
can be written into it. RIL[3:0] is only used after a FIFO overrun has been
detected and FIFO writes have been suspended. This avoids restarting the
reception of data too quickly after an overrun condition. If the system does
not cause any FIFO overrun, then this register will not be used. RIL[3:0]
breaks the FIFO in 16 sections; for example a value of 0x4 correspond to a
FIFO level of 64 bytes. The value of RIL must not be too large in order to
prevent repetitive FIFO overruns.
Table 7: Receive Initiation Level Values
RIL[3:0]
0000
0001
0010
0011
FIFO Fill Level
0
16
32
48
RIL[3:0]
1000
1001
1010
1011
FIFO Fill Level
128
144
160
176
0100
0101
0110
0111
64
80
96
112
1100
1101
1110
1111
192
208
224
240
Reserved:
These bits must be programmed as indicated by the default column.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
275
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA7: RXFP Receive Packet Available High Water Mark
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
RPAHWM[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
RPAHWM[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
RPAHWM[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
RPAHWM[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
RPAHWM[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
RPAHWM[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
RPAHWM[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
RPAHWM[0]
0
RPAHWM[7:0]:
The Receive FIFO High Water Mark (RPAHWM[7:0]) bits are used to
generate the RPA output in POS-PHY Level 2 interface. RPA is set to logic
one when the number of bytes stored in the FIFO exceeds RPAHWM[7:0] or
when there is at least one end of packet in the FIFO. The RPAHWM value is
used to determine when data is transferred on the POS-PHY Level 3
interface.
The programmed value for RPAHWM[7:0] must be less than 0xF0 and greater
than 0x00 for proper operation.
When a packet with less than 6 bytes arrives (from the line side), the receive
packet available signal (RPA) may assert before data is available. In this
condition, RPA will assert between 1 to 3 RFCLK clock cycles before the data
is available and will remain asserted for 1 to 3 RFCLK clock cycles. When
the Link Layer device attempts to read the packet by asserting read enable
(RENB), it may find that there is no valid data available (receive data valid
signal (RVAL) remains de-asserted). RPA will correctly assert again later
when data is available. At this time the RVAL signal will be asserted
indicating valid data.
With packets greater than 6 bytes, the RPA signal will assert, de-assert and
then reassert 1 to 3 RFCLK cycles later (same as the above case with
packets less than 6 bytes). However, if the Link layer device attempts to read
the packet on the basis of the first occurrence of RPA, it will read valid data
(RVAL will be asserted), even if RPA may be de-asserted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
276
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
This early assertion of RPA will not cause any data corruption if RVAL is used
to qualify the data that is read. It is recommended that RVAL always be used
to qualify receive data. The operation of RPA may cause a slight reduction
bandwidth on receive side of the POS-PHY interface. However, since there is
ample bandwidth on the POS-PHY interface there will be no impact on
performance of functionality.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
277
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xA8: RXFP Receive Byte Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RBYTE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RBYTE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RBYTE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RBYTE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RBYTE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RBYTE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RBYTE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RBYTE[0]
X
Register 0xA9: RXFP Receive Byte Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RBYTE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RBYTE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RBYTE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RBYTE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RBYTE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RBYTE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RBYTE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RBYTE[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
278
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xAA: RXFP Receive Byte Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RBYTE[23]
X
Bit 6
R
RBYTE[22]
X
Bit 5
R
RBYTE[21]
X
Bit 4
R
RBYTE[20]
X
Bit 3
R
RBYTE[19]
X
Bit 2
R
RBYTE[18]
X
Bit 1
R
RBYTE[17]
X
Bit 0
R
RBYTE[16]
X
Register 0xAB: RXFP Receive Byte Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RBYTE[31]
X
Bit 6
R
RBYTE[30]
X
Bit 5
R
RBYTE[29]
X
Bit 4
R
RBYTE[28]
X
Bit 3
R
RBYTE[27]
X
Bit 2
R
RBYTE[26]
X
Bit 1
R
RBYTE[25]
X
Bit 0
R
RBYTE[24]
X
RBYTE[31:0]:
The RBYTE[31:0] bits indicate the number of received bytes written into the
receive FIFO during the last accumulation interval. This counter does not
count any byte from errored and aborted frames.
A write to any one of the RXFP Receive Byte Counter registers or the S/UNI622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers with the
current counter value and resets the internal 24 bit counter to 1 or 0. The
counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to the Receive Byte Counter registers. The counter
should be polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
279
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
registers are valid three RCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered by a write to
any of the RXFP Receive Frame Count Registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
280
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xAC: RXFP Receive Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RFRAME[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RFRAME[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RFRAME[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RFRAME[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RFRAME[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RFRAME[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RFRAME[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RFRAME[0]
X
Register 0xAD: RXFP Receive Frame Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RFRAME[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RFRAME[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RFRAME[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RFRAME[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RFRAME[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RFRAME[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RFRAME[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RFRAME[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
281
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xAE: RXFP Receive Frame Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RFRAME[23]
X
Bit 6
R
RFRAME[22]
X
Bit 5
R
RFRAME[21]
X
Bit 4
R
RFRAME[20]
X
Bit 3
R
RFRAME[19]
X
Bit 2
R
RFRAME[18]
X
Bit 1
R
RFRAME[17]
X
Bit 0
R
RFRAME[16]
X
RFRAME[23:0]:
The RFRAME[23:0] bits indicate the number of successfully received POS
frames written into the receive FIFO after their extraction from the
SONET/SDH stream during the last accumulation interval. This counter does
not count any errored and aborted frames.
A write to any one of the RXFP Receive Frame Counter registers or S/UNI622-POS the Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers with the
current counter value and resets the internal 24 bit counter to 1 or 0. The
counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to the Receive Frame Counter registers. The counter
should be polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these
registers are valid three RCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered by a write to
any of the RXFP Receive Frame Count Registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
282
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xAF: RXFP Receive Aborted Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RABRF[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RABRF[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RABRF[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RABRF[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RABRF[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RABRF[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RABRF[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RABRF[0]
X
Register 0xB0: RXFP Receive Aborted Frame Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RABRF[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RABRF[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RABRF[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RABRF[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RABRF[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RABRF[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RABRF[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RABRF[8]
X
RABRF[15:0]:
The RABRF[15:0] bits indicate the number of aborted POS frames received
and written into the receive FIFO during the last accumulation interval.
A write to any one of the RXFP Receive Aborted Frame Counter registers or
the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers
with the current counter value and resets the internal 16 bit counter to 1 or 0.
The counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to these registers. The counter should be polled every
second to avoid saturating. The contents of these registers are valid three
RCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
283
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xB1: RXFP Receive FCS Error Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RFCSEF[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RFCSEF[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RFCSEF[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RFCSEF[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RFCSEF[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RFCSEF[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RFCSEF[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RFCSEF[0]
X
Register 0xB2: RXFP Receive FCS Error Frame Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RFCSEF[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RFCSEF[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RFCSEF[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RFCSEF[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RFCSEF[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RFCSEF[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RFCSEF[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RFCSEF[8]
X
RFCSEF[15:0]:
The RFCSEF[15:0] bits indicate the number of POS frames received with an
FCS error and written into the receive FIFO during the last accumulation
interval.
A write to any one of the RXFP Receive FCS Error Frame Counter registers
or the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers
with the current counter value and resets the internal 16 bit counter to 1 or 0.
The counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to these registers. The counter should be polled every
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
284
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
second to avoid saturating. The contents of these registers are valid three
RCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
285
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xB3: RXFP Receive Minimum Length Error Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RMINLF[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RMINLF[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RMINLF[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RMINLF[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RMINLF[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RMINLF[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RMINLF[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RMINLF[0]
X
Register 0xB4: RXFP Receive Minimum Length Error Frame Counter MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RMINLF[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RMINLF[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RMINLF[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RMINLF[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RMINLF[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RMINLF[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RMINLF[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RMINLF[8]
X
RMINLF[15:0]:
The RMINLF[15:0] bits indicate the number of minimum packet length POS
frames received and written into the receive FIFO during the last
accumulation interval.
A write to any one of the RXFP Minimum Length Error Frame Counter
registers or the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the
registers with the current counter value and resets the internal 16 bit counter
to 1 or 0. The counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event
during the transfer of the count to these registers. The counter should be
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
286
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these registers are
valid three RCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
287
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xB5: RXFP Receive Maximum Length Error Frame Counter LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RMAXLF[7]
X
Bit 6
R
RMAXLF[6]
X
Bit 5
R
RMAXLF[5]
X
Bit 4
R
RMAXLF[4]
X
Bit 3
R
RMAXLF[3]
X
Bit 2
R
RMAXLF[2]
X
Bit 1
R
RMAXLF[1]
X
Bit 0
R
RMAXLF[0]
X
Register 0xB6: RXFP Receive Maximum Length Error Frame Counter MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
RMAXLF[15]
X
Bit 6
R
RMAXLF[14]
X
Bit 5
R
RMAXLF[13]
X
Bit 4
R
RMAXLF[12]
X
Bit 3
R
RMAXLF[11]
X
Bit 2
R
RMAXLF[10]
X
Bit 1
R
RMAXLF[9]
X
Bit 0
R
RMAXLF[8]
X
RMAXLF[15:0]:
The RMAXLF[15:0] bits indicate the number of POS frames exceeding the
maximum packet length that were received and written into the receive FIFO
during the last accumulation interval.
A write to any one of the RXFP Receive Maximum Length Error Frame
Counter registers or the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register
loads the registers with the current counter value and resets the internal 16 bit
counter to 1 or 0. The counter reset value is dependent on if there was a
count event during the transfer of the count to these registers. The counter
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
288
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
should be polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these
registers are valid three RCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
289
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC0: TXFP Interrupt Enable/Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
R
FIFOERR
X
Bit 5
R/W
FUDRE
0
Bit 4
R
FUDRI
X
Bit 3
R/W
FOVRE
0
Bit 2
R
FOVRI
X
Bit 1
R/W
TPRTYE
0
Bit 0
R
TPRTYI
X
TPRTYI:
The TPRTYI bit indicates if a parity error was detected on the TDAT system
interface bus. When logic one, the TPRTYI bit indicates a parity error over
the TDAT[15:0] bus. This bit is cleared when this register is read. Odd or
even parity is selected using the TPTYP bit.
TPRTYE:
The TPRTYE bit enables transmit parity interrupts. When set to logic one,
parity errors are indicated on INTB and TPRTYI. When set to logic zero,
parity errors are indicated using bit TPRTYI, but are not indicated on output
INTB.
FOVRI:
The FOVRI bit is set high when an attempt is made to write into the FIFO
while it has already been filled-up. This is considered a system error. This bit
is reset immediately after a read to this register.
FOVRE:
The FOVRE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to an attempt to
write the FIFO when it is already full. When FOVRE is set to logic one, the
interrupt is enabled and causes FOVRI and an interrupt is asserted. When
set to logic zero, FOVRI will be asserted but not INTB.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
290
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
FUDRI:
The FUDRI bit is set high when the FIFO underruns while reading a packet
data from the FIFO. This bit is reset immediately after a read to this register.
FUDRE:
The FUDRE bit enables the generation of an interrupt due to a FIFO
underrun. When FUDRE is set to logic one, the interrupt is enabled and
causes FUDRI and the output INTB to be asserted. When set to logic zero,
FUDRI will be asserted, but not INTB.
FIFOERR:
The FIFOERR bit is set high when a packet is not properly delineated by a
RSOP and REOP pair on the system interface. If the FIFO sees two start of
packet indications (RSOP high) or two end of packet indications (REOP high),
the current packet is aborted and FIFOERR is set high. This bit is reset
immediately after a read to this register.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
291
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC1: TXFP Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
XOFF
0
Bit 6
R/W
TPAINV
0
Bit 5
R/W
FCSERR
0
Bit 4
R/W
FCSSEL[1]
1
Bit 3
R/W
FCSSEL[0]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TPTYP
0
Bit 1
R/W
DSCR
1
Bit 0
R/W
FIFORST
0
FIFORST:
The FIFORST bit is used to reset the 256-byte transmit FIFO. When
FIFORST is set to logic zero, the FIFO operates normally. When FIFORST is
set to logic one, the FIFO is emptied of all octets (including the current packet
being transmitted) and ignores writes. The FIFO remains empty and
continues to ignore writes until a logic zero is written to FIFORST. Flags are
transmitted until a subsequent packet is written to the FIFO.
DSCR:
The DSCR bit controls the scrambling of the POS frames. When DSCR is a
logic one, scrambling is enabled. When DSCR is a logic zero, payload
scrambling is disabled.
TPTYP:
The TPTYP bit selects even or odd parity for input TPRTY for Level 2
operation. When set to logic one, the TPRTY input must report even parity for
the TDAT system interface bus. When set to logic zero, input TPRTY must
report odd parity for the TDAT bus.
TPTYP must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
FCSSEL[1:0]:
The Frame Control Sequence select (FCSSEL[1:0]) bits control the FCS
calculation according to the table below. The FCS is calculated over the
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
292
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
whole packet data, before byte stuffing and scrambling.
FCSSEL[1:0]
00
01
10
11
FCS Operation
No FCS inserted
CRC-CCITT (2 bytes)
CRC-32 (4 bytes)
Reserved
FCSERR:
The FCSERR bit controls the insertion of FCS errors for diagnostic purposes.
When FCSERR is set to logic one, if FCS insertion is enabled, the FCS octets
are inverted prior to insertion in the POS frame. When FCSERR is set low,
the FCS is inserted normally.
TPAINV:
The TPAINV bit inverts the polarity of the TPA output signal for Level 2
operation. When TPAINV is a logic one, the polarity of TPA is inverted. When
TPAINV is a logic zero, TPA operates normally.
TPAINV must be set low when the system interface is configured for Level 3
operation.
XOFF:
The XOFF serves as a transmission enable bit. When XOFF is set to logic
zero, POS frames are transmitted normally. When XOFF is set to logic one,
the current frame being transmitted is completed and then POS frame
transmission is suspended. When XOFF is asserted the FIFO still accepts
data and can overflow. XOFF is provided to facilitate system debugging
rather than flow control, which is better achieved using inter-packet gapping.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
293
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC2: TXFP Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
IPGAP[3]
0
Bit 6
R/W
IPGAP[2]
0
Bit 5
R/W
IPGAP[1]
1
Bit 4
R/W
IPGAP[0]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TIL[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TIL[2]
1
Bit 1
R/W
TIL[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TIL[0]
0
TIL[3:0]:
The Transmit Initiation Level (TIL[3:0]) bits are used to determine when to
initiate a POS frame transmission. After the FIFO is emptied, data
transmission starts only when either there is a complete packet or when the
number of bytes stored in the FIFO exceeds the value of TIL[3:0] times 16.
Once initiated, the transmission will continue until the packet is transmitted or
an underrun occurs. Before starting another packet, a complete packet must
be in the FIFO or the FIFO fill level must exceed the level specified by
TIL[3:0].
TIL[3:0] breaks the FIFO in 16 sections; for example a value of 0x4
correspond to a FIFO level of 64 bytes.
Table 8: Transmit Initiation Level Values
TIL[3:0]
0000
0001
0010
FIFO Fill Level
0
16
32
TIL[3:0]
1000
1001
1010
FIFO Fill Level
128
144
160
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
48
64
80
96
112
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
176
192
208
224
240
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
294
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
IPGAP[3:0]:
The Inter Packet Gaping (IPGAP[3:0]) bits are used to program the number of
Flag Sequence characters inserted between each POS Frame. The
programmed value is encoded as indicated in Table 9.
Table 9: Inter Packet Gaping Values
IPGAP[3:0]
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
Number of Flag
1
2
4
8
16
IPGAP[3:0]
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
Number of Flag
256
512
1024
2048
0101
0110
0111
32
64
128
1101
1110
1111
8192
16384
32768
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
4096
295
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC3: TXFP Transmit Packet Available Low Water Mark
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
TPALWM[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
TPALWM[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
TPALWM[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
TPALWM[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
TPALWM[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TPALWM[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TPALWM[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TPALWM[0]
0
TPALWM[7:0]:
The Transmit FIFO Low Water Mark (TPALWM[7:0]) bits are used to generate
the TPA output. TPALWM must not be programmed with a value less than
0x0F for proper operation. Due to internal pipeline delay, the TPA output may
not assert until the FIFO level has dropped a maximum of 16 bytes below the
value specified by TPALWM.
For Level 2 system interfaces, TPA is set to logic one when the number of
bytes stored in the FIFO is lower than TPALWM[7:0].
For Level 3 system interfaces, TPA is set to logic one when the number of
bytes sorted in the FIFO is lower than TPALWM[7:0] plus 2 bytes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
296
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC4: TXFP Transmit Packet Available High Water Mark
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
TPAHWM[7]
1
Bit 6
R/W
TPAHWM[6]
1
Bit 5
R/W
TPAHWM[5]
1
Bit 4
R/W
TPAHWM[4]
1
Bit 3
R/W
TPAHWM[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
TPAHWM[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
TPAHWM[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
TPAHWM[0]
0
TPAHWM[7:0]:
The Transmit FIFO High Water Mark (TPAHWM[7:0]) bits are used to
generate the TPA output. TPAHWM must not be programmed with a value
greater than 0xF0 for proper operation. Due to internal pipeline delay, the
TPA output may not deassert until the FIFO level has raised a maximum of 8
bytes above the value specified by TPAHWM.
For Level 2 system interfaces, TPA is set to logic zero when the number of
bytes stored in the FIFO exceeds TPAHWM[7:0].
For Level 3 system interfaces, TPA is set to logic zero when the number of
bytes stored in the FIFO exceeds TPAHWM[7:0] less four bytes.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
297
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC5: TXFP Transmit Byte Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TBYTE[7]
X
Bit 6
R
TBYTE[6]
X
Bit 5
R
TBYTE[5]
X
Bit 4
R
TBYTE[4]
X
Bit 3
R
TBYTE[3]
X
Bit 2
R
TBYTE[2]
X
Bit 1
R
TBYTE[1]
X
Bit 0
R
TBYTE[0]
X
Register 0xC6: TXFP Transmit Byte Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TBYTE[15]
X
Bit 6
R
TBYTE[14]
X
Bit 5
R
TBYTE[13]
X
Bit 4
R
TBYTE[12]
X
Bit 3
R
TBYTE[11]
X
Bit 2
R
TBYTE[10]
X
Bit 1
R
TBYTE[9]
X
Bit 0
R
TBYTE[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
298
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC7: TXFP Transmit Byte Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TBYTE[23]
X
Bit 6
R
TBYTE[22]
X
Bit 5
R
TBYTE[21]
X
Bit 4
R
TBYTE[20]
X
Bit 3
R
TBYTE[19]
X
Bit 2
R
TBYTE[18]
X
Bit 1
R
TBYTE[17]
X
Bit 0
R
TBYTE[16]
X
Register 0xC8: TXFP Transmit Byte Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TBYTE[31]
X
Bit 6
R
TBYTE[30]
X
Bit 5
R
TBYTE[29]
X
Bit 4
R
TBYTE[28]
X
Bit 3
R
TBYTE[27]
X
Bit 2
R
TBYTE[26]
X
Bit 1
R
TBYTE[25]
X
Bit 0
R
TBYTE[24]
X
TBYTE[31:0]:
The TBYTE[31:0] bits indicate the number of bytes read from the transmit
FIFO and transmitted during the last accumulation interval. This counter does
not count bytes within aborted frames.
A write to any one of the TXFP Transmit Byte Counter registers or the S/UNI622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers with the
current counter value and resets the internal 32 bit counter to 1 or 0. The
counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to the Transmit Byte Counter registers. The counter
should be polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
299
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
registers are valid three TCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered by a write to
any of the TXFP Transmit Byte Count Registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
300
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xC9: TXFP Transmit Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TFRAME[7]
X
Bit 6
R
TFRAME[6]
X
Bit 5
R
TFRAME[5]
X
Bit 4
R
TFRAME[4]
X
Bit 3
R
TFRAME[3]
X
Bit 2
R
TFRAME[2]
X
Bit 1
R
TFRAME[1]
X
Bit 0
R
TFRAME[0]
X
Register 0xCA: TXFP Transmit Frame Count
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TFRAME[15]
X
Bit 6
R
TFRAME[14]
X
Bit 5
R
TFRAME[13]
X
Bit 4
R
TFRAME[12]
X
Bit 3
R
TFRAME[11]
X
Bit 2
R
TFRAME[10]
X
Bit 1
R
TFRAME[9]
X
Bit 0
R
TFRAME[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
301
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xCB: TXFP Transmit Frame Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TFRAME[23]
X
Bit 6
R
TFRAME[22]
X
Bit 5
R
TFRAME[21]
X
Bit 4
R
TFRAME[20]
X
Bit 3
R
TFRAME[19]
X
Bit 2
R
TFRAME[18]
X
Bit 1
R
TFRAME[17]
X
Bit 0
R
TFRAME[16]
X
TFRAME[23:0]:
The TFRAME[23:0] bits indicate the number of POS frames read from the
transmit FIFO and inserted into the transmission stream during the last
accumulation interval. This counter does not count aborted frames.
A write to any one of the TXFP Transmit Frame Counter registers or the
S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the registers with
the current counter value and resets the internal 24 bit counter to 1 or 0. The
counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event during the
transfer of the count to the Transmit Frame Counter registers. The counter
should be polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these
registers are valid three TCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered by a write to
any of the TXFP Transmit Frame Count Registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
302
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xCC: TXFP Transmit User Aborted Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TUSRABF[7]
X
Bit 6
R
TUSRABF[6]
X
Bit 5
R
TUSRABF[5]
X
Bit 4
R
TUSRABF[4]
X
Bit 3
R
TUSRABF[3]
X
Bit 2
R
TUSRABF[2]
X
Bit 1
R
TUSRABF[1]
X
Bit 0
R
TUSRABF[0]
X
Register 0xCD: TXFP Transmit User Aborted Frame Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TUSRABF[15]
X
Bit 6
R
TUSRABF[14]
X
Bit 5
R
TUSRABF[13]
X
Bit 4
R
TUSRABF[12]
X
Bit 3
R
TUSRABF[11]
X
Bit 2
R
TUSRABF[10]
X
Bit 1
R
TUSRABF[9]
X
Bit 0
R
TUSRABF[8]
X
TUSRABF[15:0]:
The TUSRABF[15:0] bits indicate the number of user aborted POS frames
read from the transmit FIFO and inserted into the transmission stream during
the last accumulation interval. User can abort frames by asserting TERR.
A write to any one of the TXFP Transmit User Aborted Frame Counter
registers or the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the
registers with the current counter value and resets the internal 16 bit counter
to 1 or 0. The counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event
during the transfer of the count to these registers. The counter should be
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
303
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these registers are
valid three TCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
304
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xCE: TXFP Transmit Underrun/Error Aborted Frame Count LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TFERABF[7]
X
Bit 6
R
TFERABF[6]
X
Bit 5
R
TFERABF[5]
X
Bit 4
R
TFERABF[4]
X
Bit 3
R
TFERABF[3]
X
Bit 2
R
TFERABF[2]
X
Bit 1
R
TFERABF[1]
X
Bit 0
R
TFERABF[0]
X
Register 0xCF: TXFP Transmit Underrun/Error Aborted Frame Count MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
TFERABF[15]
X
Bit 6
R
TFERABF[14]
X
Bit 5
R
TFERABF[13]
X
Bit 4
R
TFERABF[12]
X
Bit 3
R
TFERABF[11]
X
Bit 2
R
TFERABF[10]
X
Bit 1
R
TFERABF[9]
X
Bit 0
R
TFERABF[8]
X
TRERABF[15:0]:
The TFERABF[15:0] bits indicate the number of FIFO underrun error aborted
POS frames read from the transmit FIFO and inserted into the transmission
stream during the last accumulation interval. FIFO underruns errors are
caused when the FIFO runs empty and the last byte read was not an end of
packet or also when the FIFO overruns and corrupts the end of packet/start of
packet sequence (example: when another RSOP is high when expecting an
REOP). This is considered a system error and should not occur when the
system works normally.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
305
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
A write to any one of the TXFP Transmit User Aborted Frame Counter
registers or the S/UNI-622-POS Master Reset and Identity register loads the
registers with the current counter value and resets the internal 16 bit counter
to 1 or 0. The counter reset value is dependent on if there was a count event
during the transfer of the count to these registers. The counter should be
polled every second to avoid saturating. The contents of these registers are
valid three TCLK cycles after a transfer is triggered.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
306
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xD0: WANS Configuration
Bit
Type
Function
R/W
Reserved
0
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 7
Default
Bit 3
R/W
FORCEREAC
0
Bit 2
R/W
AUTOREAC
0
Bit 1
R/W
INTEN
0
Bit 0
R/W
PHACOMPEN
0
PHACOMPEN:
The Phase Comparison Enable (PHACOMPEN) bit is used to enable the
phase comparison process. Setting this bit to a logic one will enable the
phase comparison process. When set low, the phase and reference period
counters are kept in reset state, further disabling the WANS process
INTEN:
The Interrupt Enable (INTEN) bit controls the generation of the interrupt
signal. When set high, this bit allows the generation of an interrupt signal at
the beginning of the Phase Detector averaging period. Setting this bit to logic
zero disables the generation of the interrupts.
AUTOREAC:
The Auto Reacquisition Mode Select (AUTOREAC) bit can be used to set the
WANS to automatic phase reacquisition mode. When operating in this mode,
the WANS will automatically align the phase sampling point toward the middle
of the Phase Counter period upon detection of two consecutive Phase
Sample located on each side of the Phase Counter wrap around value. The
Phase Word register will keep its previous value till. Setting this bit to logic
one enables the automatic reacquisition mode.
FORCEREAC:
The Force Phase Reacquisition (FORCEREAC) bit can be used to force a
phase reacquisition of the Phase Detector. A logic zero to logic one transition
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
307
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
on this bit triggers a phase reacquisition sequence of the Phase Detector.
Setting this bit to logic zero allows the Phase detector to operate normally.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
308
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xD1: WANS Interrupt and Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
R
RPHALGN
X
Bit 0
R
TIMI
X
TIMI:
The Timer Interrupt (TIMI) bit indicates a Timer Interrupt condition. This bit
will be raised at the beginning of the Phase Detector averaging period. In
addition to indicating the interrupt status, this bit can also be polled to
synchronize read access to the WANS output register. This interrupt can be
masked using the INTEN bit of the configuration register. A read access to
the Interrupt & Status Register resets the value of this bit.
RPHALGN:
The Reference Phase Alignment (RPHALNG) bit indicates a Reference
Phase Alignment event. In normal operating mode, this bit remains set to
logic zero. Upon the occurrence of a Reference Phase Alignment, this bit is
set to logic one, indicating that the phase averaging process was aborted and
that the value of the Phase Word register is frozen to the previous valid value.
This bit is reset low after the completion of a valid phase averaging cycle.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
309
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xD2: WANS Phase Word LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PHAWORD[7]
X
Bit 6
R
PHAWORD[6]
X
Bit 5
R
PHAWORD[5]
X
Bit 4
R
PHAWORD[4]
X
Bit 3
R
PHAWORD[3]
X
Bit 2
R
PHAWORD[2]
X
Bit 1
R
PHAWORD[1]
X
Bit 0
R
PHAWORD[0]
X
Register 0xD3: WANS Phase Word
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PHAWORD[15]
X
Bit 6
R
PHAWORD[14]
X
Bit 5
R
PHAWORD[13]
X
Bit 4
R
PHAWORD[12]
X
Bit 3
R
PHAWORD[11]
X
Bit 2
R
PHAWORD[10]
X
Bit 1
R
PHAWORD[9]
X
Bit 0
R
PHAWORD[8]
X
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
310
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xD4: WANS Phase Word
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PHAWORD[23]
X
Bit 6
R
PHAWORD[22]
X
Bit 5
R
PHAWORD[21]
X
Bit 4
R
PHAWORD[20]
X
Bit 3
R
PHAWORD[19]
X
Bit 2
R
PHAWORD[18]
X
Bit 1
R
PHAWORD[17]
X
Bit 0
R
PHAWORD[16]
X
Register 0xD5: WANS Phase Word MSB
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
R
PHAWORD[30]
X
Bit 5
R
PHAWORD[29]
X
Bit 4
R
PHAWORD[28]
X
Bit 3
R
PHAWORD[27]
X
Bit 2
R
PHAWORD[26]
X
Bit 1
R
PHAWORD[25]
X
Bit 0
R
PHAWORD[24]
X
PHAWORD[30:0]:
The Phase Word (PHAWORD[30:0]) bits are the output bus of the Phase
Detector. This bus outputs the result of the Phase Count Averaging function.
Depending on the number of samples included in the averaging, from 0 to 15
of the LSB(s) of the PHAWORD bus may represent the fractional part of the
average value while the 16 following bits hold the integer part. This value can
be used to externally implement in software the PLL filtering function and
bypass the Digital Loop Filter block.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
311
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xD9: WANS Reference Period LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
REFPER[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
REFPER[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
REFPER[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
REFPER[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
REFPER[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
REFPER[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
REFPER[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
REFPER[0]
0
Register 0xDA: WANS Reference Period MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
REFPER[15]
0
Bit 6
R/W
REFPER[14]
0
Bit 5
R/W
REFPER[13]
0
Bit 4
R/W
REFPER[12]
0
Bit 3
R/W
REFPER[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
REFPER[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
REFPER[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
REFPER[8]
0
REFPER[15:0]:
The Reference Period REFPER[15:0] bits are used to program the timing
reference period of the Phase Detector. These bits are used to set the end of
count of the Reference Period Counter. The Reference Period Counter is
reset on the next clock cycle following the detection of its end of count. The
Reference Period Counter counts (Nref) is equal to the REFPER value plus 1.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
312
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xDB: WANS Phase Counter Period LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PHCNTPER[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PHCNTPER[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PHCNTPER[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PHCNTPER[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PHCNTPER[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PHCNTPER[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PHCNTPER[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PHCNTPER[0]
0
Register 0xDC: WANS Phase Counter Period MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PHCNTPER[15]
0
Bit 6
R/W
PHCNTPER[14]
0
Bit 5
R/W
PHCNTPER[13]
0
Bit 4
R/W
PHCNTPER[12]
0
Bit 3
R/W
PHCNTPER[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PHCNTPER[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PHCNTPER[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PHCNTPER[8]
0
PHCNTPER[15:0]:
The Phase Counter Period (PHCNTPER15:0]) bits are used to program the
Phase Counter period of the Phase Detector. These bits are used to set the
end of count of the Phase Counter. The Phase Counter is reset on the next
clock cycle following the detection of its end of count. The Phase Counter
count (Nphcnt) is equal to the PHCNTPER value plus 1.
For the system to operate properly, Nphcnt need to be greater than 1023.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
313
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xDD: WANS Phase Average Period
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
PHAVGPER[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
PHAVGPER[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
PHAVGPER[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
PHAVGPER[0]
0
PHAVGPER[3:0]:
The Phase Average Period (FRACQPER[3:0]) bits are used to set the number
of consecutive valid Phase Samples accumulated to form the Phase Word.
The number of samples is expressed as a power of 2, i.e.:
Nfracq = 2FRACQPER
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
314
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE0: RASE Interrupt Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
PSBFE
0
Bit 6
R/W
COAPSE
0
Bit 5
R/W
Z1/S1E
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFBERE
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDBERE
0
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
Unused
X
Bit 0
Unused
X
SDBERE:
The SDBERE bit is the interrupt enable for the signal degrade threshold
alarm. When SDBERE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the SD
alarm is declared or removed.
SFBERE:
The SFBERE bit is the interrupt enable for the signal fail threshold alarm.
When SFBERE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the SF alarm is
declared or removed.
Z1/S1E:
The Z1/S1 interrupt enable is an interrupt mask for changes in the received
synchronization status. When Z1/S1E is a logic one, an interrupt is generated
when a new synchronization status message is extracted into the Receive
Z1/S1 register.
COAPSE:
The COAPS interrupt enable is an interrupt mask for changes in the received
APS code. When COAPSE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when a
new K1/K2 code value is extracted into the RASE Receive K1 and RASE
Receive K2 registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
315
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PSBFE:
The PSBF interrupt enable is an interrupt mask for protection switch byte
failure alarms. When PSBFE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when
PSBF is declared or removed.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
316
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE1: RASE Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
PSBFI
X
Bit 6
R
COAPSI
X
Bit 5
R
Z1/S1I
X
Bit 4
R
SFBERI
X
Bit 3
R
SDBERI
X
Bit 2
R
SFBERV
X
Bit 1
R
SDBERV
X
Bit 0
R
PSBFV
X
PSBFV:
The PSBFV bit indicates the protection switching byte failure alarm state. The
alarm is declared (PSBFV is set high) when twelve successive frames have
been received without three consecutive frames containing identical K1 bytes.
The alarm is removed (PSBFV is set low) when three consecutive frames
containing identical K1 bytes have been received.
SDBERV:
The SDBERV bit indicates the signal degrade threshold crossing alarm state.
The alarm is declared (SDBERV is set high) when the bit error rate exceeds
the threshold programmed in the RASE SD Declaring Threshold registers.
The alarm is removed (SDBERV is set low) when the bit error rate is below
the threshold programmed in the RASE SD Clearing Threshold registers.
SFBERV:
The SFBERV bit indicates the signal failure threshold crossing alarm state.
The alarm is declared (SFBERV is set high) when the bit error rate exceeds
the threshold programmed in the RASE SF Declaring Threshold registers.
The alarm is removed (SFBERV is set low) when the bit error rate is below
the threshold programmed in the RASE SF Clearing Threshold registers.
SDBERI:
The SDBERI bit is set high when the signal degrade threshold crossing alarm
is declared or removed. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status
register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
317
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
SFBERI:
The SFBERI bit is set high when the signal failure threshold crossing alarm is
declared or removed. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status
register is read.
Z1/S1I:
The Z1/S1I bit is set high when a new synchronization status message has
been extracted into the RASE Receive Z1/S1 register. This bit is cleared
when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read.
COAPSI:
The COAPSI bit is set high when a new APS code value has been extracted
into the RASE Receive K1 and RASE Receive K2 registers. This bit is
cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status register is read.
PSBFI:
The PSBFI bit is set high when the protection switching byte failure alarm is
declared or removed. This bit is cleared when the RASE Interrupt Status
register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
318
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE2: RASE Configuration/Control
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
Z1/S1_CAP
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFBERTEN
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFSMODE
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFCMODE
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDBERTEN
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDSMODE
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDCMODE
0
Bit 0
R/W
Reserved
0
SDCMODE:
The SDCMODE alarm bit selects the RASE window size to use for clearing
the SD alarm. When SDCMODE is a logic zero, the RASE clears the SD
alarm using the same window size used for declaration. When SDCMODE is
a logic one, the RASE clears the SD alarm using a window size that is 8 times
longer than the alarm declaration window size. The declaration window size
is determined by the RASE SD Accumulation Period registers.
SDSMODE:
The SDSMODE bit selects the RASE saturation mode. When SDSMODE is
a logic zero, the RASE limits the number of B2 errors accumulated in one
frame period to the RASE SD Saturation Threshold register value. When
SDSMODE is a logic one, the RASE limits the number of B2 errors
accumulated in one window subtotal accumulation period to the RASE SD
Saturation Threshold register value. Note that the number of frames in a
window subtotal accumulation period is determined by the RASE SD
Accumulation Period register value.
SDBERTEN:
The SDBERTEN bit selects automatic monitoring of line bit error rate
threshold events by the RASE. When SDBERTEN is a logic one, the RASE
continuously monitors line BIP errors over a period defined in the RASE
configuration registers. When SDBERTEN is a logic zero, the RASE BIP
accumulation logic is disabled, and the RASE logic is reset to the declaration
monitoring state.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
319
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
All RASE accumulation period and threshold registers should be set up
before SDBERTEN is written.
SFCMODE:
The SFCMODE alarm bit selects the RASE window size to use for clearing
the SF alarm. When SFCMODE is a logic zero, the RASE clears the SF
alarm using the same window size used for declaration. When SFCMODE is
a logic one, the RASE clears the SF alarm using a window size that is 8 times
longer than the alarm declaration window size. The declaration window size
is determined by the RASE SF Accumulation Period registers.
SFSMODE:
The SFSMODE bit selects the RASE saturation mode. When SFSMODE is
a logic zero, the RASE limits the number of B2 errors accumulated in one
frame period to the RASE SF Saturation Threshold register value. When
SFSMODE is a logic one, the RASE limits the number of B2 errors
accumulated in one window subtotal accumulation period to the RASE SF
Saturation Threshold register value. Note that the number of frames in a
window subtotal accumulation period is determined by the RASE SF
Accumulation Period register value.
SFBERTEN:
The SFBERTEN bit enables automatic monitoring of line bit error rate
threshold events by the RASE. When SFBERTEN is a logic one, the RASE
continuously monitors line BIP errors over a period defined in the RASE
configuration registers. When SFBERTEN is a logic zero, the RASE BIP
accumulation logic is disabled, and the RASE logic is reset to the declaration
monitoring state.
All RASE accumulation period and threshold registers should be set up
before SFBERTEN is written.
Z1/S1_CAP:
The Z1/S1_CAP bit enables the Z1/S1 Capture algorithm. When Z1/S1_CAP
is a logic one, the Z1/S1 clock synchronization status message nibble must
have the same value for eight consecutive frames before writing the new
value into the RASE Receive Z1/S1 register. When Z1/S1_CAP is logic zero,
the Z1/S1 nibble value is written directly into the RASE Receive Z1/S1
register.
Reserved:
The reserved bits must be programmed to logic zero for proper operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
320
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE3: RASE SF Accumulation Period LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SFSAP[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFSAP[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFSAP[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFSAP[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SFSAP[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFSAP[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFSAP[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFSAP[0]
0
Register 0xE4: RASE SF Accumulation Period
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SFSAP[15]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFSAP[14]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFSAP[13]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFSAP[12]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SFSAP[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFSAP[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFSAP[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFSAP[8]
0
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
321
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE5: RASE SF Accumulation Period MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SFSAP[23]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFSAP[22]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFSAP[21]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFSAP[20]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SFSAP[19]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFSAP[18]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFSAP[17]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFSAP[16]
0
SFSAP[23:0]:
The SFSAP[23:0] bits represent the number of 8 KHz frames used to
accumulate the B2 error subtotal. The total evaluation window to declare the
SF alarm is broken into 8 subtotals, so this register value represents 1/8 of
the total sliding window size. Refer to the Operation section for
recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
322
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE6: RASE SF Saturation Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SFSTH[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFSTH[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFSTH[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFSTH[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SFSTH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFSTH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFSTH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFSTH[0]
0
Register 0xE7: RASE SF Saturation Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
SFSTH[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFSTH[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFSTH[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFSTH[8]
0
SFSTH[11:0]:
The SFSTH[11:0] value represents the allowable number of B2 errors that can
be accumulated during an evaluation window before an SF threshold event is
declared. Setting this threshold to 0xFFF disables the saturation functionality.
Refer to the Operation section for the recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
323
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xE8: RASE SF Declaring Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SFDTH[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFDTH[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFDTH[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFDTH[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SFDTH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFDTH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFDTH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFDTH[0]
0
Register 0xE9: RASE SF Declaring Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
SFDTH[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFDTH[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFDTH[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFDTH[8]
0
SFDTH[11:0]:
The SFDTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the declaration of the SF
alarm. The SF alarm is declared when the number of B2 errors accumulated
during an evaluation window is greater than or equal to the SFDTH[11:0]
value. Refer to the Operation section for the recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
324
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xEA: RASE SF Clearing Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SFCTH[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SFCTH[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SFCTH[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SFCTH[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SFCTH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFCTH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFCTH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFCTH[0]
0
Register 0xEB: RASE SF Clearing Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
SFCTH[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SFCTH[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SFCTH[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SFCTH[8]
0
SFCTH[11:0]:
The SFCTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the removal of the SF
alarm. The SF alarm is removed when the number of B2 errors accumulated
during an evaluation window is less than the SFCTH[11:0] value. Refer to the
Operation section for the recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
325
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xEC: RASE SD Accumulation Period LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDSAP[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDSAP[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDSAP[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SDSAP[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDSAP[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDSAP[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDSAP[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDSAP[0]
0
Register 0xED: RASE SD Accumulation Period
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDSAP[15]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDSAP[14]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDSAP[13]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SDSAP[12]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDSAP[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDSAP[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDSAP[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDSAP[8]
0
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
326
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xEE: RASE SD Accumulation Period MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDSAP[23]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDSAP[22]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDSAP[21]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SDSAP[20]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDSAP[19]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDSAP[18]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDSAP[17]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDSAP[16]
0
SDSAP[23:0]:
The SDSAP[23:0] bits represent the number of 8 KHz frames used to
accumulate the B2 error subtotal. The total evaluation window to declare the
SD alarm is broken into 8 subtotals, so this register value represents 1/8 of
the total sliding window size. Refer to the Operation section for
recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
327
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xEF: RASE SD Saturation Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDSTH[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDSTH[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDSTH[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SDSTH[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDSTH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDSTH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDSTH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDSTH[0]
0
Register 0xF0: RASE SD Saturation Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
SDSTH[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDSTH[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDSTH[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDSTH[8]
0
SDSTH[11:0]:
The SDSTH[11:0] value represents the allowable number of B2 errors that
can be accumulated during an evaluation window before an SD threshold
event is declared. Setting this threshold to 0xFFF disables the saturation
functionality. Refer to the Operation section for the recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
328
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xF1: RASE SD Declaring Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDDTH[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDDTH[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDDTH[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SDDTH[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDDTH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDDTH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDDTH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDDTH[0]
0
Register 0xF2: RASE SD Declaring Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
SDDTH[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDDTH[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDDTH[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDDTH[8]
0
SDDTH[11:0]:
The SDDTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the declaration of the
SD alarm. The SD alarm is declared when the number of B2 errors
accumulated during an evaluation window is greater than or equal to the
SDDTH[11:0] value. Refer to the Operation section for the recommended
settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
329
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xF3: RASE SD Clearing Threshold LSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R/W
SDCTH[7]
0
Bit 6
R/W
SDCTH[6]
0
Bit 5
R/W
SDCTH[5]
0
Bit 4
R/W
SDCTH[4]
0
Bit 3
R/W
SDCTH[3]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDCTH[2]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDCTH[1]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDCTH[0]
0
Register 0xF4: RASE SD Clearing Threshold MSB
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
R/W
SDCTH[11]
0
Bit 2
R/W
SDCTH[10]
0
Bit 1
R/W
SDCTH[9]
0
Bit 0
R/W
SDCTH[8]
0
SDCTH[11:0]:
The SDCTH[11:0] value determines the threshold for the removal of the SD
alarm. The SD alarm is removed when the number of B2 errors accumulated
during an evaluation window is less than the SDCTH[11:0] value. Refer to the
Operation section for the recommended settings.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
330
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xF5: RASE Receive K1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
K1[7]
X
Bit 6
R
K1[6]
X
Bit 5
R
K1[5]
X
Bit 4
R
K1[4]
X
Bit 3
R
K1[3]
X
Bit 2
R
K1[2]
X
Bit 1
R
K1[1]
X
Bit 0
R
K1[0]
X
K1[7:0]:
The K1[7:0] bits contain the current K1 code value. The contents of this
register are updated when a new K1 code value (different from the current K1
code value) has been received for three consecutive frames. An interrupt
may be generated when a new code value is received (using the COAPSE bit
in the RASE Interrupt Enable Register). K1[7] is the most significant bit
corresponding to bit 1, the first bit received. K1[0] is the least significant bit,
corresponding to bit 8, the last bit received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
331
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xF6: RASE Receive K2
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
K2[7]
X
Bit 6
R
K2[6]
X
Bit 5
R
K2[5]
X
Bit 4
R
K2[4]
X
Bit 3
R
K2[3]
X
Bit 2
R
K2[2]
X
Bit 1
R
K2[1]
X
Bit 0
R
K2[0]
X
K2[7:0]:
The K2[7:0] bits contain the current K2 code value. The contents of this
register are updated when a new K2 code value (different from the current K2
code value) has been received for three consecutive frames. An interrupt
may be generated when a new code value is received (using the COAPSE bit
in the RASE Interrupt Enable Register). K2[7] is the most significant bit
corresponding to bit 1, the first bit received. K2[0] is the least significant bit,
corresponding to bit 8, the last bit received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
332
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xF7: RASE Receive Z1/S1
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
R
Z1/S1[7]
X
Bit 6
R
Z1/S1[6]
X
Bit 5
R
Z1/S1[5]
X
Bit 4
R
Z1/S1[4]
X
Bit 3
R
Z1/S1[3]
X
Bit 2
R
Z1/S1[2]
X
Bit 1
R
Z1/S1[1]
X
Bit 0
R
Z1/S1[0]
X
Z1/S1[3:0]:
The lower nibble of the first Z1/S1 byte contained in the receive stream is
extracted into this register. The Z1/S1 byte is used to carry synchronization
status messages between line terminating network elements. Z1/S1[3] is the
most significant bit corresponding to bit 5, the first bit received. Z1/S1[0] is
the least significant bit, corresponding to bit 8, the last bit received. An
interrupt may be generated when a byte value is received that differs from the
value extracted in the previous frame (using the Z1/S1E bit in the RASE
Interrupt Enable Register). In addition, debouncing can be performed where
the register is not loaded until eight of the same consecutive nibbles are
received. Debouncing is controlled using the Z1/S1_CAP bit in the RASE
Configuration/Control register.
Z1/S1[7:4]:
The upper nibble of the first Z1/S1 byte contained in the receive stream is
extracted into this register. No interrupt is asserted on the change of this
nibble. In addition, when the Z1/S1_CAP bit in the RASE
Configuration/Control register selects debouncing, the upper nibble is only
updated when eight of the same consecutive lower nibbles are received.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
333
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xFC: S/UNI-622-POS Concatenation Status and Enable
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
R
AISCV
X
Bit 4
R
LOPCV
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
R/W
AISCE
0
Bit 0
R/W
LOPCE
0
LOPCE:
The LOPCE bit is the interrupt enable for the Loss of Pointer Concatenation
event. When LOPCE is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the state
of the Loss of Pointer Concatenation indicator changes.
AISCE:
The AISCE bit is the interrupt enable for the Pointer AIS event. When AISCE
is a logic one, an interrupt is generated when the state of the Pointer AIS
indicator changes.
LOPCV:
The LOPCV bit is the Loss of Pointer Concatenation indicator. When LOPCV
is logic one, the STS-12c/STM-4-4c pointers do not indicate a concatenated
payload. When LOPCV and AISCV are both logic zero, a STS-12c/STM-4-4c
payload is indicated.
AISCV:
The ASICV bit is the Pointer AIS indicator. When AISCV is logic one, the
STS-12c/STM-4-4c pointer indicates a pointer AIS condition. When LOPC
and AISCV are both logic zero, a STS-12c/STM-4-4c payload is indicated.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
334
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0xFD: S/UNI-622-POS Concatenation Interrupt Status
Bit
Type
Function
Default
Bit 7
Unused
X
Bit 6
Unused
X
Bit 5
Unused
X
Bit 4
Unused
X
Bit 3
Unused
X
Bit 2
Unused
X
Bit 1
R
AISCI
X
Bit 0
R
LOPCI
X
LOPCI:
A logic one on the LOPCI bit indicates that a transition has occurred on the
Loss of Pointer Concatenation indicator. This bit is cleared when this register
is read.
AISCI:
A logic one on the AISCI bit indicates that a transition has occurred on the
Pointer AIS indicator. This bit is cleared when this register is read.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
335
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
12 TEST FEATURES DESCRIPTION
Simultaneously asserting (low) the CSB, RDB and WRB inputs causes all digital
output pins and the data bus to be held in a high-impedance state. This test
feature may be used for board testing.
Test mode registers are used to apply test vectors during production testing of
the S/UNI-622-POS. Test mode registers (as opposed to normal mode registers)
are selected when TRS (A[8]) is high.
In addition, the S/UNI-622-POS also supports a standard IEEE 1149.1 five-signal
JTAG boundary scan test port for use in board testing. All digital device inputs
may be read and all digital device outputs may be forced via the JTAG test port.
Table 10: Test Mode Register Memory Map
Address
0x000-0x0FF
0x100
0x101-0x1FF
Register
Normal Mode Registers
Master Test Register
Reserved For Production Test
12.1 Master Test and Test Configuration Registers
Notes on Test Mode Register Bits:
1. Writing values into unused register bits has no effect. However, to ensure
software compatibility with future, feature-enhanced versions of the product,
unused register bits must be written with logic zero. Reading back unused
bits can produce either a logic one or a logic zero; hence, unused register bits
should be masked off by software when read.
2. Writable test mode register bits are not initialized upon reset unless otherwise
noted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
336
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Register 0x100: Master Test Register
Bit
Type
Bit 7
Function
Default
Unused
X
Bit 6
W
Reserved
X
Bit 5
W
PMCATST
X
Bit 4
W
PMCTST
X
Bit 3
W
DBCTRL
X
Reserved
0
Bit 2
Bit 1
W
HIZDATA
X
Bit 0
R/W
HIZIO
0
This register is used to enable S/UNI-622-POS test features. All bits, except
PMCTST, PMCATST and BYPASS are reset to zero by a reset of the S/UNI-622POS using either the RSTB input or the Master Reset register. PMCTST and
BYPASS are reset when CSB is high. PMCTST, PMCATST and BYPASS can
also be reset by writing a logic zero to the corresponding register bit.
HIZIO, HIZDATA:
The HIZIO and HIZDATA bits control the tri-state modes of the S/UNI-622POS . While the HIZIO bit is a logic one, all output pins of the S/UNI-622POS except the data bus and output TDO are held tri-state. The
microprocessor interface is still active. While the HIZDATA bit is a logic one,
the data bus is also held in a high-impedance state which inhibits
microprocessor read cycles. The HIZDATA bit is overridden by the DBCTRL
bit.
DBCTRL:
The DBCTRL bit is used to pass control of the data bus drivers to the CSB
pin. When the DBCTRL bit is set to logic one and PMCTST is set to logic
one, the CSB pin controls the output enable for the data bus. While the
DBCTRL bit is set, holding the CSB pin high causes the S/UNI-622-POS to
drive the data bus and holding the CSB pin low tri-states the data bus. The
DBCTRL bit overrides the HIZDATA bit. The DBCTRL bit is used to measure
the drive capability of the data bus driver pads.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
337
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
PMCTST:
The PMCTST bit is used to configure the S/UNI-622-POS for PMC's
manufacturing tests. When PMCTST is set to logic one, the S/UNI-622-POS
microprocessor port becomes the test access port used to run the PMC
"canned" manufacturing test vectors. The PMCTST bit can be cleared by
setting CSB to logic one and RSTB to logic zero or by writing logic zero to the
bit.
PMCATST:
The PMCATST bit is used to configure the analog portion of the S/UNI-622POS for PMC's manufacturing tests. The PMCTST bit can be cleared by
setting CSB to logic one and RSTB to logic zero or by writing logic zero to the
bit.
Reserved:
The reserved bit must be programmed to logic one for proper operation
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
338
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
12.2 JTAG Test Port
The JTAG Test Access Port (TAP) allows access to the TAP controller and the 4
TAP registers: instruction, bypass, device identification and boundary scan.
Using the TAP, device input logic levels can be read, device outputs can be
forced, the device can be identified and the device scan path can be bypassed.
For more details on the JTAG port, please refer to the Operation section.
Table 11: Instruction Register (Length - 3 bits)
Instructions
Selected Register
EXTEST
IDCODE
SAMPLE
BYPASS
BYPASS
STCTEST
BYPASS
BYPASS
Boundary Scan
Identification
Boundary Scan
Bypass
Bypass
Boundary Scan
Bypass
Bypass
Instruction Codes,
IR[2:0]
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
Table 12: S/UNI-622-POS Identification Register
Length
Version Number
Part Number
Manufacturer's Identification Code
Device Identification
32 bits
2H
5357H
0CDH
053570CDH
Table 13: S/UNI-622-POS Boundary Scan Register
Pin/Enable
RSTB
ALE
CSB
RDB
WRB
A[8]
A[7]
A[6]
A[5]
Register Bit
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
Cell Type
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Device I.D.
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
339
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin/Enable
A[4]
A[3]
A[2]
A[1]
A[0]
TFPI
TLD
TSD
Tied to Logic ‘0’
LIFSEL
PECLV
RBYP
TERR
TEOP
TDAT[15]
TDAT[14]
TDAT[13]
TDAT[12]
TDAT[11]
TDAT[10]
TDAT[9]
TDAT[8]
TDAT[7]
TDAT[6]
TDAT[5]
TDAT[4]
TDAT[3]
TDAT[2]
TDAT[1]
TDAT[0]
TMOD
TPRTY
TSOC/TSOP
TENB
TCA/TPA
TFCLK
REON
RFCLK
RENB
RERR
RVAL
ISSUE 5
Register Bit
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Cell Type
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
OUT_CELL
IN_CELL
OUT_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Device I.D.
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
-
340
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin/Enable
RCA/RPA
RSOC/RSOP
REOP
RPRTY
RDAT[15]
RDAT[14]
RDAT[13]
RDAT[12]
RDAT[11]
RDAT[10]
RDAT[9]
RDAT[8]
RDAT[7]
RDAT[6]
RDAT[5]
RDAT[4]
RDAT[3]
RDAT[2]
RDAT[1]
RMOD
RDAT[0]
SYSSEL
POS_ATMB
RLD
RLDCLK
RSD
RSDCLK
RALRM
RCLK
RFPO
OOF
PICLK
PIN[0]
PIN[1]
PIN[3]
PIN[4]
FPIN
PIN[2]
PIN[7]
PIN[6]
PTCLK
ISSUE 5
Register Bit
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Cell Type
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
IN_CELL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Device I.D.
-
341
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Pin/Enable
PIN[5]
POUT[0]
POUT[1]
FPOUT
POUT[5]
POUT[4]
POUT[3]
POUT[2]
POUT[6]
POUT[7]
INTB_OEN
INTB
D[7]
D[7]_OEN
D[6]
D[6]_OEN
D[5]
D[5]_OEN
D[4]
D[4]_OEN
D[3]
D[3]_OEN
D[2]
D[2]_OEN
D[1]
D[1]_OEN
D[0]
D[0]_OEN
APS[4]
APS[4]_OEN
APS[3]
APS[3]_OEN
APS[2]
APS[2]_OEN
APS[1]
APS[1]_OEN
APS[0]
APS[0]_OEN
TCLK
TFPO
TLDCLK
ISSUE 5
Register Bit
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Cell Type
IN_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Device I.D.
-
342
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
Pin/Enable
TSDCLK
HIZ
TCK
TMS
TDI
TDO
TRSTB
Register Bit
2
1
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Cell Type
OUT_CELL
OUT_CELL
TAP Input
TAP Input
TAP Input
TAP Output
TAP Input
Device I.D.
-
NOTES:
1. Enable “pinname_OEN” tristates pin “pinname” when set high.
2. ROEN is the active low output enable for RDAT[15:0], RSOC/RSOP, RVAL, RPRTY,
REOP, RERR and RMOD.
3. HIZ is the active low output enable for all OUT_CELL types except D[7:0],
RDAT[15:0], RSOC/RSOP, RVAL, RPRTY, REOP, RERR, RMOD, APS[4:0] and
INTB.
4. RSTB is the first bit of the boundary scan chain closest to the TDI TAP input.
12.2.1 Boundary Scan Cells
In the following diagrams, CLOCK-DR is equal to TCK when the current
controller state is SHIFT-DR or CAPTURE-DR, and unchanging otherwise. The
multiplexer in the center of the diagram selects one of four inputs, depending on
the status of select lines G1 and G2. The ID Code bit is as listed in the Boundary
Scan Register table located above.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
343
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 14: Input Observation Cell (IN_CELL)
IDCODE
Scan Chain Out
INPUT
to internal
logic
Input
Pad
G1
G2
SHIFT-DR
12
1 2 MUX
12
12
I.D. Code bit
D
C
CLOCK-DR
Scan Chain In
Figure 15: Output Cell (OUT_CELL)
Scan Chain Out
G1
EXTEST
Output or Enable
from system logic
IDOODE
SHIFT-DR
1
G1
G2
1
OUTPUT
or Enable
MUX
1 2
I.D. code bit
1 2 MUX
1 2
1 2
D
C
D
C
CLOCK-DR
UPDATE-DR
Scan Chain In
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
344
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 16: Bidirectional Cell (IO_CELL)
Scan Chain Out
G1
EXTEST
OUTPUT from
internal logic
IDCODE
1
MUX
1
G1
INPUT
to internal
logic
OUTPUT
to pin
G2
SHIFT-DR
INPUT
from pin
I.D. code bit
12
1 2 MUX
12
12
D
C
D
C
CLOCK-DR
UPDATE-DR
Scan Chain In
Figure 17: Layout of Output Enable and Bidirectional Cells
Scan Chain Out
OUTPUT ENABLE
from internal
logic (0 = drive)
INPUT to
internal logic
OUTPUT from
internal logic
OUT_CELL
IO_CELL
I/O
PAD
Scan Chain In
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
345
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
13 OPERATION
13.1 SONET/SDH Frame Mappings and Overhead Byte Usage
13.1.1 ATM Mapping
The S/UNI-622-POS processes the ATM cell mapping for STS-12c/STM-4-4c as
shown below in Figure 18. The S/UNI-622-POS processes the transport and
path overhead required to support ATM UNIs and NNIs. In addition, the S/UNI622-POS provides support for the APS bytes, the data communication channels
and provides full control and observability of the transport and path overhead
bytes through register access. In Figure 18, the STS-12c/STM-4-4c mapping is
shown. In this mapping, three stuff columns are included in the SPE. No other
options are provided.
Figure 18: ATM Mapping into the STS-12c/STM-4-4c SPE
1080 Bytes
Transport
Overhea
d
Section
Overhea
d
Pointer
1044 Bytes
J1
B3
C2
G1
F
I
X
E
D
F
I
X
E
D
F
I
X
E
D
S
T
U
F
F
S
T
U
F
F
S
T
U
F
F
H4
00
00
00
9
Bytes
ATM Cell
F2
Line
Overhea
d
ATM Cell
ATM Cell
13.1.2 Packet over SONET/SDH Mapping
The S/UNI-622-POS processes the Packet over SONET/SDH mapping for STS12c/STM-4-4c as shown below in Figure 19. The S/UNI-622-POS processes the
transport and path overhead required to support Packet over SONET/SDH
applications. In addition, the S/UNI-622-POS provides support for the APS
bytes, the data communication channels and provides full control and
observability of the transport and path overhead bytes through register access. In
Figure 19, the STS-12c/STM-4-4c mapping is shown. In this mapping, the entire
SPE is used for POS Frames.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
346
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 19: POS Mapping into the STS-12c/STM-4-4c SPE
1080 Bytes
Transport
Overhea
d
1044 Bytes
Section
Overhea
d
J1
B3
C2
Pointer
G1
F
I
X
E
D
F
I
X
E
D
F
I
X
E
D
S
T
U
F
F
S
T
U
F
F
S
T
U
F
F
POS Frame
H4
00
00
00
9
Bytes
POS Frame
F2
Line
Overhea
d
POS Frame
POS Frame
13.1.3 Transport and Path Overhead Bytes
Under normal operating conditions, the S/UNI-622-POS processes a subset of
the complete transport overhead present in an STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream. The
byte positions processed by the S/UNI-622-POS are indicated in Figure 20.
Figure 20: STS-12c/STM-4-4c Overhead
STS-12c Transport Overhead
STM-4 Section Overhead
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
B1
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
E1
D1
J0
D2
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H1
H2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
B2
K1
K2
D4
D5
D6
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
D12
Z1
Z1
Z2
Z0
Z0
H3
H3
H3
D3
H1
S1
Z0
F1
H2
Z2
H2
M1
H2
H2
H2
H2
H2
H2
H2
H2
H2
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
H3
E2
Transport Overhead Bytes
A1, A2:
The frame alignment bytes (A1, A2) locate the SONET/SDH frame
in the STS-12c/STM-4-4c serial stream.
J0
The J0 byte is currently defined as the STS-12c/STM-4-4c section
trace byte for SONET/SDH. J0 byte is not scrambled by the frame
synchronous scrambler.
Z0:
The Z0 bytes are currently defined as the STS-12c/STM-4-4c
section growth bytes for SONET/SDH. Z0 bytes are not scrambled
by the frame synchronous scrambler.
B1:
The section bit interleaved parity byte provides a section error
monitoring function.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
347
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS calculates the B1 byte
over all bits of the previous frame after scrambling. The calculated
code is then placed in the current frame before scrambling.
In the receive direction, the S/UNI-622-POS calculates the B1 code
over the current frame and compares this calculation with the B1
byte received in the following frame. B1 errors are accumulated in
an error event counter.
D1 - D3:
The section data communications channel provides a 192 kbit/s
data communications channel for network element to network
element communications.
In the transmit direction, the section DCC byte is inserted from a
dedicated 192 kbit/s input, TSD.
In the receive direction, the section DCC is extracted on a
dedicated 192 kbit/s output, RSD.
H1, H2:
The pointer value bytes locate the path overhead column in the
SONET/SDH frame.
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS inserts a fixed pointer
value, with a normal new data flag indication in the first H1-H2 pair.
The concatenation indication is inserted in the remaining H1-H2
pairs (STS-12c/STM-4-4c). Pointer movements can be induced
using the TPOP registers.
In the receive direction, the pointer is interpreted to locate the SPE.
The loss of pointer state is entered when a valid pointer cannot be
found. Path AIS is detected when H1, H2 contain an all ones
pattern.
H3:
The pointer action bytes contain synchronous payload envelope
data when a negative stuff event occurs. The all zeros pattern is
inserted in the transmit direction. This byte is ignored in the receive
direction unless a negative stuff event is detected.
B2:
The line bit interleaved parity bytes provide a line error monitoring
function.
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS calculates the B2
values. The calculated code is then placed in the next frame.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
348
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
In the receive direction, the S/UNI-622-POS calculates the B2 code
over the current frame and compares this calculation with the B2
code receive in the following frame. Receive B2 errors are
accumulated in an error event counter.
K1, K2:
The K1 and K2 bytes provide the automatic protection switching
channel. The K2 byte is also used to identify line layer
maintenance signals. Line RDI is indicated when bits 6, 7, and 8 of
the K2 byte are set to the pattern '110'. Line AIS is indicated when
bits 6, 7, and 8 of the K2 byte are set to the pattern '111'.
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS provides register
control for the K1 and K2 bytes.
In the receive direction, the S/UNI-622-POS provides register
access to the filtered APS channel. Protection switch byte failure
alarm detection is provided. The K2 byte is examined to determine
the presence of the line AIS, or the line RDI maintenance signals
D4 - D12:
The line data communications channel provides a 576 kbit/s data
communications channel for network element to network element
communications.
In the transmit direction, the line DCC byte is inserted from a
dedicated 576 kbit/s input, TLD.
In the receive direction, the line DCC is extracted on a dedicated
576 kbit/s output, RLD.
S1:
The S1 byte provides the synchronization status byte. Bits 5
through 8 of the synchronization status byte identifies the
synchronization source of the STS-12c/STM-4-4c signal. Bits 1
through 4 are currently undefined.
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS provides register
control for the synchronization status byte.
In the receive direction, the S/UNI-622-POS provides register
access to the synchronization status byte. The SSTB block also
provides circuitry to detect synchronization status mismatch and
unstable alarms.
Z1:
The Z1 bytes are located in the second and third STS-1’s locations
of an STS-12c/STM-4-4c and are allocated for future growth.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
349
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
M1:
The M1 byte is located in the third STS-1 locations of a STS12c/STM-4-4c and provides a line far end block error function for
remote performance monitoring.
Z2:
The Z2 bytes are located in the first and second STS-1’s locations
of a STS-12c/STM-4-4c and are allocated for future growth.
In the transmit direction, Z2 byte is internally generated. The
number of B2 errors detected in the previous interval is inserted.
In the receive direction, a legal Z2 byte value is added to the line
FEBE event counter.
Path Overhead Bytes
J1:
The Path Trace byte is used to repetitively transmit a 64-byte CLLI
message (for SONET/SDH networks), or a 16-byte E.164 address
(for SDH networks). When not used, this byte should be set to
transmit continuous null characters. Null is defined as the ASCII
code, 0x00.
In the transmit direction, characters can be inserted using the
TPOP Path Trace register or the SPTB block. The register is the
default selection and resets to 0x00 to enable the transmission of
NULL characters from a reset state.
In the receive direction, the path trace message is optionally
extracted into the 16 or 64 byte path trace message buffer.
B3:
The path bit interleaved parity byte provides a path error monitoring
function.
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS calculates the B3
bytes. The calculated code is then placed in the next frame.
In the receive direction, the S/UNI-622-POS calculates the B3 code
and compares this calculation with the B3 byte received in the next
frame. B3 errors are accumulated in an error event counter.
C2:
The path signal label indicator identifies the equipped payload type.
For ATM payloads, the identification code is 0x13. For Packet over
SONET/SDH (including X43+1 payload scrambling), the
identification code is 0x16.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
350
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS inserts the value 0x13
or 0x16 using the TPOP Path Signal Label register.
In the receive direction, the code is available in the RPOP Path
Signal Label register. In addition, the SPTB block also provides
circuitry to detect path signal label mismatch and unstable alarms.
G1:
The path status byte provides a path FEBE function, and a path
remote defect indication function. Three bits are allocated for
remote defect indications: bit 5 (the path RDI bit), bit 6 (the auxiliary
path RDI bit) and bit 7 (Enhanced RDI bit). Taken together these
bits provide a eight state path RDI code that can be used to
categorize path defect indications.
In the transmit direction, the S/UNI-622-POS provides register bits
to control the path RDI (bit 5) and auxiliary path RDI (bit 6) states.
For path FEBE, the number of B3 errors detected in the previous
interval is inserted either automatically or using a register. This
path FEBE code has 9 legal values, namely 0 to 8 errors.
In the receive direction, a legal path FEBE value is accumulated in
the path FEBE event counter. In addition, the path RDI and
auxiliary path RDI signal states are available in internal registers.
H4:
The multi-frame indicator byte is a payload specific byte, and is not
used for ATM payloads. This byte is forced to 0x00 in the transmit
direction, and is ignored in the receive direction.
Z3 - Z5:
The path growth bytes provide three unused bytes for future use.
In the transmit direction, the growth bytes may be inserted from the
three TPOP Path Growth byte registers.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
351
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
13.2 ATM Cell Data Structure
ATM cells may be passed to/from the S/UNI-622-POS using a 27 word, 16-bit
UTOPIA level 2 compliant data structure or using a 54 byte, 8-bit UTOPIA level 3
compliant data structure. The former data structure is shown in Figure 21 and
described below.
Figure 21: 16-bit Wide, 27 Word ATM Cell Structure
Bit 15
Bit 8 Bit 7
Bit 0
Word 1
H1
H2
Word 2
H3
H4
Word 3
H5
HCS Status/Control
Word 4
Payload 1
Payload 2
Word 5
Payload 3
Payload 4
Word 6
Payload 5
Payload 6
Word 7
Payload 7
Payload 8
Word 8
Payload 9
Payload 10
Word 27
Payload 47
Payload 48
Bit 15 of each word is the most significant bit (which corresponds to the first bit
transmitted or received). The header check sequence octet (HCS) is passed
through this structure. The start of cell indication input and output (TSOC and
RSOC) are coincident with Word 1 (containing the first two header octets). Word
3 of this structure contains the HCS octet in bits 15 to 8.
In the receive direction, the lower 8 bits of Word 3 contain the HCS status octet.
An all-zeros pattern in these 8 bits indicates that the associated header is error
free. An all-ones pattern indicates that the header contains an uncorrectable
error (if the HCSPASS bit in the RXCP Control Register is set to logic zero, the
all-ones pattern will never be passed in this structure). An alternating ones and
zeros pattern (0xAA) indicates that the header contained a correctable error. In
this case the header passed through the structure is the "corrected" header.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
352
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
In the transmit direction, the HCS bit in the TXCP Control register determines
whether the HCS is calculated internally or is inserted directly from the upper 8
bits of Word 3. The lower 8 bits of Word 3 contain the HCS control octet. The
HCS control octet is an error mask that allows the insertion of one or more errors
in the HCS octet. A logic one in a given bit position causes the inversion of the
corresponding HCS bit position (for example a logic one in bit 7 causes the most
significant bit of the HCS to be inverted). The HDCL control octet may be
disabled by setting the HCSCTLEB register in the TXCP.
ATM cells can also be passed to/from the S/UNI-622-POS using a 54 byte, 8-bit
UTOPIA level 3 compliant data structure shown in Figure 22.
Figure 22: 8-bit Wide, 54 Byte ATM Cell Structure
Byte 1
H1
Byte 2
H2
Byte 3
H3
Byte 4
H4
Byte 5
H5
Byte 6 HCS Status/Control
Byte 7
Payload 1
Byte 8
Payload 2
Byte 9
Payload 3
Byte 54
Payload 48
Bit 7 of each byte is the most significant bit (which corresponds to the first bit
transmitted or received). The header check sequence octet (HCS) is passed
through this structure. The start of cell indication input and output (TSOC and
RSOC) are coincident with Byte 1.
13.3 Packet over SONET/SDH Data Structure
Packets may be written into the TXFP FIFO and read from the RXFP FIFO using
either a 16-bit POS-PHY Level 2 or an 8-bt POS-PHY Level 3 defined data
structure.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
353
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The 16-bit POS-PHY Level 2 data structure is shown in Figure 23. The packet
length of 63 bytes is chosen arbitrarily for illustrative purposes only. Other
lengths are acceptable. Octets are written in the same order they are to be
transmitted or they were received on the SONET/SDH line. Within an octet, the
MSB (bit 7) is the first bit to be transmitted. All words are composed of two
octets, except the last word of a packet which can have one or two bytes. If the
TXFP is configured to not insert the FCS field, then these bytes should be
included at the end of the packet. Similarly, if the RXFP is configured to not strip
the FCS field, then these bytes will be included at the end of the packet.
Figure 23: A 63 Byte Packet Data Structure
Bit 15
Bit 8 Bit 7
Bit 0
Word 1
Byte 1
Byte 2
Word 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Word 3
Byte 5
Byte 6
Word 4
Byte 7
Byte 8
Word 5
Byte 9
Byte 10
Word 6
Byte 11
Byte 12
Word 7
Byte 13
Byte 14
Word 32
Byte 63
XX
A 63 Byte Frame
The 8-bit POS-PHY Level 3 data structure is shown in Figure 24. The packet
length of 63 bytes is chosen arbitrarily for illustrative purposes only. Other
lengths are acceptable. However, on the transmit interface, packets with an odd
number of bytes must be transferred with a one clock pause (TENB high).
Octets are written in the same order they are to be transmitted or they were
received on the SONET/SDH line. Within an octet, the MSB (bit 7) is the first bit
to be transmitted. If the TXFP does not insert the FCS field, then these bytes
should be included at the end of the packet. If the RXFP does not strip the FCS
field, then these bytes will be included at the end of the packet.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
354
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 24: A 63 Byte Packet Data Structure
Byte 1
Byte 2
Byte 3
Byte 4
Byte 63
A 63 Byte Frame
Both the start of the packet and the end of the packet must be identified by the
TSOP/RSOP and TEOP/REOP signals. When the first section of a packet is
transferred over the interface, the TSOP/RSOP signals will be high for Byte 1 of
the packet only.
13.4 Setting ATM Mode of Operation
The following sequence of operation should be used to prepare the device for the
ATM operation.
1- Input pin POS_ATMB (Y21) should be tied low to enable ATM
operation. This pin can be overridden in software by writing a logic one
to the RMOVR bit (Register 0x90) and TMOVR bit (Register 0x92).
Writing a logic zero to the RPOS_ATMB bit (Register 0x90) and the
TPOS_ATMB bit (Register 0x92) can then be used to enable ATM
operation.
When using the software override feature, these bits must be set after
step (2), as resetting the device restores the registers to their default
values. This feature is useful for building a single PHY card that can
be configured in software as a POS or ATM card.
2- Reset the device. This can be done by asserting the RSTB pin or
setting the RESET bit in the Master Reset and ID Register (Register
0x00).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
355
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
3- If the TFCLK, RFCLK and/or the PTCLK (if used) clock inputs are not
stable clocks, wait until these clock inputs stabilize. Reset the DLL
units associated with each clock input (write 0x00 to Registers 0x96,
0x9A and 0x9E respectively).
4- Reset the receive and transmit FIFO’s by setting the FIFORST register
bit in the TXCP (Register 0x80) and RXCP (Register 0x62) blocks.
Keep this bit set for at least 1 µs, then set the bit back to its inactive
logic zero value.
5- Set the path signal label C2 byte (offset 0x054 and 0x048) to 0x13 to
identify ATM payload data.
6- Reset the performance monitoring counters in TXCP and RXCP blocks
by writing a logic zero to the Master Reset and Identity register
(Register 0x00). TIP remains high as the performance monitoring
registers are loaded, and is set to a logic zero when the transfer is
complete.
13.5 Setting Packet-Over-SONET/SDH Mode of Operation
The following sequence of operation should be used to prepare the device for the
Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) operation.
1- Input pin POS_ATMB (Y21) should be tied high to enable POS operation. This pin
can be overridden in software by writing a logic one to the RMOVR bit (Register
0x90) and TMOVR bit (Register 0x92). Writing a logic one to the RPOS_ATMB bit
(Register 0x90) and the TPOS_ATMB bit (Register 0x92) can then be used to enable
POS operation.
When using the software override feature, these bits must be set after step (2), as
resetting the device restores the registers to their default values. This feature is
useful for building a single PHY card that can be configured in software as a POS or
ATM card.
2- Reset the device. This can be done by asserting the RSTB pin or setting the RESET
bit in the Master Reset and ID Register (Register 0x00).
3- If the TFCLK, RFCLK and/or the PTCLK (if used) clock inputs are not stable clocks,
wait until these clock inputs stabilize. Reset the DLL units associated with each
clock input (write 0x00 to Registers 0x96, 0x9A and 0x9E respectively).
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
356
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
4- Reset the receive and transmit FIFO’s by setting the FIFORST register bit in the
TXFP (Register 0xC1) and RXFP (Register 0xA0) blocks. Keep this bit set for at
least 1 µs, then set the bit back to its inactive logic zero value.
5- Set the path signal label C2 byte (offset 0x054 and 0x048) to 0x16 to identify POS
payload data.
6- Reset the performance monitoring counters in TXFP and RXFP blocks by writing a
logic zero to the Master Reset and Identity register (Register 0x00). TIP remains
high as the performance monitoring registers are loaded, and is set to a logic zero
when the transfer is complete.
13.6 Setting SONET or SDH Mode of Operation
The SONET and SDH standard for optical networking are very similar with only
minor difference in overhead processing. The main difference between the
SONET (Bellcore GR-253-CORE) and SDH (ITU.707) standards lies in the
handling of some of the overhead bytes. Other details, like framing and data
payload mappings are equivalent in SONET and SDH.
The bit error rate (BER) monitoring requirements are also slightly different
between SONET and SDH. An application note, PMC-950820, explains the
different parameters in detail for the RASE block.
The list below shows the various register setting to configure the S/UNI-16x155
for either SONET or SDH operation.
Table 14: Settings for SONET or SDH Operation
Configuration Registers
SONET
SDH
SDH_J0/Z0 (register offset 0x004)
0
X
ENSS (register offset 0x03D)
0
1
Path LEN16 (register offset 0x028)
0
1
Section LEN16 (register offset 0x050)
0
1
S[1:0] (register offset 0x46)
00
10
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
357
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Notes:
1. SONET requires Z0 bytes to be set to the number corresponding to the STS-1
column number. SDH considers those bytes reserved.
2. When forcing a constant Z0 pattern (SDH_J0/ZO is high), the Z0 bytes must be DC
balanced (approximately the same number of ones and zeros) as the bytes are not
scrambled. Failure to do so may cause downstream clock recovery to lose lock.
3. SONET uses 64 byte trace messages while SDH uses 16 byte trace messages.
4. SDH specification requires the detector of SS bits to be “10”.
5. The SS bits are undefined for SONET, but must be set to “10” for SDH.
13.7 Bit Error Rate Monitor
The S/UN-622-POS provides two BERM blocks. One can be dedicated to
monitor at the Signal Degrade (SD) error rate and the other dedicated to monitor
at the Signal Fail (SF) error rate.
The Bit Error Rate Monitor (BERM) block counts and monitors line BIP errors
over programmable periods of time (window size). It can monitor to declare an
alarm or to clear it if the alarm is already set. A different threshold and
accumulation period must be used to declare or clear the alarm, whether or not
those two operations are not performed at the same BER. The following table
lists the recommended content of the BERM registers for different error rates
(BER). Both BERMs in the TSB are equivalent and are programmed similarly. In
a normal application they will be set to monitor different BER.
When the SF/SD CMODE bit is set to one, the clearing monitoring is
recommended to be performed using a window size that is 8 times longer than
the declaration window size. When the SF/SD CMODE bit is set to zero, the
clearing monitoring is recommended to be performed using a window size equal
to the declaration window size. In all cases the clearing threshold is calculated
for a BER that is 10 times lower than the declaration BER, as required in the
references. The table indicates the declare BER and evaluation period only.
The saturation threshold is not listed in the table, and should be programmed
with the value 0xFFF by default, deactivating saturation. Saturation capabilities
are provided to allow the user to address issues associated with error bursts.
For additional information, please refer to the BERM application note (PMC950820) for more detailed information.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
358
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 15: Recommended BERM settings
STS
Declare
BER
Evals /
Second
SF/SD
SMODE
SF/SD
CMODE
SF/SD
SAP
SF/SD
DTH
SF/SD
CTH
STS-12c
10-3
0.008
0
0
0x000008
0x956
0x1E9
STS-12c
10-4
0.008
0
0
0x000008
0x1A5
0x03D
STS-12c
10-5
0.025
0
1
0x000019
0x084
0x08E
STS-12c
10-6
0.250
0
1
0x0000FA
0x085
0x08E
STS-12c
10-7
2.500
0
1
0x0009C4
0x085
0x08E
STS-12c
10-8
21.000
0
1
0x005208
0x06E
0x079
STS-12c
10-9
167.000
0
1
0x028C58
0x056
0x062
STS-3c
10-3
0.008
0
0
0x000008
0x245
0x083
STS-3c
10-4
0.013
0
1
0x00000D
0x0A3
0x0B4
STS-3c
10-5
0.100
0
1
0x000064
0x084
0x08E
STS-3c
10-6
1.000
0
1
0x0003E8
0x085
0x08E
STS-3c
10-7
10.000
0
1
0x002710
0x085
0x08E
STS-3c
10-8
83.000
0
1
0x014438
0x06D
0x077
STS-3c
10-9
667.000
0
1
0x0A2D78
0x055
0x061
13.8 Auto Alarm Control Configuration
The S/UNI-622-POS supports the automatic generation of transmit alarm
information based on the detected receive alarms. This functionality is controlled
by the master AUTOxx register bits in register 0x02 and the Auto Path and Line
Configuration registers 0x08 to 0x0F.
When consequential action is enabled for a given alarm condition, other S/UNI622-POS configuration registers become important. For instance, if
consequential action for signal degrade is enabled, the RASE must be configured
for the desired alarm thresholds. The following table lists register settings for
path RDI and extended path RDI interfaces.
Table 16: Path RDI and Extended RDI Register Settings
Register
RDI
EPRDI
0x09
11111111
01101111
0x0A
Xxxxxxxx
11111111
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
359
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
0x0B
10xxx010
11xxx111
0x40
x00x00xx
x11x00xx
13.9 Clocking Options
The S/UNI-622-POS supports several clocking modes. Figure 25 is an
abstraction of the clocking topology. The S/UNI-622-POS can operate in source
time, internally loop timed and externally loop timed.
Figure 25: Clocking Structure
SLLE
PISO-622
TRANSMIT DATA
TCLK
TXD
CSU-622
LOOPT/SLLE
SDLE
REFCLK
CRU-622
RXD
WANS
SIPO-622
RECEIVE DATA
RCLK
RRCLK
RBYP/SDLE
Source timed
operation is used for all public user network interfaces (UNIs) and for private
UNIs and private network node interfaces (NNIs) that are not synchronized to the
recovered clock.
The transmit clock in a public UNI must conform to SONET/SDH Network
Element (NE) requirements specified in Bellcore GR-253-CORE. These
requirements include jitter generation, short term clock stability, phase transients
during synchronization failure, and holdover. The 77.76 MHz clock source is
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
360
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
typically a VCO (or temperature compensated VCXO) locked to a primary
reference source for public UNI applications. The accuracy of this clock source
should be within ±20 ppm of 77.76 MHz to comply with the SONET/SDH network
element free-run accuracy requirements. The S/UNI-622-POS WANS block can
be used to implement the system timing reference.
The transmit clock in a private UNI or a private NNI may be locked to an external
reference or may free-run. The simplest implementation requires an oscillator
free-running at 77.76 MHz.
Source timed operation is selected by clearing the LOOPT bit of the Master
Configuration register. REFCLK is multiplied by 8 to become the 622.08 MHz
transmit clock. REFCLK must be jitter free. The source REFCLK is also
internally used as the clock recovery reference during receive loss of transition
conditions.
Internally loop timed operation is used for private UNIs and private NNIs that
require synchronization to the recovered clock. This mode is selected by setting
the LOOPT bit of the Master Control register to logic one. Normally, the transmit
clock is locked to the receive data. In the event of a loss of signal/transition
condition, the transmit clock is synthesized from REFCLK.
Externally loop timed operation makes use of the WAN Synchronization block
capabilities. This mode can be achieved when LOOPT is set to logic zero. The
timing loop is achieved at the system level, through a microprocessor, an
external VCXO and back through the REFCLK input. This mode allows an
S/UNI-622-POS to meet Bellcore wander transfer and holdover stability
requirements.
13.10 WAN Synchronization (WANS Block)
The WANS provides a means to implement a Stratum 3 or lower system timing
reference with a minimum amount of external circuitry. The WANS implements a
phase detector necessary to create a digital control PLL.
A description of how to program and use the WANS feature will be made
available in the S/UNI-622-POS reference design (PMC-981070).
13.11 Loopback Operation
The S/UNI-622-POS supports five loopback functions: path loopback, line
loopback, data diagnostic loopback, parallel diagnostic loopback and serial
diagnostic loopback. Each channel's loopback modes operate independently.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
361
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The loopback modes are activated by the PDLE, LLE, DLE, DPLE and SDLE bits
contained in the S/UNI-622-POS Master Configuration registers.
The line loopback, see Figure 26, connects the high speed receive data and
clock to the high speed transmit data and clock, and can be used for line side
investigations (including clock recovery and clock synthesis). While in this mode,
the entire receive path is operating normally and cells can be received through
the FIFO interface.
The serial diagnostic loopback, see Figure 27, connects the high speed transmit
data and clock to the high speed receive data and clock. While in this mode, the
entire transmit path is operating normally and data is transmitted on the TXD+/outputs.
The parallel diagnostic loopback, see Figure 28, connects the byte wide transmit
data and clock to the byte wide receive data and clock. While in this mode, the
entire transmit path is operating normally and data is transmitted on the TXD+/outputs.
The path diagnostic loopback, see Figure 29, connects the transmit path
processor TPOP output to the receive path processor RPOP. While in this mode,
the entire transmit path is operating normally and data is transmitted on the
TXD+/- outputs.
The data diagnostic loopback, see Figure 30, connects the transmit POS/ATM
processor TXFP/TXCP) to the corresponding receive POS/ATM processor
(RXFP/RXCP). While in this mode, the transmit path does not operate normally
and the data transmitted on the TXD+/- outputs is invalid.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
362
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 26: Line Loopback Mode
Section/
Line DCC
Insert
Tx
POS Frame
Processor
Tx
Section O/H
Processor
Tx
Line O/H
Processor
Tx
Path O/H
Processor
Tx
ATM Cell
Processor
a
a
Section
Trace Buffer
Path
Trace Buffer
WAN
Synch.
Rx
ATM Cell
Processor
Rx Line
I/F
Rx
Section O/H
Processor
Rx
Line O/H
Processor
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 2
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 3
System Interface
Tx Line
I/F
JTAG Test
Access Port
Rx
Path O/H
Processor
Rx
POS Frame
Processor
Section/
Line DCC
Extract
Rx APS,
Sync Status,
BERM
Microprocessor
Interface
Figure 27: Serial Diagnostic Loopback Mode
Section/
Line DCC
Insert
Tx
POS Frame
Processor
Tx
Section O/H
Processor
Tx
Line O/H
Processor
Tx
Path O/H
Processor
Tx
ATM Cell
Processor
a
a
Section
Trace Buffer
Path
Trace Buffer
WAN
Synch.
Rx
ATM Cell
Processor
Rx Line
I/F
Rx
Section O/H
Processor
Rx
Line O/H
Processor
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 2
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 3
System Interface
Tx Line
I/F
JTAG Test
Access Port
Rx
Path O/H
Processor
Rx
POS Frame
Processor
Section/
Line DCC
Extract
Rx APS,
Sync Status,
BERM
Microprocessor
Interface
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
363
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 28: Parallel Diagnostic Loopback Mode
Section/
Line DCC
Insert
Tx
POS Frame
Processor
Tx
Section O/H
Processor
Tx
Line O/H
Processor
Tx
Path O/H
Processor
Tx
ATM Cell
Processor
a
a
Section
Trace Buffer
Path
Trace Buffer
WAN
Synch.
Rx
ATM Cell
Processor
Rx Line
I/F
Rx
Section O/H
Processor
Rx
Line O/H
Processor
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 2
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 3
System Interface
Tx Line
I/F
JTAG Test
Access Port
Rx
Path O/H
Processor
Rx
POS Frame
Processor
Section/
Line DCC
Extract
Rx APS,
Sync Status,
BERM
Microprocessor
Interface
Figure 29: Path Diagnostic Loopback Mode
Section/
Line DCC
Insert
Tx
POS Frame
Processor
Tx
Section O/H
Processor
Tx
Line O/H
Processor
Tx
Path O/H
Processor
Tx
ATM Cell
Processor
a
a
Section
Trace Buffer
Path
Trace Buffer
WAN
Synch.
Rx
ATM Cell
Processor
Rx Line
I/F
Rx
Section O/H
Processor
Rx
Line O/H
Processor
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 2
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 3
System Interface
Tx Line
I/F
JTAG Test
Access Port
Rx
Path O/H
Processor
Rx
POS Frame
Processor
Section/
Line DCC
Extract
Rx APS,
Sync Status,
BERM
Microprocessor
Interface
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
364
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 30: Data Diagnostic Loopback Mode
Section/
Line DCC
Insert
Tx
POS Frame
Processor
Tx
Section O/H
Processor
Tx
Line O/H
Processor
Tx
Path O/H
Processor
Tx
ATM Cell
Processor
a
a
Section
Trace Buffer
Path
Trace Buffer
WAN
Synch.
Rx
ATM Cell
Processor
Rx Line
I/F
Rx
Section O/H
Processor
Rx
Line O/H
Processor
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 2
UTOPIA ATM/SATURN POS-PHY Level 3
System Interface
Tx Line
I/F
JTAG Test
Access Port
Rx
Path O/H
Processor
Rx
POS Frame
Processor
Section/
Line DCC
Extract
Rx APS,
Sync Status,
BERM
Microprocessor
Interface
13.12 1+1 APS Support
The S/UNI-622-POS has the ability to exchange transmit path data in order to
implement a 1+1 APS interface. In order to use this capability, the serial line side
interface must be used (1+1 APS support is not available in OC3 operation) as
the parallel line side interface is used as the transmit path APS port.
The diagram in Figure 31 shows how to connect two S/UNI-622-POS devices for
1+1 APS operation. The working device is the source of transmit path for both
the working and the protection channels. The transmit path process TPOP as
well as the TXCP and TXFP processors are unused in the protection device. The
working device sends the transmit path data steam to the protection device using
the parallel line interface pins. The protection device adds section and line
overhead to the transmit path data stream using its TSOP and TLOP units. Thus,
each channel has unique K1/K2 byte control and monitoring.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
365
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 31: 1+1 APS Architecture
CSU
Reference
TSOP
RSOP
REFCLK
TSOP
RSOP
REFCLK
TLOP
TLOP
RLOP
RLOP
APSPD
APSPD
PIN[7:0]
APSRDI,
APSFEBE
APS
FIFO
FPIN
PICLK
RPOP
TPOP
TXCP
APSRDI,
APSFEBE
FPOUT
TCLK
RPOP
TPOP
APSOE
APS[4:0]
RXCP
POUT[7:0]
APS[4:0]
TXCP
Protection Channel Device
RXCP
Working Channel Device
A 4-byte FIFO is used to handle wander between the TCLK of the working device
and the TCLK of the protection device. Both transmit clocks TCLK must be the
same frequency in order for this FIFO to operate normally. Therefore, the clock
synthesis units (CSU) of both device must have the same reference clock input
REFCLK. The working and protection devices cannot operate in loop time as the
frequency difference between the receive clock and the reference clock will
cause the FIFO to underrun or overrun corrupting the protection transmit path. In
order to perform loop-time operation, an external clocking source must be used
(for instance, the WANS functionality).
The APS FIFO must be reset after both CSU units lock to the reference clock in
order to center the FIFO. This the APSRST bit must be toggled when the
ROOLV in the CSPI-622 indicates a CSU has lost lock or after a system reset.
The ASPI register will indicate when the FIFO has corrupted data due to an
overrun or an underrun.
The active channel is selected using the receive ATM and POS System Interface.
Thus, if the protection device is active, the receive System Interface of the
protection device is used. If the working device is active, the receive System
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
366
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Interface of the working device is used. In all cases, the transmit System
Interface of the working device is used for the transmit data stream.
In order for the S/UNI-622-POS to support path AUTORDI and AUTOPFEBE
functions, the APS[4:0] pins are used to exchange alarm information from the
protection device to the TPOP of the working device. Thus, when the protection
device is active, the working device must be configured to use the receive path
alarm information from the protection device. Table 17 shows the register
configurations for both normal operation and protection operation for both
devices.
Table 17: 1+1 APS Register 0x06 Settings
Bit
Work Device
(Normal)
Protect Device
(Normal)
Work Device
(Protection)
Protect Device
(Protection)
APSEN
1
1
1
1
APSOE
0
1
0
1
APSPD
0
1
0
1
APSFEBE
0
X
1
X
APSRDI
0
X
1
X
13.13 JTAG Support
The S/UNI-622-POS supports the IEEE Boundary Scan Specification as
described in the IEEE 1149.1 standards. The Test Access Port (TAP) consists of
the five standard pins, TRSTB, TCK, TMS, TDI and TDO used to control the TAP
controller and the boundary scan registers. The TRSTB input is the active-low
reset signal used to reset the TAP controller. TCK is the test clock used to
sample data on input, TDI and to output data on output, TDO. The TMS input is
used to direct the TAP controller through its states. The basic boundary scan
architecture is shown below.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
367
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 32: Boundary Scan Architecture
Boundary Scan
Register
TDI
Device Identification
Register
Bypass
Register
Instruction
Register
and
Decode
Mux
DFF
TDO
Control
TMS
Test
Access
Port
Controller
Select
Tri-state Enable
TRSTB
TCK
The boundary scan architecture consists of a TAP controller, an instruction
register with instruction decode, a bypass register, a device identification register
and a boundary scan register. The TAP controller interprets the TMS input and
generates control signals to load the instruction and data registers. The
instruction register with instruction decode block is used to select the test to be
executed and/or the register to be accessed. The bypass register offers a singlebit delay from primary input, TDI to primary output, TDO. The device
identification register contains the device identification code.
The boundary scan register allows testing of board inter-connectivity. The
boundary scan register consists of a shift register place in series with device
inputs and outputs. Using the boundary scan register, all digital inputs can be
sampled and shifted out on primary output, TDO. In addition, patterns can be
shifted in on primary input, TDI and forced onto all digital outputs.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
368
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
13.13.1
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TAP Controller
The TAP controller is a synchronous finite state machine clocked by the rising
edge of primary input, TCK. All state transitions are controlled using primary
input, TMS. The finite state machine is described below.
Figure 33: TAP Controller Finite State Machine
TRSTB=0
Test-Logic-Reset
1
0
1
1
Run-Test-Idle
1
Select-IR-Scan
Select-DR-Scan
0
0
0
1
1
Capture-IR
Capture-DR
0
0
Shift-IR
Shift-DR
0
1
0
1
1
1
Exit1-IR
Exit1-DR
0
0
Pause-IR
Pause-DR
0
1
0
0
1
0
Exit2-IR
Exit2-DR
1
1
Update-IR
Update-DR
1
1
0
0
All transitions dependent on input TMS
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
369
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
13.13.2
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
States
Test-Logic-Reset
The test logic reset state is used to disable the TAP logic when the device is in
normal mode operation. The state is entered asynchronously by asserting input,
TRSTB. The state is entered synchronously regardless of the current TAP
controller state by forcing input, TMS high for 5 TCK clock cycles. While in this
state, the instruction register is set to the IDCODE instruction.
Run-Test-Idle
The run test/idle state is used to execute tests.
Capture-DR
The capture data register state is used to load parallel data into the test data
registers selected by the current instruction. If the selected register does not
allow parallel loads or no loading is required by the current instruction, the test
register maintains its value. Loading occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
Shift-DR
The shift data register state is used to shift the selected test data registers by one
stage. Shifting is from MSB to LSB and occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
Update-DR
The update data register state is used to load a test register's parallel output
latch. In general, the output latches are used to control the device. For example,
for the EXTEST instruction, the boundary scan test register's parallel output
latches are used to control the device's outputs. The parallel output latches are
updated on the falling edge of TCK.
Capture-IR
The capture instruction register state is used to load the instruction register with a
fixed instruction. The load occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
Shift-IR
The shift instruction register state is used to shift both the instruction register and
the selected test data registers by one stage. Shifting is from MSB to LSB and
occurs on the rising edge of TCK.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
370
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Update-IR
The update instruction register state is used to load a new instruction into the
instruction register. The new instruction must be scanned in using the Shift-IR
state. The load occurs on the falling edge of TCK.
The Pause-DR and Pause-IR states are provided to allow shifting through the
test data and/or instruction registers to be momentarily paused.
Boundary Scan Instructions
The following is a description of the standard instructions. Each instruction
selects a serial test data register path between input, TDI and output, TDO.
13.13.3
Instructions
BYPASS
The bypass instruction shifts data from input, TDI to output, TDO with one TCK
clock period delay. The instruction is used to bypass the device.
EXTEST
The external test instruction allows testing of the interconnection to other
devices. When the current instruction is the EXTEST instruction, the boundary
scan register is placed between input, TDI and output, TDO. Primary device
inputs can be sampled by loading the boundary scan register using the
Capture-DR state. The sampled values can then be viewed by shifting the
boundary scan register using the Shift-DR state. Primary device outputs can be
controlled by loading patterns shifted in through input TDI into the boundary scan
register using the Update-DR state.
SAMPLE
The sample instruction samples all the device inputs and outputs. For this
instruction, the boundary scan register is placed between TDI and TDO. Primary
device inputs and outputs can be sampled by loading the boundary scan register
using the Capture-DR state. The sampled values can then be viewed by shifting
the boundary scan register using the Shift-DR state.
IDCODE
The identification instruction is used to connect the identification register between
TDI and TDO. The device's identification code can then be shifted out using the
Shift-DR state.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
371
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
STCTEST
The single transport chain instruction is used to test out the TAP controller and
the boundary scan register during production test. When this instruction is the
current instruction, the boundary scan register is connected between TDI and
TDO. During the Capture-DR state, the device identification code is loaded into
the boundary scan register. The code can then be shifted out output, TDO using
the Shift-DR state.
13.14 Board Design Recommendations
The noise environment and signal integrity are often the limiting factors in system
performance. Therefore, the following board design guidelines must be followed
in order to ensure proper operation:
1. Use a single plane for both digital and analog grounds.
2. Provide separate +3.3 volt analog and +3.3 volt digital supplies, but otherwise
connect the supply voltages together at one point close to the connector
where +3.3 volts is brought to the card.
3. VBIAS biasing supply must be driven at a higher potential than the expected
maximum digital input level. For 3.3 volt designs where all digital inputs are
3.3 volt TTL levels, VBIAS may be set to 3.3 volts or greater. For designs
with 5.0 volt TTL levels, VBIAS must be set to 5.0 volts.
PBIAS biasing supplies operate similarly. For designs using optical modules
with 3.3 volt PECL levels, the PBIAS pins may be set to 3.3 volts or greater.
For designs using optical modules with 5.0 volt PECL levels, the PBIAS pins
must be set to 5.0 volts. If the serial interface is not being used, the PBIAS
pins may be set to 3.3 volts. See the section on interfacing to ECL and PECL
devices for more details
4. Ferrite beads are not advisable in digital switching circuits because inductive
spiking (di/dt noise) is introduced into the power rail. Simple RC filtering is the
best approach provided care is taken to ensure the IR drop in the resistance
does not lower the supply voltage below the recommended operating voltage.
5. High-frequency decoupling capacitors are recommended for each biasing
pins (VBIAS, PBIAS and QAVD) as close to the package pin as possible.
Separate decoupling is required to prevent the transmitter from coupling noise
into the receiver and to prevent power supply transients from coupling into
some internal reference circuitry. See the section on Power Supplies for more
details.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
372
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
6. Low-pass filtering networks are recommended for analog power supplies as
close to the package pin as possible. Separate decoupling is required to
prevent the transmitter from coupling noise into the receiver and to prevent
power supply transients from coupling into some internal reference circuitry.
See the section on Power Supplies for more details.
7. The high speed serial streams (TXD+/-, RXD+/, and RRCLK+/-) must be
routed with 50 ohm controlled impedance circuit board traces and must be
terminated with a matched load. Normal TTL-type design rules are not
recommended and will reduce the performance of the device. See the
section on interfacing to ECL and PECL devices for more details.
8. PECL traces between the S/UNI-622-POS and optical modules should not
exceed 4 cm for proper jitter operation.
Please refer to the S/UNI-622-POS reference design (PMC-981070) for further
recommendations
13.15 Power Supplies
Due to ESD protection structures in the pads it is necessary to exercise caution
when powering a device up or down. ESD protection devices behave as diodes
between power supply pins and from I/O pins to power supply pins. Under
extreme conditions it is possible to blow these ESD protection devices or trigger
latch up. The recommended power supply sequencing follows:
1. The VBIAS supply must be equal to or greater than the VDD supply during
power up. By placing a decoupled 1 kohm in series with VBIAS as shown in
Figure 34, this restriction may be ignored.
2. The PBIAS supplies must be equal to or greater than the AVD supply during
power up. By placing a decoupled 1 kohm in series with the PBIAS supply as
shown in Figure 34, this restriction may be ignored.
3. The VDD supply must be applied before or at the same time as QAVD and
AVD supplies (the voltage difference between any two pins must be less than
0.5 volts).
4. VDD and VBIAS supplies must be applied before digital input pins are driven
or the current per pin limited to less than the maximum DC input current
specification.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
373
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
5. AVD and PBIAS supplies must be applied before analog input pins are driven
or the current per pin limited to less than the maximum DC input current
specification.
6. The differential voltage between VDD and AVD must be less than 1.0 volts
including peak to peak noise.. The differential voltage between VDD and
QAVD must be less than 0.5 volts including peak to peak noise. Otherwise,
digital noise on VDD will be coupled into the sensitive analog circuitry.
7. Power down the device in the reverse sequence. Use the above current
limiting technique for the analog power supplies. Small offsets in VDD / AVD
discharge times will not damage the device.
Analog circuitry is particularly susceptible to noise and thus we recommend the
following analog power filter scheme shown Figure 34 and Figure 35. Sensitive
analog power pins require RC filter networks in order to meet SONET/SDH jitter
specifications. Some recommended notes follows:
8. Place each 0.1uF capacitor as close to its associated power pin as possible
as shown in Figure 35.
9. The 0.1uF capacitors are ceramic X7R or X5R.
10. The 10uF capacitors are 10V X5R ceramic, 1210 size, from Tayio-Yuden,
LMK325BJ106MN (visit their web site at www.t-yuden.com).
11. The 10uF capacitors and resistors do not have to be very close to power pins
as they are filtering the power supply and not decoupling it.
12. The two 10uF X5R capacitors on pin C4 can be replaced by one 22uF, 10V,
X5R LMK432BJ226MM from Tayio Yuden.
13. All resistors shown are 1/10 watt.
14. All other power pins not mentioned do not need any extra filtering or
decoupling.
Please refer to the S/UNI-622-POS reference design (PMC-981070) for further
recommendations.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
374
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 34: Power Supply Filtering and Decoupling
4Ω7
Pin P1
+3.3V
Pin AC5
47uF
Tantalum
10uF
X5R
0.1uF
4Ω7
Pin C4
10uF
X5R
10uF
X5R
0.1uF
+3.3V
0.1uF
(9 caps)
15Ω0
Pins F2, H3, K3, L3, U3, Y1,
AA5, AA8, C7
One cap as close as possible
to each of these analog pins.
Pin A3
10uF
X5R
0.1uF
+3.3V
0.1uF
(9 caps)
15Ω0
Pins C21, M20, V20, AA21,
D12, B2, M4, AB2, Y12
One cap as close as possible
to each of these digital pins.
Pin A4
10uF
X5R
0.1uF
15Ω0
Pin D2
Pin D3
10uF
X5R
0.1uF
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
375
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 35: Power Supply Component Layout
CSU-AVD1
PinA3, AVD30
CSU-AVD2
Pin-A4, AVD29
15Ω
15Ω
10 µF
10 µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
10µF
0.1µF
CSU-AVD3
Pin-D2 & D3,
AVD1
0.1µF
S/UNI-622-POS
31 by 31 mm
4.7Ω
15Ω
0.1µF
CSU-AVD0
Pin-C4, AVD31
10 µF
10µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
X7R +/-5%
for Loop Filter
name C0, C1
pins P2, P3
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
4.7Ω
47nF
CRU-AVD4
Pin-P1, AVD8
10 µF
47 µF
0.1µF
7.3by 4.3mm
0.1µF
0.1µF
1KΩ
0.1µF
Vbias, Pbias pins
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
0.1µF
CRU-AVD5
Pin-AC5, AVD17
13.16 Interfacing to ECL or PECL Devices
In normal operation, the S/UNI-622-POS performs clock and data recovery on
the incoming serial stream. As an option, internal clock and data recovery may
be bypassed by setting the RBYP pin high and use an externally recovered
receive clock on the RRCLK+/- pins. In this mode RXD+/- is sampled on the
rising edge of RRCLK+/-. For example, Hewlett Packard provides HFCT/HFBR5207 optical transceivers with clock and data recovery and HFCT/HFBR-5208
transceivers without clock and data recovery. The HFCT-5207 has a 2x9 pin out
having one 9 pin row matching the pin out of the HFCT-5208 and another 9 pin
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
376
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
row which provides extra signals for the recovered clock. By using a footprint
that will fit both devices, either device may be used.
Only a few passive components are required to convert the optical transceivers
signals to ECL (or PECL) logic levels. Figure 36 and Figure 37 illustrate the
recommended configurations for both types of ECL voltage levels. The PECLV
pin must be set appropriately for the selected configuration.
Each PECL input and output has an associated ESD biasing pin PBIAS[3:0].
These biasing pins should be biased at the proper level to ensure the internal
ESD diode structure is not forward biased. This means for 3.3V volt ECL logic
levels (PECLV set high), the PBIAS pins may be biased from 3.3 volts to 5.0
volts. For 5.0 volt ECL logic levels (PECLV set low), the PBIAS pins must be
biased at 5.0 volts. The bias pins should be high-frequency decoupled to prevent
noise from coupling through the ESD structures and affecting the high-speed
signals.
The 50 ohm control impedance traces must be less than 4 cm in length to reduce
the effect of signal reflections between the optical module and the S/UNI-622POS. Vias should be avoided on the signal path between the optical module and
the S/UNI-622-POS as they can affect the jitter performance of the interface.
Vias may be used for the termination networks as the inductive effective of a via
will not significantly affect the termination performance.
Figure 36: Interfacing S/UNI-622-POS PECL Pins to 3.3V Devices
50Ω=Trace Impedance
RD+
100Ω
50Ω=Trace Impedance
Optical Module Interface
RD-
RXD-
150Ω
TD+
TD-
49.9Ω
49.9Ω
50Ω=Trace Impedance
TXD+
0.1uF
63.4Ω
+3.3
volts
50Ω=Trace Impedance
SD
TXDSD
150Ω
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
377
S/UNI Optical Interface
150Ω
RXD+
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 37: Interfacing S/UNI-622-POS PECL Pins to 5.0V Devices
50Ω=Trace Impedance
RD+
50Ω=Trace Impedance
RDOptical Module Interface
RXD+
100Ω
RXD-
330Ω
TD+
49.9Ω
50Ω=Trace Impedance
TXD+
0.1uF
+5.0 volts
TD-
49.9Ω
63.4Ω
50Ω=Trace Impedance
SD
S/UNI Optical Interface
330Ω
TXDSD
330Ω
When a PECL input is not being used, the positive differential input must be tied
to analog power (AVD) and the negative differential input must be tied to analog
ground (AVS). In all cases, the PECL inputs must be driven with a differential
voltage (do not connect both pins to AVD or AVS).
When the PECL output is not being used, the external reference resistor
TDREF1 may be tied to analog power (AVD) and TDREF0 may be tied to analog
group (AVS) to disable the PECL output. Both positive and negative differential
outputs of the PECL output may be tied both to analog ground (AVS).
Please refer to the S/UNI-622-POS reference design (PMC-981070) for further
recommendations.
13.17 Clock Synthesis and Recovery
The Clock Synthesizer unit (CSU) in the S/UNI-622-POS requires an external
reference clock REFCLK to generate the 622 MHz transmit clock. The REFCLK
input is a PECL input in order to reduce the amount of noise coupled into the
CSU. In most cases, the reference clock must be generated and propagated
using PECL logic in order for the CSU to meet SONET/SDH intrinsic jitter
specifications.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
378
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
In general, the reference clock REFCLK is supplied by a crystal oscillator with
PECL outputs. The oscillator must have at least -115dBc/√Hz between 12 kHz
and 5 MHz frequency offset in order for the CSU to meet SONET/SDH intrinsic
jitter specifications. Do not use a TTL type crystal oscillator with a TTL to PECL
converter as the TTL signal conversion will generate significant jitter on the
reference clock.
The Clock Recovery unit (CRU) in the S/UNI-622-POS requires an external
capacitor between the C0 and C1 pins to control the amount of “peaking” in the
jitter transfer curve. The capacitor should be located as close as possible to the
C0 and C1 pins in order to prevent noise from coupling into CRU.
When the CRU is used in WAN mode (RTYPE bit in register 0x5E is set high), a
47nF non-polarized capacitor (ceramic ± 5% X7R or equivalent) must be
connected between the C0 and C1 pins. The capacitor controls the amount of
“peaking” in the jitter transfer response. It must be non-polarized as the
capacitor may operate with a D.C. reverse-bias depending on process, voltage
and temperature extremes. When the CRU is used in LAN mode (RTYPE bit in
register 0x5E is set low), the C0 and C1 pins must be left floating.
Please refer to the S/UNI-622-POS reference design (PMC-981070) for further
recommendations.
13.18 System Interface DLL Operation
The S/UNI-622-POS use digital delay lock loop (DLL) units to improve the output
propagation timing on certain digital output pins. The TFCLK, RFCLK and
PTCLK clock inputs each have a DLL to improve the timing on their associated
interfaces.
The DLL compensate for internal timing and output pad delays by adaptively
delaying the input clock signal by approximately one clock period (1 UI) to create
a new clock which controls the internal device logic. A side effect is that the DLL
units imposes a minimum clock rate on each of the clock signals. For certain
operation modes, such as 19.44MHz OC3 clocking on PTCLK, the DLL is
bypassed.
When the S/UNI-622-POS is reset, the DLL units find the initial delay lock. This
process may take up to 3100 clock cycles to identify the lock position. During
this intial lock period, device interface timing will not meet the timing
specifications listed in A.C. Timing section. The TCA/TPA pin is held low when
the TFCLK DLL is finding lock. If the clock inputs are not stable during this period
(for instance, a clock is generated using an external PLL), the S/UNI-622-POS
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
379
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
should be held in reset until the clocks are stable or the DLL should be reset
using software control.
The RFCLK, TFCLK and PTCLK DLL software resets are performed by writing
0x00 to registers 0x96, 0x9A and 0x9E respectively. When resetting the RFCLK
or TFCLK DLL units, the associated FIFOs in the RXCP, RXFP, TXCP and RXCP
must also be reset using the their FIFORST register bits. The RUN register bit is
set high when the DLL finds lock after a system or software reset.
The DLL units are sensitive to jitter on the clock inputs. The reason is that the
DLL must track the changes in clock edges cause by changes in clock frequency,
temperature, voltage and jitter. While the DLL may tolerate up to 0.4UIpp of
clock jitter without losing phase lock, the output timing may degrade with
excessive input jitter. Therefore, the high frequency clock jitter (above 1 MHz)
should be less than value specified by the A.C. Timing section.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
380
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
14 FUNCTIONAL TIMING
All functional timing diagrams assume that polarity control is not being applied to
input and output data and clock lines (i.e. polarity control bits in the S/UNI-622POS registers are set to their default states).
14.1 Parallel Line Interface
The In Frame Declaration Timing diagram (Figure 38) illustrates the declaration
of the in-frame state by the SUNI-622-POS when processing a 77.76 Mbyte/s
STS-12c/STM-4-4c stream on PIN[7:0]. An upstream serial-to-parallel converter
indicates the location of the SONET/SDH frame using the FPIN input. The frame
verification is initialized by a pulse on FPIN when the SUNI-622-POS is out of
frame. The in-frame state is declared if the framing pattern is observed in the
correct byte positions in the following frame, and in the intervening period (125
us) no additional pulse were present of FPIN. The SUNI-622-POS ignores
pulses of FPIN while in frame. The algorithm results in a maximum average
reframe time of 250 us in the absence of mimic framing patterns.
Figure 38: In Frame Declaration Timing
PICLK
PIN[7:0]
A1 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 J0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0 Z0
A1 A2 A2 A2
Z0 Z0 Z0
FPIN
OOF
125 us Between Framing
Pattern Occurrences
The Out of Frame Declaration Timing diagram (Figure 39) illustrates the
declaration of out of frame for a STS-12c stream. The framing pattern is a 196bit pattern that repeats once per frame. For the purposes of OOF declaration,
the framing pattern may be modified using the ALGO2 bit in the RSOP Control
register. Out of frame is declared when one or more errors are detected in this
pattern for four consecutive frames as illustrated. In the presence of random
data, out of frame will normally be declared within 500 us.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
381
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 39: Out of Frame Declaration Timing
PICLK
PIN[7:0]
A1 A1
A1
A2 A2 A2
A1 A1
A1 A2 A2 A2
A1 A1
A1 A2 A2 A2
A2
A2
A2
J0
Z0
Z0
OOF
Errored A1/A2 Pattern
Errored A1/A2 Pattern
Errored A1/A2 Pattern
Errored A1/A2 Pattern
Four Consecutive Frames Containing
Framing Pattern Errors
The Parallel Transmit Timing diagram (Figure 40) illustrates the S/UNI-622-POS
transmit STS-12c data stream on the parallel interface. The FPOUT signal
marks the SONET/SDH frame alignment on the POUT[7:0] bus. FPOUT pulses
high during the first synchronous payload envelope byte after the J0/Z0 bytes.
Figure 40: Parallel Transmit Interface Timing
PTCLK
POUT[7:0]
A1 A2 A2 A2
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 J0
Z0 Z0
Z0 Z0
Z0 Z0
Z0 Z0
Z0
Z0 Z0
A1 A2 A2 A2
Z0
Z0 Z0
FPOUT
125 us Between Framing
Pattern Occurrences
14.2 ATM UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface
The ATM UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface is compatible with the UTOPIA Level
2 specification (see References). The S/UNI-622-POS only supports the 16-bit
mode of operation.
The Transmit UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 41)
illustrates the operation of the system side transmit FIFO interface. Assertion of
the transmit cell available output, TCA, indicates that there is space available in
the transmit FIFO for at least one ATM cell structure. Deassertion of TCA occurs
when the FIFO is filled with the number of ATM cells indicated by the register bits
FIFODP[1:0]. If the TCA is configured to deassert early before the FIFO is truly
full, the FIFO will accept additional cells even if TCA is inactive. At any time, if
the upstream does not have a word to write, it must deassert TENB.
As well, the TCA may be configured to deassert after the last word of a cell is
written into the FIFO (FIFO is full) or as the cell is being written into the FIFO
(FIFO is near full). In addition, the register bit TCAINV can be used to invert the
polarity of TCA.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
382
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
TSOC must be high during the first word of the ATM cell structure and must be
present for the start of each cell. When TSOC is asserted and the previous word
transfer was not the end of an ATM cell structure, the system interface realigns
itself to the new timing, and the previous partially transferred cell is dropped.
Figure 41: Transmit UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing
TFCLK
TENB
TDAT[15:0]
W1
W2
W3
W23
W24
W25
W26
W27
W1
W2
TPRTY
TSOC
TCA
The Receive UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 42)
illustrates the operation of the system side receive interface. The RXCP indicates
that a cell is available by asserting the receive cell available output RCA. RCA
remains high until the receive FIFO is empty. After RCA is deasserted, it remains
low for a minimum of one RFCLK clock cycle and can then reassert to indicate
that there are additional cells available in the FIFO.
At any time, the downstream reader can throttle back the reception of words by
deasserting RENB. The RDAT[15:0], RPRTY and RSOC signals tri-state when
RENB is sampled deasserted. RSOC is high during the first word of the cell and
is present for each cell.
Figure 42: Receive UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing
RFCLK
RENB
RDAT[15:0]
W1
W2
W3
W23
W24
W25
W26
W27
W1
W2
RPRTY
RSOC
RCA
14.3 ATM UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface
The ATM UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface is compatible with the UTOPIA Level
3 specification (see References). The S/UNI-622-POS only supports the 8-bit
mode of operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
383
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The Transmit UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 43)
illustrates the operation of the system side transmit FIFO interface. Assertion of
the transmit cell available output, TCA, indicates that there is space available in
the transmit FIFO for at least one ATM cell structure. Deassertion of TCA occurs
when the FIFO is filled with the number of ATM cells indicated by the register bits
FIFODP[1:0]. If the TCA is configured to deassert early before the FIFO is truly
full, the FIFO will accept additional cells even if TCA is inactive. At any time, if
the upstream does not have a byte to write, it must deassert TENB. When TCA
desserts, it will do so within 4 clocks cycles before the last byte of the cell.
TSOC must be high during the first byte of the ATM cell structure and must be
present for the start of each cell. Thus, TSOC will mark the H1 byte. When
TSOC is asserted and the previous byte transferred was not the end of an ATM
cell structure, the system interface realigns itself to the new timing, and the
previous partially transferred cell is dropped.
Figure 43: Transmit UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing
TFCLK
TENB
TDAT[7:0]
B1
B2
B3
B4
B49
B50
B51
B52
B53
B54
B1
B2
TPRTY
TSOP
TCA
The Receive UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 44)
illustrates the operation of the system side receive interface. Unlike traditional
UTOPIA interfaces, the SUNI-622-POS controls the bus. Because the bus is
point to point, the SUNI-622-POS pushes received data to the downstream
reader. As well, the control of RENB is pipelined to improve the speed of the
interface.
When a cell is available, the RVAL signal is asserted and the first byte of the cell
appears on the RDAT[7:0] bus when RENB is low. The first byte of the structure
is marked with RSOC being set high. Thus, RSOC will identify the H1 byte. The
downstream reader may control the flow of data using RENB. If RENB is
sampled low on the rising edge of RFCLK, the data on RDAT[7:0], RVAL and
RSOC signals will be updated on the next rising edge of RFCLK. When RENB is
sampled high on the rising edge of RFCLK, the data on RDAT[7:0], RVAL and
RSOC will not change on the next rising edge of RFCLK. RENB must be low for
at least 3 RFCLK clock cycles before RVAL will assert for the first byte of the first
ATM cell.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
384
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
After the end of a cell, the SUNI-622-POS will keep the RVAL signal high and
mark the first byte of the next cell with RSOC asserted if the receive FIFO
contained more than one cell.
Figure 44: Receive UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing
RFCLK
RENB
RDAT[7:0]
B1
B2
B3
B50
B51
B52
B53
B54
B1
B2
B3
RPRTY
RVAL
RSOC
14.4 Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) Level 2 System Interface
The Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) System Interface is compatible with the
POS-PHY Level 2 specification (see References). The S/UNI-622-POS supports
the byte level and packet level transfer modes of POS-PHY.
The Transmit POS Level 2 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 45)
illustrates the operation of the system side transmit FIFO interface. Assertion of
the transmit packet available output, TPA, indicates that there is space available
in the transmit FIFO. Deassertion of TPA occurs when the FIFO is filled to the
depth indicated by the register TPAHWM[7:0]. The exact octet that triggers the
deassertion of TPA depends on the particular timing relationship between the
internal SONET/SDH clock and TFCLK, and for that reason is not precise.
However the TXFP is always conservative. Thus, when TPA deasserts with no
more than TPAHWM[7:0] bytes in the FIFO remains. If TPA is asserted and the
upstream is ready to write a byte, the upstream device should assert TENB. At
any time, if the upstream does not have a word to write, it must deassert TENB.
In addition, the register bit TPAINV can be used to invert the meaning of TPA.
TSOP must be high during the first word of the packet and must be present for
the start of each packet. TEOP must be high during the last packet word/byte
transferred. During a packet transfer, every word must be composed of two
bytes and TMOD shall be low. TMOD is used to during the last word of the
packet transfer to determine if the word is composed of one or two bytes. It is
legal to assert TSOP and TEOP at the same time. This case occurs when a 1byte or a 2-byte packet is transferred. When TSOP is asserted and the previous
word transfer was not marked with TEOP, the system interface realigns itself to
the new timing, and the previous packet is aborted.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
385
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 45: Transmit POS Level 2 System Interface Timing
TFCLK
TENB
TDAT[15:0]
B1,B2
B3,B4
B5,B6
B7,B8
B37,B38 B39,B40 B41,B42
B43,B44
B45
B1,B2
B3,B4
TPRTY
TSOP
TEOP
TMOD
TERR
TPA
The Receive POS Level 2 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 46)
illustrates the operation of the system side receive interface. The RXFP indicates
that a packet is available by asserting the receive packet available output RPA.
RPA remains high until the receive FIFO is empty. After RPA is deasserted, it
remains low for a minimum of one RFCLK clock cycle and then can assert to
indicate that there are additional packets available in the FIFO. At any time, the
downstream reader can throttle back the reception of words by deasserting
RENB.
RSOP is high during the first word of the packet. REOP is high during the last
packet word. During a packet transfer every word is composed of two bytes.
RMOD is used during the last word of the packet transfer to determine if the last
word is composed of one or two bytes. It is legal to assert RSOP and REOP at
the same time. This case occurs when a 1-byte or a 2-byte packet is transferred.
Packets that were subject to an error (aborted, length violation, FIFO overrun,
etc) will be marked by RERR high during the last word transfer.
When a packet with less than 6 bytes arrives (from the line side), the receive
packet available signal (RPA) may assert before data is available. In this
condition, RPA will assert between 1 to 3 RFCLK clock cycles before the data is
available and will remain asserted for 1 to 3 RFCLK clock cycles. When the Link
Layer device attempts to read the packet by asserting read enable (RENB), it
may find that there is no valid data available (receive data valid signal (RVAL)
remains de-asserted). RPA will correctly assert again later when data is
available. At this time the RVAL signal will be asserted indicating valid data.
With packets greater than 6 bytes, the RPA signal will assert, de-assert and then
reassert 1 to 3 RFCLK cycles later (same as the above case with packets less
than 6 bytes). However, if the Link layer device attempts to read the packet on
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
386
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
the basis of the first occurrence of RPA, it will read valid data (RVAL will be
asserted), even if RPA may be de-asserted.
This early assertion of RPA will not cause any data corruption if RVAL is used to
qualify the data that is read. It is recommended that RVAL always be used to
qualify receive data. The operation of RPA may cause a slight reduction
bandwidth on receive side of the POS-PHY interface. However, since there is
ample bandwidth on the POS-PHY interface there will be no impact on
performance of functionality.
During the transfer of a packet, valid data is marked by RVAL high. If the FIFO
under-runs, or if REOP is encountered, the RXFP will de-assert RVAL to halt the
transfer, and the link layer device must deassert RENB. A new transfer may then
be started by asserting RENB when RPA indicates that more packet data is
available.
Figure 46: Receive POS Level 2 System Interface Timing
RFCLK
RENB
RDAT[15:0]
B1,B2
B3,B4
B5,B6
B7,B8
B37,B3 B39,B4
B41
B1,B2
B3,B4
RPRTY
RVAL
RSOP
REOP
RMOD
RERR
RPA
The receive POS-PHY Level 2 interface cannot support full bandwidth with
arbitrarily small consecutive packets. In general, the minimum consecutive
packet size the interface can transfer without overruning the receive FIFO in the
TXFP is a function of how quickly the downstream logic reselects the S/UNI-622POS after an end of packet is transferred on the bus. If the number of cycles
between packet transfers (that is, the number of RFCLK cycles between RVAL
going low, RENB deasserting and then reasserting) is keep small, the minimum
full-bandwidth packet size can be as low as 15 to 20 bytes.
14.5 Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) Level 3 System Interface
The Packet over SONET/SDH (POS) Level 3 System Interface is compatible with
the POS-PHY Level 3 specification (see References). The S/UNI-622-POS only
supports the 8-bit mode of operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
387
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
The Transmit POS Level 3 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 47)
illustrates the operation of the system side transmit FIFO interface. Assertion of
the transmit packet available output, TPA, indicates that there is space available
in the transmit FIFO. Deassertion of TPA occurs when the FIFO is filled to the
depth indicated by the register TPAHWM[7:0]. The exact octet that triggers the
deassertion of TPA depends on the particular timing relationship between the
internal SONET/SDH clock and TFCLK, and for that reason is not precise.
However the TXFP is always conservative. Thus, when TPA deasserts with no
more than TPAHWM[7:0] bytes in the FIFO remains. If TPA is asserted and the
upstream is ready to write a byte, the upstream device should assert TENB. At
any time, if the upstream does not have a byte to write, it must deassert TENB.
In addition, the register bit TPAINV can be used to invert the meaning of TPA.
TSOP must be high during the first byte of each packet. TEOP must be high
during the last byte of the packet. It is legal to assert TSOP and TEOP at the
same time. This case occurs when a one byte packet is transferred. When
TSOP is asserted and the previous byte transfer was not marked with TEOP, the
system interface realigns itself to the new timing, and the previous packet is
marked to be aborted.
When a packet with an odd number of bytes is transferred, the TENB signal must
be deasserted for at least one clock cycle after TEOP is asserted (last byte of the
packet is written into the FIFO). Transferring back-to-back packets (without
deasserting TENB between the TEOP and TSOP) with odd number of bytes will
cause the system interface to malfunction.
Figure 47: Transmit POS Level 3 System Interface Timing
TFCLK
TENB
TDAT[15:0]
B1,B2
B3,B4
B5,B6
B7,B8
B37,B38 B39,B40 B41,B42
B43,B44
B45
B1,B2
B3,B4
TPRTY
TSOP
TEOP
TMOD
TERR
TPA
The Receive POS Level 3 System Interface Timing diagram (Figure 48)
illustrates the operation of the system side receive interface. Unlike POS Level 2
interfaces, the SUNI-622-POS controls the bus. Because the bus is point to
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
388
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
point, the SUNI-622-POS pushes received data to the downstream reader. As
well, the control of RENB is pipelined to improve the speed of the interface.
When a cell is available, the RVAL signal is asserted and the first byte of the
packet appears on the RDAT[7:0] bus when RENB is low. Thus, the RSOP
signal marks the first byte of the packet. The downstream reader may control the
flow of data using RENB. If RENB is sampled low on the rising edge of RFCLK,
the data on RDAT[7:0], RVAL and RSOP signals will be updated on the next
rising edge of RFCLK. When RENB is sampled high on the rising edge of
RFCLK, the data on RDAT[7:0], RVAL and RSOP will not change on the next
rising edge of RFCLK. RENB must be low for at least 3 RFCLK clock cycles
before RVAL will assert for the first byte of the first packet.
At the end of a packet, the SUNI-622-POS will keep the RVAL signal high and
mark the first byte of the next packet if the receive FIFO contained more than one
packet. It is legal to assert RSOP and REOP during the first byte of the packet to
transfer a 1-byte packet. Packets that were subject to an error (aborted, length
violation, FIFO overrun, etc) will be marked by RERR set high during the last
byte of the transfer (when REOP is set high).
Figure 48: Receive POS Level 3 System Interface Timing
RFCLK
RENB
RDAT[7:0]
B1
B2
B3
B4
B43
B44
B45
B46
B47
B1
B2
B3
RPRTY
RVAL
RSOP
REOP
RERR
The receive POS-PHY Level 3 interface cannot support full bandwidth with
arbitrarily small consecutive packets. The Level 3 interface relies on an internal
Level 2 interface which restricts the bandwidth on the Level 3 interface. In
general, the Level 3 interface can support 15 byte packets consecutively fullbandwidth without the FIFO in the TXFP overruning.
14.6 Section and Line Data Communication Channels
The SUNI-622-POS provides access to both Line and Section Data
Communications Channels (DCC). Both channels are accessed using the serial
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
389
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
interface pins RSD, RLD, TSD and TLD and their clocks RSDCLK, RLDCLK,
TSDCLK and TLDCLK respectively.
The Transport Overhead Data Link Clock and Data Extraction Timing diagram
(Figure 49) shows the relationship between the RSD and RLD serial data outputs
and their associated clocks, RSDCLK and RLDCLK. RSDCLK is a 216 kHz,
50% duty cycle clock that is gapped to produce a 192 kHz nominal rate.
RLDCLK is a 2.16 MHz, 67%(high)/33%(low) duty cycle clock that is gapped to
produce a 576 kHz nominal rate. RSD is updated on the falling edge of
RSDCLK. RLD is updated on the falling edge of RLDCLK. The D1-D3, and D4D12 bytes shifted out of the S/UNI-622-POS in the frame shown are extracted
from the corresponding transport overhead channels in the previous frame.
Figure 49: Transport Overhead Data Link Clock and Data Extraction
125 MICROSECONDS
RSDCLK
RSD
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
RLDCLK
RLD
APPROX. 2MHZ CLOCK BURST
RLDCLK
RLD
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
The Transport Overhead Data Link Clock and Data Insertion diagram (Figure 50)
shows the relationship between the TSD and TLD serial data inputs, and their
associated clock TSDCLK and TLDCLK respectively. TSDCLK is a 216 kHz,
50% duty cycle clock that is gapped to produce a 192 kHz nominal rate.
TLDCLK is a 2.16 MHz, 67%(high)/33%(low) duty cycle clock that is gapped to
produce a 576 kHz nominal rate. TSD is sampled on the rising edge of TSDCLK.
TLD is sampled on the rising edge of TLDCLK. The D1-D3, and D4-D12 bytes
shifted in to the S/UNI-622-POS in the frame shown are inserted in the
corresponding transport overhead channels in the next frame.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
390
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 50: Transport Overhead Data Link Clock and Data Insertion
125 MICROSECONDS
TSDCLK
TSD
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
TLDCLK
TLD
APPROX. 2MHZ CLOCK BURST
TLDCLK
TLD
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B1
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
B8
B1
B2
391
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
15 ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS
Maximum rating are the worst case limits that the device can withstand without
sustaining permanent damage. They are not indicative of normal mode operation
conditions.
Table 18: Absolute Maximum Ratings
Ambient Temperature under Bias
Storage Temperature
Supply Voltage
Bias Voltage (VBIAS)
Voltage on PECL Pin
Voltage on 3.3V Tolerant Digital Pin
Voltage on 5.0V Tolerant Digital Pin
Static Discharge Voltage
Latch-Up Current per Pin
DC Input Current
Lead Temperature
Absolute Maximum Junction
Temperature
-40°C to +85°C
-40°C to +125°C
-0.3V to +4.6V
(VDD - .3) to +5.5V
-0.3V to VPBIAS+0.3V
-0.3V to VVDD+0.3V
-0.3V to VVBIAS+0.3V
±1000 V
±100 mA
±20 mA
+230°C
+150°C
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
392
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
16 D.C. CHARACTERISTICS
TA = -40°C to +85°C, VDD = 3.3V ± 10%, VAVD = 3.3V ± 5%, VDD < VVBIAS < 5.5V
(Typical Conditions: TA = 25°C, VDD = 3.3V, VAVD = 3.3V, VBIAS = 5V)
Table 19: D.C Characteristics
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Typ
Max
Units Conditions
VDD
Power Supply
2.97
3.3
3.63
Volts
BIAS
VIL
5V Tolerant Bias
Input Low Voltage
VDD
0
5.0
1.2
5.5
0.8
Volts
Volts
VIH
Input High
Voltage
2.0
1.2
VOL
Output or Bidirectional Low
Voltage
VOH
Output or Bidirectional High
Voltage
2.4
VT+
Reset Input High
Voltage
Reset Input Low
Voltage
Reset Input
Hysteresis
Voltage
Input PECL High
Voltage
2.0
VPECL
- 1.165
VPECL
- 0.955
VPECL
-0.880
Volts
VPECLI-
Input PECL Low
Voltage
VPECL
- 1.810
VPECL 1.700
VPECL
- 1.470
Volts
VPECLIC
Input PECL
Common Mode
Voltage
VPECL
- 1.490
VPECL
- 1.329
VPECL
- 1.180
Volts
VTVTH
VPECLI+
0.2
Volts
0.4
2.6
Volts
Volts
Volts
0.8
0.3
Volts
Volts
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
Guaranteed Input
Low voltage.
Guaranteed Input
High voltage.
Guaranteed output
Low voltage at
VDD=2.97V and
IOL=maximum rated
for pad.
Guaranteed output
High voltage at
VDD=2.97V and
IOH=maximum rated
current for pad.
Applies to RSTB and
TRSTB only.
Applies to RSTB and
TRSTB only.
Applies to RSTB and
TRSTB only.
VPECL = 5.0V or 3.3V
See note 4.
VPECL = 5.0V or 3.3V
See note 4.
VPECL = 5.0V or 3.3V
See note 4.
393
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
Symbol
ISSUE 5
Parameter
VPECLO+ Output PECL
High Voltage
VPCLO5- Output PECL Low
Voltage
IILPU
Input Low Current
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Min
Typ
Max
Units Conditions
VPECL
- 0.880
VPECL
- 0.955
VPECL
- 1.025
Volts
VPECL = 5.0V or 3.3V
VPECL
- 1.620
VPECL
- 1.705
VPECL
- 1.810
Volts
VPECL = 5.0V or 3.3V
-100
-50
-4
µA
IIHPU
Input High Current
-10
0
+10
µA
IIL
Input Low Current
-10
0
+10
µA
IIH
Input High Current
-10
0
+10
µA
CIN
Input Capacitance
5
pF
VIL = GND. Notes 1
and 3.
VIH = VDD. Notes 1
and 3.
VIL = GND. Notes 2
and 3.
VIH = VDD. Notes 2
and 3.
tA=25°C, f = 1 MHz
COUT
Output
Capacitance
Bi-directional
Capacitance
ATM Operation
with CRU and
CSU.
ATM Operation
with CSU, CRU
bypassed
ATM Operation
with Parallel Line
Interface (STS12c/STM-4-4c)
POS Operation
with CRU and
CSU
POS Operation
with CSU, CRU
bypassed.
POS Operation
with Parallel Line
Interface (STS12c/STM-4-4c)
5
pF
tA=25°C, f = 1 MHz
5
pF
tA=25°C, f = 1 MHz
CIO
IDDOP1
IDDOP2
IDDOP3
IDDOP4
IDDOP5
IDDOP6
490
580
mA
VDD = 3.63V,
Outputs Unloaded
440
550
mA
VDD = 3.63V,
Outputs Unloaded
402
510
mA
VDD = 3.63V,
Outputs Unloaded
530
620
mA
VDD = 3.63V,
Outputs Unloaded
490
600
mA
VDD = 3.63V,
Outputs Unloaded
440
550
mA
VDD = 3.63V,
Outputs Unloaded
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
394
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Notes on D.C. Characteristics:
1. Input pin or bi-directional pin with internal pull-up resistor.
2. Input pin or bi-directional pin without internal pull-up resistor
3. Negative currents flow into the device (sinking); positive currents flow out of
the device (sourcing).
4. The PECL inputs derive the common mode voltage from the differential signal
pair. Differential input swings must be between 310mV and 1000mV for
proper error-free operation. Specified maximum and minimun PECL input
levels must be respected during normal operation.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
395
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
17 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
(TA = -40°C to +85°C, VDD = 3.3V ± 10%, VAVD = 3.3V ± 5%)
Table 20: Microprocessor Interface Read Access (Figure 51)
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Units
tSAR
Address to Valid Read Set-up Time
10
ns
tHAR
Address to Valid Read Hold Time
5
ns
tSALR
Address to Latch Set-up Time
10
ns
tHALR
Address to Latch Hold Time
10
ns
tVL
Valid Latch Pulse Width
5
ns
tSLR
Latch to Read Set-up
0
ns
tHLR
Latch to Read Hold
5
ns
tPRD
Valid Read to Valid Data Propagation Delay
70
ns
tZRD
Valid Read Negated to Output Tri-state
20
ns
tZINTH
Valid Read Negated to INTB High
50
ns
Figure 51: Microprocessor Interface Read Timing
tSar
tHar
A[8:0]
tSalr
tVl
tHalr
ALE
tSlr
tHlr
(CSB+RDB)
tZinth
INTB
tPrd
D[7:0]
tZrd
VALID
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
396
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Notes on Microprocessor Interface Read Timing:
15. Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt
point of the reference signal to the 1.4 Volt point of the output.
16. Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 100 pF load on the
Microprocessor Interface data bus, (D[7:0]).
17. A valid read cycle is defined as a logical OR of the CSB and the RDB signals.
18. In non-multiplexed address/data bus architectures, ALE should be held high
so parameters tSALR, tHALR, tVL, tSLR, and tHLR are not applicable.
19. Parameter tHAR is not applicable if address latching is used.
20. When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time
is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt
point of the clock.
21. When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is
the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt
point of the clock.
22. Output tri-state delay is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt of the
reference signal to the point where the total current delivered through the
output is less than or equal to the leakage current.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
397
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 21: Microprocessor Interface Write Access (Figure 52)
Symbol
Parameter
Min
Max
Units
tSAW
Address to Valid Write Set-up Time
10
ns
tSDW
Data to Valid Write Set-up Time
20
ns
tSALW
Address to Latch Set-up Time
10
ns
tHALW
Address to Latch Hold Time
10
ns
tVL
Valid Latch Pulse Width
5
ns
tSLW
Latch to Write Set-up
0
ns
tHLW
Latch to Write Hold
5
ns
tHDW
Data to Valid Write Hold Time
5
ns
tHAW
Address to Valid Write Hold Time
5
ns
tVWR
Valid Write Pulse Width
40
ns
Figure 52: Microprocessor Interface Write Timing
tSaw
tHaw
A[8:0]
tSalw
tVl
tHalw
ALE
tSlw
tVwr
(CSB+WRB)
D[7:0]
tSdw
tHdw
VALID
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
398
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Notes on Microprocessor Interface Write Timing:
1 A valid write cycle is defined as a logical OR of the CSB and the WRB
signals.
2 In non-multiplexed address/data bus architectures, ALE should be held high
so parameters tSALW , tHALW , tVL, tSLW , and tHLW are not applicable.
3 Parameter tHAW is not applicable if address latching is used.
4 When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time
is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt
point of the clock.
5 When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is
the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt
point of the clock.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
399
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18 A.C. TIMING CHARACTERISTICS
(TA = -40°C to +85°C, VDD = 3.3V ± 10%, VAVD = 3.3V ± 5%)
18.1 System Reset Timing
Table 22: RSTB Timing (Figure 53)
Symbol
tVRSTB
Description
RSTB Pulse Width
Min
100
Figure 53: RSTB Timing Diagram
tVrstb
RSTB
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
400
Max
Units
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.2 Parallel Line Interface Timing
Table 23: Transmit Parallel Line Interface Timing (Figure 54)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fPTCLK
STS12c PTCLK Frequency
60
77.76
MHz
DPTCLK
STS12c PTCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JPTCLK
STS12c PTCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (>1 MHz)
1
ns
tPPOUT
STS12c PTCLK High to POUT[7:0] Valid
1
7
ns
tPFPOUT
STS12c PTCLK High to FPOUT Valid
1
7
ns
fPTCLK
STS3c PTCLK Frequency
19.44
MHz
DPTCLK
STS3c PTCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
tPPOUT
STS3c PTCLK High to POUT[7:0] Valid
1
20
ns
tPFPOUT
STS3c PTCLK High to FPOUT Valid
1
20
ns
Figure 54: Transmit Parallel Line Interface Timing Diagram
PTCLK
tPpout
POUT[7:0]
tPfpout
POUT[7:0]1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
401
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 24: Receive Parallel Line Interface Timing (Figure 55)
Symbol
fPICLK
Description
STS-12c PICLK Frequency
Min
Max
77.76
Units
MHz
DPICLK
STS-12c PICLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
tSPIN
STS-12c PIN[7:0] Set-up time to TFCLK
2.5
ns
tHPIN
STS-12c PIN[7:0] Hold time to TFCLK
1
ns
tSFPIN
STS-12c FPIN Set-up time to TFCLK
2.5
ns
tHFPIN
STS-12c FPIN Hold time to TFCLK
1
ns
fPICLK
STS-3c PICLK Frequency
DPICLK
STS-3c PICLK Duty Cycle
40
tSPIN
STS-3c PIN[7:0] Set-up time to TFCLK
2.5
ns
tHPIN
STS-3c PIN[7:0] Hold time to TFCLK
1
ns
tSFPIN
STS-3c FPIN Set-up time to TFCLK
2.5
ns
tHFPIN
STS-3c FPIN Hold time to TFCLK
1
ns
19.44
MHz
60
%
Figure 55: Receive Parallel Line Interface Timing Diagram
PICLK
tSpin
tHpin
tSfpin
tHfpin
PIN[7:0]
FPIN
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
402
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.3 Serial Line Interface Timing
Table 25: Receive Serial Line Interface Timing (Figure 56)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fRRCLK
RRCLK Frequency
1
622.04
MHz
DRRCLK
RRCLK Duty Cycle
45
55
%
tSRXD
RXD+/- Set-up time to RRCLK
200
ps
tHRXD
RXD+/- Hold time to RRCLK
800
ps
Figure 56: Receive Serial Line Interface Timing Diagram
RRCLK
tSrxd
tHrxd
RXD+/-
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
403
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.4 UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing
Table 26: Transmit UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing (Figure 57)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fTFCLK
TFCLK Frequency
40
50
MHz
DTFCLK
TFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JTFCLK
TFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1.4
ns
tSTENB
TENB Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTENB
TENB Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTDAT
TDAT[15:0] Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTDAT
TDAT[15:0] Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTPRTY
TPRTY Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTPRTY
TPRTY Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTSOC
TSOC Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTSOC
TSOC Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tPTCA
TFCLK High to TCA Valid
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
8.5
404
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 57: Transmit UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing Diagram
TFCLK
tStenb
tHtenb
tStdat
tHtdat
tStprty
tHtprty
tStsoc
tHtsoc
TENB
TDAT[15:0]
TPRTY
TSOC
tPtca
TCA
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
405
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 27: Receive UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing (Figure 58)
Symbol
fRFCLK
Description
RFCLK Frequency
Min
40
Max
50
Units
MHz
DRFCLK
RFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JRFCLK
RFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1.4
ns
tSRENB
RENB Set-up time to RFCLK
2
ns
tHRENB
RENB Hold time to RFCLK
0
ns
tPRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[15:0] Valid
1
8
ns
tZRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[15:0] Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[15:0] Driven
0
tPRSOC
RFCLK High to RSOC Valid
1
8
ns
tZRSOC
RFCLK High to RSOC Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRSOC
RFCLK High to RSOC Driven
1
tPRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Valid
1
8
ns
tZRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Driven
0
tPRCA
RFCLK High to RCA Valid
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
ns
ns
ns
8.5
406
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 58: Receive UTOPIA Level 2 System Interface Timing Diagram
RFCLK
tSrenb
tHrenb
RENB
tPrdat
RDAT[15:0]
tPrprty
RPRTY
tPrsop
RSOC
tPrca
RCA
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
407
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.5 UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing
Table 28: Transmit UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing (Figure 59)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fTFCLK
TFCLK Frequency
60
100
MHz
DTFCLK
TFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JTFCLK
TFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1
ns
tSTENB
TENB Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTENB
TENB Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTDAT
TDAT[7:0] Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTDAT
TDAT[7:0] Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTPRTY
TPRTY Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTPRTY
TPRTY Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTSOC
TSOC Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTSOC
TSOC Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tPTCA
TFCLK High to TCA Valid
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
5
408
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 59: Transmit UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing Diagram
TFCLK
tStenb
tHtenb
tStdat
tHtdat
tStprty
tHtprty
tStsoc
tHtsoc
TENB
TDAT[7:0]
TPRTY
TSOC
tPtca
TCA
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
409
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 29: Receive UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing (Figure 60)
Symbol
fRFCLK
Description
RFCLK Frequency
Min
60
Max
100
Units
MHz
DRFCLK
RFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JRFCLK
RFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1
ns
tSRENB
RENB Set-up time to RFCLK
2
ns
tHRENB
RENB Hold time to RFCLK
0
ns
tPRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[7:0] Valid
1
5
ns
tPRSOC
RFCLK High to RSOC Valid
1
5
ns
tPRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Valid
1
5
ns
tPRVAL
RFCLK High to RVAL Valid
1
5
ns
Figure 60: Receive UTOPIA Level 3 System Interface Timing Diagram
RFCLK
tSrenb
tHrenb
RENB
tPrdat
RDAT[15:0]
tPrprty
RPRTY
tPrsop
RSOC
tPrval
RVAL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
410
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.6 POS Level 2 System Interface Timing
Table 30: Transmit POS-PHY Level 2 System Interface Timing (Figure 61)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fTFCLK
TFCLK Frequency
40
50
MHz
DTFCLK
TFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JTFCLK
TFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1
ns
tSTENB
TENB Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTENB
TENB Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTDAT
TDAT[15:0] Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTDAT
TDAT[15:0] Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTPRTY
TPRTY Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTPRTY
TPRTY Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTSOP
TSOP Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTSOP
TSOP Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTEOP
TEOP Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTEOP
TEOP Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTMOD
TMOD Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTMOD
TMOD Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTERR
TERR Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTERR
TERR Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tPTPA
TFCLK High to TPA Valid
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
8.5
411
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 61: Transmit POS-PHY Level 2 System Interface Timing
TFCLK
tStenb
tHtenb
tStdat
tHtdat
tStprty
tHtprty
tStmod
tHtmod
tStsop
tHtsop
tSteop
tHteop
tSterr
tHterr
TENB
TDAT[15:0]
TPRTY
TMOD
TSOP
TEOP
TERR
tPtpa
TPA
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
412
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 31: Receive POS-PHY Level 2 System Interface Timing (Figure 62)
Symbol
fRFCLK
Description
RFCLK Frequency
Min
40
Max
50
Units
MHz
DRFCLK
RFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JRFCLK
RFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1
ns
tSRENB
RENB Set-up time to RFCLK
2
ns
tHRENB
RENB Hold time to RFCLK
0
ns
tPRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[15:0] Valid
1
8
ns
tZRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[15:0] Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[15:0] Driven
0
tPRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Valid
1
8
ns
tZRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Driven
0
tPRSOP
RFCLK High to RSOP Valid
1
8
ns
tZRSOP
RFCLK High to RSOP Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRSOP
RFCLK High to RSOP Driven
0
tPREOP
RFCLK High to REOP Valid
1
8
ns
tZREOP
RFCLK High to REOP Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBREOP
RFCLK High to REOP Driven
0
tPRMOD
RFCLK High to RMOD Valid
1
8
ns
tZRMOD
RFCLK High to RMOD Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRMOD
RFCLK High to RMOD Driven
0
tPRERR
RFCLK High to RERR Valid
1
8
ns
tZRERR
RFCLK High to RERR Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRERR
RFCLK High to RERR Driven
0
tPRVAL
RFCLK High to RVAL Valid
1
8
ns
tZRVAL
RFCLK High to RVAL Tri-state
1
8
ns
tZBRVAL
RFCLK High to RVAL Driven
0
tPRPA
RFCLK High to RPA Valid
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
8.5
413
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 62: Receive POS-PHY Level 2 System Interface Timing
RFCLK
tSrenb
tHrenb
RENB
tPrdat
RDAT[15:0]
tPrprty
RPRTY
tPrmod
RMOD
tPrsop
RSOP
tPreop
REOP
tPrerr
RERR
tPrval
RVAL
tPrpa
RPA
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
414
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.7 POS Level 3 System Interface Timing
Table 32: Transmit POS-PHY Level 3 System Interface Timing (Figure 63)
Symbol
Description
Min
Max
Units
fTFCLK
TFCLK Frequency
60
100
MHz
DTFCLK
TFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JTFCLK
TFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1
ns
tSTENB
TENB Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTENB
TENB Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTDAT
TDAT[7:0] Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTDAT
TDAT[7:0] Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTPRTY
TPRTY Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTPRTY
TPRTY Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTSOP
TSOP Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTSOP
TSOP Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTEOP
TEOP Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTEOP
TEOP Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tSTERR
TERR Set-up time to TFCLK
2
ns
tHTERR
TERR Hold time to TFCLK
0
ns
tPTPA
TFCLK High to TPA Valid
1
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
5
415
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 63: Transmit POS-PHY Level 3 System Interface Timing
TFCLK
tStenb
tHtenb
tStdat
tHtdat
tStprty
tHtprty
tStsop
tHtsop
tSteop
tHteop
tSterr
tHterr
TENB
TDAT[7:0]
TPRTY
TSOP
TEOP
TERR
tPtpa
TPA
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
416
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Table 33: Receive POS-PHY Level 3 System Interface Timing (Figure 64)
Symbol
fRFCLK
Description
RFCLK Frequency
Min
60
Max
100
Units
MHz
DRFCLK
RFCLK Duty Cycle
40
60
%
JRFCLK
RFCLK Peak to Peak Jitter (> 1 MHz)
1
ns
tSRENB
RENB Set-up time to RFCLK
2
ns
tHRENB
RENB Hold time to RFCLK
0
ns
tPRDAT
RFCLK High to RDAT[7:0] Valid
1
5
ns
tPRPRTY
RFCLK High to RPRTY Valid
1
5
ns
tPRSOP
RFCLK High to RSOP Valid
1
5
ns
tPREOP
RFCLK High to REOP Valid
1
5
ns
tPRERR
RFCLK High to RERR Valid
1
5
ns
tPRVAL
RFCLK High to RVAL Valid
1
5
ns
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
417
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
Figure 64: Receive POS-PHY Level 3 System Interface Timing
RFCLK
tSrenb
tHrenb
RENB
tPrdat
RDAT[7:0]
tPrprty
RPRTY
tPrsop
RSOP
tPreop
REOP
tPrerr
RERR
tPrval
RVAL
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
418
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.8 Transmit DCC Interface Timing
Table 34: Transmit DCC Interface Timing (Figure 65)
Symbol
tSTLD
Description
TLD Set-up time to TLDCLK
Min
25
tHTLD
TLD Hold time to TLDCLK
25
ns
tSTSD
TSD Set-up time to TSDCLK
25
ns
tHTSD
TSD Hold time to TSDCLK
25
ns
Figure 65: Transmit DCC Interface Timing
TLDCLK
tStld
tHtld
tStsd
tHtsd
TLD
TSDCLK
TSD
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
419
Max
Units
ns
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.9 Receive DCC Interface Timing
Table 35: Receive DCC Interface Timing (Figure 66)
Symbol
tPRLD
Description
RLDCLK low to RLD valid
Min
-20
Max
20
Units
ns
tPRSD
RSDCLK low to RSD valid
-20
20
ns
Figure 66: Receive DCC Interface Timing
RLDCLK
tPrld
RLD
RSDCLK
tPrsd
RSD
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
420
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.10 Clock and Frame Pulse Interface Timing
Table 36: Clock and Frame Pulse Interface Timing (Figure 67)
Symbol
Description
Min
TCLK Frequency
TCLK Duty Cycle
40
Max
Units
77.76
MHz
60
RCLK Frequency
77.76
60
%
MHz
RCLK Duty Cycle
40
tSTFPI
TFPI Set-up time to TCLK
2.5
ns
tHTFPI
TFPI Hold time to TCLK
0
ns
tPTFPO
TCLK High FPO Valid
1
6
ns
tPRFPO
RCLK High FPO Valid
1
6
ns
Figure 67: Clock and Frame Pulse Interface Timing
TCLK
tStfpi
tHtfpi
TFPI
tPtfpo
TFPO
RCLK
tPrfpo
RFPO
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
421
%
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
18.11 JTAG Test Port Timing
Table 37: JTAG Port Interface (Figure 68)
Symbol
Description
Min
TCK Frequency
Max
Units
4
MHz
60
%
TCK Duty Cycle
40
tSTMS
TMS Set-up time to TCK
25
ns
tHTMS
TMS Hold time to TCK
25
ns
tSTDI
TDI Set-up time to TCK
25
ns
tHTDI
TDI Hold time to TCK
25
ns
tPTDO
TCK Low to TDO Valid
2
tVTRSTB
TRSTB Pulse Width
50
100
ns
ns
Figure 68: JTAG Port Interface Timing
TCK
tStdi
tHtdi
tStms
tHtms
TDI
TMS
tPtdo
TDO
tVtrstb
TRSTB
Notes on Input Timing:
1. When a set-up time is specified between an input and a clock, the set-up time
is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the input to the 1.4 Volt
point of the clock.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
422
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
2. When a hold time is specified between an input and a clock, the hold time is
the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt point of the clock to the 1.4 Volt
point of the input.
Notes on Output Timing:
1. Output propagation delay time is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt
point of the reference signal to the 1.4 Volt point of the output.
2. Maximum output propagation delays are measured with a 50 pF load on the
outputs.
3. Output tri-state delay is the time in nanoseconds from the 1.4 Volt of the
reference signal to the point where the total current delivered through the
output is less than or equal to the leakage current.
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
423
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
19 ORDERING AND THERMAL INFORMATION
Table 38: Ordering Information
PART NO.
PM5357-BI
DESCRIPTION
304-pin Ball Grid Array (SBGA)
Table 39: Thermal Information
PART NO.
PM5357-BI
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
-40°C to 85°C
Theta Ja
22 °C/W
Theta Jc
1 °C/W
PM 5357-BI
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
Conv
100
200
Dense Board
300
400
500
JEDEC Board
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
424
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
20 MECHANICAL INFORMATION
Figure 69: Mechanical Drawing 304 Pin Super Ball Grid Array (SBGA)
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
425
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
NOTES
PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TO PMC-SIERRA INC., AND ITS CUSTOMERS’ INTERNAL USE
426
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PRODUCTION
S/UNI-622-POS
PM5357
S/UNI-622-POS
DATASHEET
PMC-1980911
ISSUE 5
SATURN USER NETWORK INTERFACE (622-POS)
CONTACTING PMC-SIERRA, INC.
PMC-Sierra, Inc.
105-8555 Baxter Place Burnaby, BC
Canada V5A 4V7
Tel:
(604) 415-6000
Fax:
(604) 415-6200
Document Information:
Corporate Information:
Application Information:
Web Site:
[email protected]
[email protected]
[email protected]
http://www.pmc-sierra.com
None of the information contained in this document constitutes an express or implied warranty by PMC-Sierra, Inc. as to the sufficiency, fitness or
suitability for a particular purpose of any such information or the fitness, or suitability for a particular purpose, merchantability, performance,
compatibility with other parts or systems, of any of the products of PMC-Sierra, Inc., or any portion thereof, referred to in this document.
PMC-Sierra, Inc. expressly disclaims all representations and warranties of any kind regarding the contents or use of the information, including, but not
limited to, express and implied warranties of accuracy, completeness, merchantability, fitness for a particular use, or non-infringement.
In no event will PMC-Sierra, Inc. be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, but not limited to, lost profits,
lost business or lost data resulting from any use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not PMC-Sierra, Inc. has been advised of the possibility
of such damage.
© 1998, 1999, 2000 PMC-Sierra, Inc.
PMC-980911 (R5) ref PMC-980106 (R5)
PMC-Sierra, Inc..
Issue date: June 2000
105 - 8555 Baxter Place Burnaby, BC Canada V5A 4V7
604